Hitt Ath iN “ iT 4 att a reeaeen aR aeEn a ae a Bs tn ae naa Ott ah a th i " 2 iM 4 1h Heat a 2 mit ry seh ie etree tot * f aa ) 4} Ss Mr Nara needs bh aE Heat Hah 0 i ae i ie isi Petit fi ae ai i i ant HH hs a it Ha fi a i ang Na Seiesots eae eae Sree Segeecs st ne Ns )eLH NS ity maint Wiel! Ni ae ree i ain i iat ‘i x a: eee: " G iM Hy ia het + Se Pee Hi rant Tay ry = rr = pees rene 7 Nit Et jyaba tt 447) eeete === See ee eaeen = 4 PANT a iia oe wey in Hi uM ait Wa

wy Se g . ra i = vee = : > = % oF = % Sag = ig Sle a Xs oe = oy WL = B | ; rS 1? S % Lu r—} WWiyce ees 3% O = al \ | nu W = gf | > RipgacPacRan Pasa PaMaPaMasPa aca asMoracMocParMacPaMacraswanwe * | | LA fy Ne Ss SUIS Ge, Why RES, Yet SY VISCCECEUE FASS i y, YS VUES SSS KSESESSE So sWsyesseee | Ueda! ARM Vile aha avevevwNs | See Nd wey ssoug ei reve Soveyy ATSGIGSSY Wy UWalaivaeve | ! Neeser sirveveuvee Ve Vw “Ne Sous x “echo eee we N ; sic Z we YALA IN ha Ah Ah! i | } { | | } | / ey ey SUSE A 4 | ws SSNS ores a Soisanetieer Woevvues) SSW eee reese \ | ~ S NS ) AN) y Ai JA) AMW/i\ SA) BG ade | } A } f it | | : I \ | | Nee NG Ar 4 \_ JM) 4 \ SA A al \ JX | jl | ] . . tif i \ ~4\\ IS i | wr. JIGGY AA | hy} Needle eA | 9} \ j\ FNAL \ ed \ F SOLE) Lg yee : Yags' ed) | } } cuivanccsne N BuhAt ( oct 6 1941 ‘\ ne © 5 ant aye ii 327 21 THE GARDENER’S MAGAZINE, AND RHGISTER RURAL AND DOMESTIC IMPROVEMENT: COMPRISING TREATISES ON LANDSCAPE GARDENING, ARBORICULTURE, FLORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE, AGRICULTURE, RURAL ARCHITECTURE, GARDEN STRUCTURES, PLANS OF GARDENS AND COUNTRY RESIDENCES, SUBURBAN VILLAS, &c. | nea LISTS OF NEW AND RARE PLANTS, FRUITS AND VEGETABLES. CONDUCTED BY J. C. LOUDON, F.LS. H.S. & AUTHOR OF THE ENCYCLOPEDIAS OF GARDENING, OF AGRICULTURE, &e. VOL. Il. NEW SERIES. LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE CONDUCTOR} AND SOLD BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS,. PATERNOSTER ROW ; AND A. AND C. BLACK, EDINBURGH. 1837. ew dy ‘ Pees Rea anc E Vis “A. eT CG on (G3 7 et PS CAF LZ res CONTENTS. ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. GENERAL SUBJECT. Flistorical and, Geographical. Summary View of the Progress of Gar- dening, and of Rural Improvement gene- rally, in Britain, during the Year 1837; with some Notices relative to the State of By the Con- Pag voth in Foreign Countries, ductor - fo & = 5 ) atices of Gardens and Country Seats in Great Britain and Ireland, supplementary to, or corrective of, the Notices given in the Encyclopedia of Gardening. By various Contributors 3 = - - 59. rief Notices, made on several Occasions, when visiting some Noblemen’s and Gen- tlemen’s Seats, in the Autumn of 1836. By Thomas Rutger - - - 1. 109 me Account of Gardens and the State of Gardening in the North and West Ridings of Yorkshire. By J. B. W. - - - Some Account of Gardens and the State of Gardening in the County of Durham. By J. B. W. 5 - - - 439 Remarks on the State of Gardening, and of Cultivation generally, in Belgium. By John Maddison - = = - - 341 On the Gardeners and Gardening of Russia. as Botanical and Horticultural Tour in Lom- bardy. By Giuseppe Manetti - - Scientific. On the Importance of Gardeners’ possessing general and scientific Knowledge, for the Purpose of effecting Improvements in their Art. By Robert Fish ~ = On the Discrepancy of Terrestrial and At- mospheric Temperature, with regard to the Cultivation of Exotics, more particularly the Vine; andon the proper Application of Water, so as to render it a beneficial Agent in elevating the Temperature of the Soil. ByN. - - - = = Remarks on the Origin and Direction of the woody Fibre of the Stems of Palms. By James Main, A.L.S. = = e Report on the Hardy Fruits for the Year 1837 ; with some preliminary Observations on Climate. By Robert Thompson - - 5 Suggestions relative to the Amelioration of our edible Fruits with more certainty than has hitherto been done; with some pre- liminary Observations on Grafting, Dis- budding, &c. By D. Beaton = © Further Suggestions relative to the Amelio- ration of our edible Fruits. By D. Beaton On acclimatising exotic Plants in British Gardens. By N. M. T. - s = Remarks on Tile-Draining, and on certain Benefits which might result from the Use of Draining Tiles in supplying Air to the Subsoil. By Robert Arthur, Gardener at Wall Tower Gardens, North Berwick = An improved Mode of painting, lettering, eo ae Tallies. By W. A. Nes- ie = - : 121 201 56 49 489 2 Page A neat and convenient Tally for ornamental Plants in Borders. By Charles Lawrence, F.HLS., &c. - - = 5 - 300 An economical Substitute for Hand-Glasses in Gardening. By N. M. T. = - 7 Insects, A Series of Articles on the Insects most inju- rious to Cultivators. By J.O. Westwood : = No. 1. The Turnip Flea Beetle = - 97 No. 2. The Weevil destructive to Collec- tions of succulent Plants = - 157 No. 3. The Turnip Saw-Fly e - 193 No. 4. The Onion Fly - = - Wl No. 5. Wheat Flies = = - 289 No. 6. The Asparagus Beetle - = oon No. 7. Rose Moths = - - 385 No. 8. The small Ermine Moth - = 433 No. 9. Slimy Grub of the Pear and other Fruit Trees - 5 S - 481 Farther Information respecting the Coleop- terous Insect Otiorhynchus sulcatus, and its Ravages on the Vine. By W. Linwood, F.HLS., &c.; with some Remarks from J. O. Westwood, F.L.S. = & - 294 Notice of a Mode of destroying a Species of Moth injurious to the Vineyards of the South of France, employed by M. Audouin. Professor of Entomology in the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle z 486 On the Balaninus nicum, or common Nut Weevil. By J. Wighton; with a Note by J. O. Westwood & = - - 213 An Account of some Trials made with the Leaves of the common Laurel, for Destroy- ing Insects. By J.H. A. - = = LANDSCAPE-GARDENING AND GARDEN ARCHITECTURE. Suggestions for the Improvement of Kensing- ton Gardens; and which are applicable, also, in a greater or Jess Degree, to Hyde Park, the Green Park, Regent’s Park, and Greenwich Park, and to Parks and Plea- sure-grounds generally. By the Conductor Plan of the Grounds of Chester Holme Cot- tage, laid out by Mr. George Harland is On the Formation and Planting of a Suburban Kitchen-Garden. By A. Forsyth - is Design for combining all the Forcing-houses, Botanical Houses, and Pits and Frames, re- required for a moderate Establishment, in One Group. By A. Forsyth -- = Description of an early Forcing Pit, and a Boiler for an early Forcing Stove, erected at Oakhill Gardens. By A. Forsyth - = 318 Plans, Sections, &c., of a small span-roofed Pit, for Green-house Plants, recently erected at Stratford Green, Essex. By John Bevis 2 ~ 247 Elevation and Description of a Cast-iron Espalier Rail, erected in the Gardens of Maeslaugh Castle, Radnorshire. By James Alexander - - - - = 205 Description of Hogg’s Patent conical Boiler, for heating Hot-houses, and other Build, 2 fo lV ings, by hot Water. By James Hogg, New York, United States - - = a ARBORICULTURE, Arboricultural Notices; or, Notices of new ardy Trees and Shrubs deserving of gene- ral Cultivation in useful and ornamental 297 Plantations ~ Sra se oe eae 18 On the Growth of Trees in exposed Situa- ‘4 tions. By T. Davis - - - 256 On the Transplanting or Removal of Ever- green Shrubs. By R. Glendinning - - On the Propagating and Transplanting of e Evergreens. By John Turnhill = - - 134 Notes on the Growth of Trees at Flasby Hall, near Gargrave, in Craven, Yorkshire. By George Wintersgill = SES sage Notice of a remarkable Woodland District in Scotland, still in its natural State; com- prising the Head of Strathspey, in Bade- noch, and the Forest of Braemar. By H. B. Dimensions of some Trees, and Notes on the Growth of other Trees and Shrubs, indi- genous and exotic, on the Estate of Poloc, in Lanarkshire, the Property of Sir John Maxwell, Bart. By John Maxwell, M.P. - An Account ‘of some remarkable Trees of the Norway Spruce (4‘bies excélsa Pozr.) now growing at the Whim, in Peeblesshire, the Property of Sir James Montgomery of Bartstanhepe and Stobo. By J. M‘Nab, Superintendent of the Experimental Gar- 167 dens, Inverleith - = = = 249 A new Guard for single Trees in Parks, &c. By Charles Lawrence - 166 Notice of the Wilton Shrub-lifter. By its Inventor, Harry Alcock - c - An Account of a Method of pruning orna- mental Trees, chiefly Beech. By J. W. B. 496 Instances of the Mistletoe being found on the Oak; with Remarks on grafting and budding the Mistletoe. By D. Beaton — - On the Growth of the Pine and Fir Tribe in exposed and stormy Situations. By John Nuttall, Tiltoun, Mount Kennedy, County Wicklow - = yes = 3. On the Propagation of the Pine and Fir ' ‘Tribe, and other Conifere, by Cuttings. By T. M. Lindsay, Gardener at High Clere Notice of the Mode of treating the more rare Species of the Pine and Fir Tribe at Drop- more. By P. Frost - = o A Mode of transplanting a large Cedar Tree described. By J. Cuthill, Gardener to Capt. Trotter, Dyrbham Park S eh ° Notice respecting the State of a Plantation of Salix alba, of which some Account was given, in 1825, in this Magazine. By Archi- bald Gorrie, F.H.S., M.C.H.S. = > Account of a Plant of d’rbutus Andrachne in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, supposed to be the largest in Britain. By William M‘Nab, A.L.S., Superintendent of the Garden = = = ie 4.95 206 353 70 352 FLORICULTURE. Floricultural and Botanical Notices on Kinds of Piants newly introduced into our Gar- dens, and that have originated in them, and on Kinds of Interest previously ex- tant in them; supplementary to the latest Editions of the “ Encyclopedia of Plants,’ and of the “‘ Hortus Britannicus,’’ 35.78. 176. 214. 266. 311. 360. 430. 451. 503. On enlivening Flower or other small Gardens that surround Dwelling-houses, by Means of Zoology. By Th. Nietner - oO On a proper Arrangement of Plants, both as to their Height and the Colour of their Flowers, being indispensably necessary in a Flower-Garden. By John Caie, Gardener to Her Grace the Duchess of Bedford, at Camden Hill - - ~ 2 On some of the Advantages attending the Culture of Hardy Annuals. By John Caie, Gardener to His Grace the Duke of Bed- ford, at Bedford Lodge, Cambden Hill - 498 140 301 CONTENTS. List of Plants which have stood the open Air at Pendarves, in Cornwall. By James Mitchinson, Gardener - = > Notice of some Green-house and Half-hardy ligneous Plants, which have endured the open Air, for several Winters, in the Handsworth Nursery, near Birmingham. By Alexander Pope = - 7 Results of an Attempt to grow some tender Aquatics in hot Water, in the open Air. By Richard Christie - - - An Account of the Mode in which the large Palm at HalefHall, Lancashire, was.low- ered Five Feet. By John Nickson, Gar- dener to J. J. Blackburn, Esq., M.P., at Hale Hall - = - = Description of an oiled Paper Cap for pro- tecting Dahlias, when in Flower, from au- tumnal Frosts. By John Turnbull - - On the Culture of Epiph¥llum truncatum. By T. Symons - - - - On the Culture of Cape Heaths. By R. Glen- dinning - - = = & On the Management of Cape Heaths in the open Air during the Summer Season. By John Fyffe < - a = On the Culture of Chrysanthemums. By James Cuthill - : = SB A mode of training the Sweet Pea in Flower. Gardens. By John Fyffe, Gardener at Miltcn Bryant - = - = On protecting the Crocus, when in Blossom, ou Sparrows. By William Anderson, 354 135 71 171 4416 172 HORTICULTURE. Report on the Hardy Fruit Trees for 1837, &e. - - - - - 544 Instructions for Truffle-Searching. Trans- lated from the German of V. F. Fischer. By Francis Mascall, Esq., of Eppleton, Durham - = = = = A Treatise on the Cultivation of Truffles. By Alexander Von Bornholz. Translated from the German by Francis Mascall, Esq., of Eppleton, Durham = = - Olitorial Notices ; or, Notices of new Culinary Vegetables, deserving of general Cultiva- tion in British Gardens = > = Notice of some new, or little known, sorts of culinary Vegetables, cultivated in the North Riding of Yorkshire. By J. B. Whiting - A Method of training Pear Trees which might be advantageously adopted in Gar- dens where Walls cannot be afforded, and Standards will not thrive; with preliminary Observations respecting the List of Pears in, the last Edition of the “‘ Encyclopedia of Gardening.” By J. B. W. - “ = On the Culture of the Misa Cavendishz, as practised at Chatsworth. By Joseph Pax- 389 408 33 499 ton, F.L.S., H.S., &c. - - = 141 On the Management of the Vine. By A. Forsyth = = - ya On the Shriveling of Grapes, and Recom- mendations of the early White Frontignac. By J. Robertson, Nurseryman = 261 On the Shriveling of Grapes. By Agronome’s Nephew - = - 4 3 On the Rust on Vines. By J. Wighton, Gar- dener to Lord Stafford, Cossey Hall = On Part of the Vines, in the same Forcing- house, being suspended, and Part not. By Charles Pullen, Gardener to F. L. Gold- smid, Esq., Champion Hill = - 306 On_a new Method of grafting Vines. By William Smith, Gardener at the Priory, St. Andrew’s, Fifeshire = 2 = On the Necessity of thinning the Berries on Bunches of Grapes as soon as the Fruit is_ set. By John Fyffe, Gardener at Milton Bryant, Woburn - + - On the Rust on Vines. By John M‘Evoy, Gardener, Leweston House, near Sher- borne, Dorsetshire - = = - Critical Remarks on the Pot Culture of the Grape Vine. By Witliam Grey, Gardener to Sir M. W. Ridley, Bart. - - - 500 355 CONTENTS. On a new Mode ‘of FES the Vine. By William Gowans On the Culture of an early Crop of Melons. A Mode of preserving Cauliflowers through the Winter. By Peter Mackenzie, Gar- dener, West Plean - - - 264 By James Cuthill — - On Kidneybeans. By A. Forsyth — - = OE On the forcing of early Cucumbers in Pits On the Culture of the Pea. By A. Forsyth - 450 heated by Fires. By J. Wighton, Gar- On the Potato, particularly the early Va- dener to Lord Stafford, Cossey Hall - _ - 449] rieties. By A. Forsyth - - 174 On the Spot, or Canker, on Cucumbers. By On the Culture of the HSER By A. For- John Wighton, Gardener at Cossey Hall - 502 syth - 357 On the forcing of early Cucumbers. By John On the Culture Be White and Red Cabbages, Wighton, Gardener to Lord Stafford at Savoys, and Brussels Sprouts. By Alex- Cossey Hall = - 356 ander Forsyth, Gardener - - - 358 On the Cultivation of Currants. By T. Sy- On raising Salads of So By James mons = 263 Cuthill ~ 310 On the Strawberry. By ‘A. Forsyth - - 307 | On a Method of ‘obtaining “Green Mint during On forcing Strawberries. By TEHEEE Cuthill, Winter. By James Cuthill - 11 Gardener at Dyrham Park Hints on Paes Asparagus. By John AGRICULTURE. Wighton, Gardener at Cossey Hall - - 358 | List of Fifty-four Sorts of Wheat, Seeds and On the Culture oF Asparagus. BY A, For- Ears of which have been received from M. syth = - = 76] Walmorin’ = - = = - 45 REVIEWS. An Essay on the Nature, the Means, and the annuaJ, biennial, perennial, and exotic End of Imitation in the Fine AE By J. Flowering Plants - ~ 602 C. Kent - - - - 597| The Parterre; or, Whole Art of forming Botanical Periodicals - 220 Flower-Gardens. By C. F. Ferris, Esq. - 600 Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London © = - 363 First Annual Report, Laws, and Transac- tions cf the Botanical Society of Edinburgh 507 Journal of a Horticultural Tour through Germany, Belgium, and Part of France, in the Autumn of 1835. To which is added, a Catalogue of the different Species of Cactez in the Gardens at Woburn Abbey. By James Forbes, A.L.S., Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society, Au- thor of Hortus Woburnensis, &c. - - Ladies’ Botany; or, a familiar Introduction to the Study of the ata! System of Botany - - Lectures on Landscape- Gardening in Aus- tralia. By the late Mr. Thomas Shepherd 584 The Flora of Jamaica; a Description of the Plants of that Island, arranged according to the Natural Orders ; 5 with an Appendix, containing an Enumeration of the Genera, according to the Linnzan System, and an Essay on the Geographical Distribution of the Species. By James Macfadyen, M.D. - 590 The New Eotanist’s Guide to the Localities of the rarer Plants of Britain. By BSS Cottrel Watson - Amaryllidacee ; preceded by an Attempt to arrange the Monocotyledonous Orders, and followed by a Treatise on cross-bred Vege- tables, and Supplement. By the Hon. and Rev. W. Herbert - 270 Illustrations and Descriptions of the Plants which compose the Natural Order Camel- liez, and of the Varieties of Camellia japonica cultivated in the Gardens of Great Britain. The Drawings by Alfred Chan- dler; the eran B Ons by William Beattie Booth - Icones Plantarum ; ‘or, Figures: with brief descriptive Characters and Remarks, of new or rare Plants, selected from the Au- thor’s Herbarium = The Northern Flora ; containing the Wild Plants of the North of Scotland. By Alexander Murray, M.D. - - - 315 Salicetum, sive Salicum Forme que hodie innotuere, descripte et SEES dis- posite - - 515 The Orchidacez of Mexico and Guatemala - 508 An Analysis of the British Ferns and their Allies, with Copperplate Engravings of every Species and Variety. By George W. Francis - - 220 The Flower-Garden ; 2 including Directions for the Arrangement and Cultivation of all Garden Flowers; the Management of the Green-house, Hot-house, and Stove; with selected Lists of the most beautiful 316 - 222 - 507 Pd The Florist’s Magazine ; a Register of the newest and most beautiful. Varieties of Florists’ Flowers. Drawn from Nature, engraved and coloured in the most finished Style. By Frederick W. Smith - - 318 A Catalogue of Herbaceous Plants cultivated and sold by John Cree, Addlestone Nur- sery, Chertsey, Surrey ; with numerous Synonymes, and References. to Figures in the leading Botanical Periodicals, and also a select List of Fruit Trees, with Descrip- tions + Catalogue of the Cellulares, or Flowerless Plants, of Great Britain; or those in- cluded in the Linnzan’ Class Crypto- gamia ; compiled from Sir W. J. Hooker’s ** English Flora,” vol. v.; Sir J. E. Smith’s ** English Flora,” vol. iv. ; Mackay’s * Flora Hibernica ;”’ Henslow’s ‘* Cata- logue of British Plants,”’ and other Sources. By W. A. Leighton, B.A. F.B.S, Edin., Ce Practical Remarks on ‘the Failure of the Potato Crop; with Instructions how to remedy the Evil. By William Stent, Nursery and Seedsman, East Stockwith, near Gainsburgh, Lincolnshire - Catalogue of Works on Gardening, Agricul. ture, Botany, Rural Architecture, &c., lately published, with some Account of those considered the more interesting - 223, 321. 605. Sowerby’s Small Edition of English Bo- tany - - 606 Baxter’s British Flowering Plants - - 606 Hooker’s Icones Plantarum = - 606 The Gardener’s Gazette - = - 606 The Magazine of Domestic Economy ~ - 607 Le Couteur on the Varieties, Properties, and Classification of Wheats - - 607 Reid’s Chemistry of Nature, designed as a popular Exposition of the Chemical Constitution and Relations of Natural Objects, and as a General Introduction to the Study of Chemical Science - 609 Stonehouse’s History and Topography a the Isle of Axholme cS Ellistson’s Hobart Town Almanack, san Ross’s Van Diemen’s Land Annual, for 1837. - 610 Barker-Webb, et “Sabin Berthelot, His- toire Naturelle des Iles Canaries - 610 Allgemeine Gartenzeitung s - 611 Verhandlungen des Vereins zur Befor- derung des Gartenbaues in den Koni- glich Prussischen Staaten. Transactions of the Horticultural Society of Prussia Verhandlungen des Vereins zur Befor- derung des Garten und Felbaues, als 223 ~ 319 611 vi CONTENTS. Section der Frankfurtischen Gesells- chaft zur Beforderung Niitzlicher Kunste und deren Hulfswissen shaften, &c. Transactions of the Franfort So- ciety for the Advancement of Garden and Field Culture ; being a Section of the Frankfort Institution for the Ad- vancement of the Useful Arts and their subservient Sciences, &c. - - Sechtes Preiss-Verseichniss der verschie- denen feinen Tafels Obstsorten, Ge- holze fur Garten-Anlagen, Gewichs- hauz-Pflanzen, &c., fur 1837-8, welche bei S. und J. Rinz. Kunst und Handels- Gartnerin Frankfurt am Main zu haben . sind; that is, The Sixth priced Cata- logue of Fruit Trees, Ornamental and Useful Plants, &c., propagated and sold by S. and J. Rinz, Nurserymen, Frank- fort on the Maine - - - Verzeichniss der Griinhaus-Pflanzen des 611 612 Freyherrn Carl von Hiigel, No. IX. Catalogue of Green-house Plants, cul- tivated in the Garden of Baron Hiigel at Hietzing, near Vienna; with the Prices indicated at which they will be sold or exchanged = = = New Works on Gardening, Agriculture, &c., published in Italy, during the Years 1835 and 1836 - = - Literary Notices: — Bateman’s Orchidacez of Mexico and Guatemala, 224. Hand: bibliothek fiir Gartner und Liebhaber der Gartnerei; or, a Poeket Library for Gar- deners and Amateurs of Gardening, 225. Kollar’s History of the Insects injurious to Gardeners and Farmers, 612. Waterton’s Essays on Natural History, 612. Rivers’s Rose Amateur’s Guide, 612. Gauen’s Treatise on the Concentration of the Sun’s Rays as applied to Horticulture and Agri- culture, 6]2, 612 513 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. GENERAL NOTICES. Malaria, 47 ; Ash at Moccas Court, J. Webster, 47 ; The Stumps of the Silver Fir (Picea pec- tinata) increase in Diameter after the Tree is felled, 142; Value of Specific Characters, 226 ; Conservatory, 226; Budding’s Grass-cutter, 227; A Stage for Green-house Plants on a new . Plan, 228; Trees and Shrubs of the Canary Islands likely to prove hardy or half-hardy ‘in the Climate of London, 228; Management of Plantations, 228; Tulips, 228; The Influence of Vapour on Vegetation, 280; Connexion between Meteorology and Vegetation, 281; Kyanising Wood for Garden Purposes, 281 ; Anticorrosive Paint, 282; An improved Mode of Land sur- veying, 282; Pda nemordalis var. nervosa, 282; New Varieties of Potatoes, 283; Transmitting Seeds from China, R. Mallet, 283; Plant Markers, 283; A Hybrid between the Cabbage and Horseradish, 283; Grapes ripened without the Sun’s Rays, 283; Equitable Kent for farm- ing Land, 323; A simple Mouse-trap, 323; To destroy the Larve of the Cockchafer, 323; Flued Borders, 323; The Kyanising of Wood for Garden Purposes, 365 ; Hints for a Botanical Collector, 365; The Geography of Evergreen Trees, 366; Effect of Forests on the Size of River Currents, 366; Amber discovered to be only an indurated Resin, 366; On the Relations of Colour and Smell in the more important Families of the Vegetable Kingdom, 367; En- tomology, 369; New Silkworm, 370; On the Use of Steam in the economising of Fuel, 370; Washing by Steam, 371; Reid’s new Hydraulic Engine, 459 ; Mr. Gowan’s Mode of grafting the Vine, 460; Heracléwm perénne, 460; Rhubarb Jelly, 460; Rhubarb Wine, 460; Keeping of Filberts, 460 ; The Wood of the Phillyrea, 461 ; Fibre of the Pine-apple Plant, 461; To render Fuci and Lichens edible, 461; Plants rich in Potash can never be petrified, 461; Dry Rot, 516; Uses of Garlic, 517; New esculent Sea- Weed, 517; Retaining and absorbing Heat in the open Ground, 517; Powerful Antiseptic, 518; What is Science ? 612; Anomalous Struc- ture in Dicotyledones, 613; Transplanting Seeds and Plants from abroad, 614; Buds pro- duce Roots, 614; Carbon, Hydrogen, and Oxy- gen, in different Kinds of Wood, 615; Effects of different Kinds of Salt on Plants, 615; Salt has a wonderful Influence in subduing Flame, 615; Coal, or Gas, Tar in the Formation of Gravel Walks, 615; Cultivation of Potatoes, 615; Filberts preserved a Year and Upwards, 616 ; Brambleberry Jelly, 616. Foreign .NOTICES. France. — The exotic Trees blown down in the Park at Versailles, 82; Singular Phenomena in the Vegetation of Trees, 82; A Lime Tree in Lorraine, 82; Parish Libraries, 82; The Cli- imate of Montpelier as compared with that of Toulouse, 229; The Formation of Cork, 229 ; A Hybrid Apple, 230; The beautiful Hot- houses of M. Tassin, 324; Artesian Wells, 371, 372; Colossal Elm Tree at Brignoles, 372; Mo- nograph on the Genus Caméllza, Soulange-Bo- din, 461; Summary of Subjects proposed for Prizes by the Agricultural Society of France at their Meeting in July, 1837, 462 ; Insects de- structive to the Vine, 462; Acclimatising Plants at Hiéres, in the south of France, 462; Nepén- thes distillatoria, 464; Improvement of Agri- culture, 518; Remarkable Oak and Beech, 518; Baumann’s priced Catalogue of hardy Trees and Shrubs at Bolwyller, 518; Pinus monterey- énsis, and keeping Pines clear of Insects, 616 ; Holland. — Prizes offered by the Academy of Sciences at Haarlem, 465. Belgium. — New Local for the Exhibition of Plants at Ghent, 82; New Plants, 83; Hybrid Fern, 372. Germany. — A Flora Excursoria Exotica Germa- nica, 83; The Pfauen Insel at Potsdam, 84; Palms for Sale at Hamburg, 230; The Loran- thus europz‘us, 284; Kerner’s Hortus semper- virens, 284; Kollar’s History of Insects injurious to Cultivators, and to the Proprietors of Forests and Plantations, 464; Botanic Garden, Berlin, 519; Frankfort Flower Show, 519. Spain. — Thija articulata, 324; Gardens of Spain, 825; Andna Cherimodiia, 326; The Botanic Gar- den of Madrid, 327; The Appearance of the Country, 327; Agriculture, 328; Cochineal Culture, 329; The Roads of Spain, 330 ; General Improvement of Spain, 332. Switzerland. — Lausanne, Difference of Climate and Production, 373. Sweden and Norway. — Zones of Vegetation ob- served in the Scandinavian Peninsula, 373. Denmark. — M. Petersen’s Stay in this Country, 466; Agave americana, 84. India. — Singular Form which many of the Trees assume in the Island of Little Carimon, near Singapore, 374 ; extraordinary Plant in the Se- chang Jslands, 374; The Melon of Bokhara, 375; Vegetation of the Mountains of Nill- gherry, 375; The Madras Agricultural and Horticultural Society, 617. China. —The Botany and Gardening of China, 332. North America. —Carouie, near Quebec, 467; Shell-Bark Hickory Nuts and the Black Wal- nut, 467 ; The Washington Chestnut, 468 ; The Silk-Grower’s Manual, 468; Maple Sugar, James Mease, 468. Australia, — The late Mr. Cunningham, 619. Domestic Notices. England. — Douglas’s Monument, 84; Linnean Society, 85; Horticultural Society’s Garden, 85; The Botany of Battersea Fields, 86; New Kitchen-Gardens, with Flower-Gardens and Shrubberies attached, at Carclew, 87; A’Inus CONTENTS. incana, 143; Presents to the Public Parks, 184 ; Open Spaces for Exercise and Recreation for the People, 184; The Flora of Britain, 184; Departure of a Botanical Collector for Madeira and the Canary Isles, 184; Pope and Sons’ Ca- talogue of Herbaceous Plants, 185; Manchester Zoological Gardens, R. Forrest, 185; A Horti- cultural and Botanical Garden at Bath, 135; Clapham Common made a Public Pleasure- Ground and Arboretum, 186; List of Pines and other Conifer in Boyton House Garden, 186; A-large Fig Tree in Jersey, 186; The Canterbury Mulberry, 187; The largest Yew Treein England, 187 ; Eucal¥ptus robista, 187 ; The Jersey Cabbage, 187 ; the Black Bigarreau Cherry, 187; The Lombardy Poplar, W. Mas- ters, 188; Echevérza gibbiflora, 188; Saul’s Seedling Apple,188; A novel Method of making young Trees of the Swan Egg Pear bear Fruit, 188 ; Gourds in Sussex, 188; The Tunstall White Wheat, 188; The Populus viridis Hort., 230: Acacia and Eucalyptus in the Norwich Nursery, 231; Growing Grapes in the open Air in Herefordshire, 231 ; Trimestrian, or Three- month, Wheats, 231; Mimulus Hédsoni, 333 ; Owen’s Animalised Carbon, 376; The South London Floricultural Society, 376; A Collec- tion of Cactz and Orchidex, 376; A new Hy- brid Rhododendron, 376; The Manchester Botanic Garden, 376; Zoological and Botanical Garden at Leeds, 519; A proposed Botanic Garden at. Newcastle on Tyne, 519; Pisum sp., by a Gentleman residing in Beskshire, 520; Cowanza plicata, 521; Agave americana, 521; Improvements in the Gardens of Buckingham Palace, 469; Kew Gardens, 469; Vicinity of Trees to Highways, 470 ; New Plant-Houses at Woburn Abbey and Trentham Hall, 470; Black Grub of the Turnip Saw-fly, J. O. W., 470; Victdréa regalis, 471; Eucalyptus alpina, 471; Pavéa macréstachys at the Vicarage, Rickmansworth, 471; Baron Hiigel’s new Aus- tralian Plants, 619; Ambhérstza nobilis, 620; *Malva Fulleri@na, Agave americana, 621; The Four heaviest Gooseberries grown in England in 1837, 621; A Mushroom, 621. - Scotland. — General Improvement, 188; The Highland Society, 189; Agricultural Museum in Dundee, 189 ; Acacia dealbata, 189; Onion | Crops of 1833 and 1836, 189; Improved Modes of building Corn-ricks, 189. Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 231; Flora Perthensis, 232; Fes- tica U'rii, 333 ; Early-mowing Grass, 377; Al- Janton Park, 471; The Marriage Beech at Inverary, 472; Singular Oak in the Western Highlands, 472 ; Gardener’s Lodge, 521; Heat- ing by Hot Water at Altyre, near Forres, in Elginshire, 521; New Seedling Potato, 521; The Royal Highland and Agricultural Society of Scotland, 621; A Sweedish Turnip, 621; A Globe Turnip, 621; A white Globe Turnip, 621; Two immense Cabbages, 621. Ireland. — Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, 87; An Experimental Horticultural Garden, and Na- LIST OF Vii tional Arboretum, 88; A Root of Horseradish, 143; Yecca aloefolia, 622. Retrospective Criticism. — Errata, 93. 377. 476. 622.; Johnson’s Willow, 94; Destroying the Thrips, 94; The Deanston Plough and reaping Machine, 94; The Principle, that no Soil will continue fertile which wants calcareous Matter, made public Thirty Years ago, 189; Increase of the Stump of the Silver Fir, without the Aid of Leaves, 234; Introducing of the better Sorts of Vegetables to Cottages, 234; Destroying the Thrips, &c., 235; Sir Henry Steuart’s Mode of transplanting Trees, and relative Subjects 235 ; Forming Plantations with a View to facilitate their after-management, 236; Quércuspeduncu- lata and Q. sessiliflora, with their Varieties, 237 ; The Black Irish Elm, 237; Cytisus scoparius Link, Spartium scoparium L., 238; Mr. Ander- son’s Mode of protecting Seeds from the Attack of Birds, 284; Grafting the Mistletoe, 285 ; Hpi- phyllum truncatum on Peréskza aculeata, 285 ; Grafting Oranges on the Pomegranate, 476; Grafting the Plum on the Fig, &c., 476; Ency- clopedia of Agriculture, 477; The Man- chester Botanic Garden, 477; The Yew and the Small-leaved Elm, 477; The Fangi of the Oak, 477; Sweet’s British Flower-Garden, 522; Thija articulata, 522; Jasminum odoratissi- mum, 523; Catdlpa syring@idlia, 524, Queries and Answers. —Céreus heptagonus, 47 ; Effects of Soap Ashes, 47; Choice of Soil from a Common, 94; The Black Irish Elm, 94; A Hedge of Furse and Privet, 95; Fletcher’s Mode of training and managing the black Ham- burgh Grape, 95; The Dry Scale on Apple and Pear Trees, 238; The Theory of the Rise and Fall of the Sap in A’cer saccharinum_ when tapped for its Juice, 285; Why are Chaffinches deterred by a Line of black Thread, when they do not dread a Thread with Bits of Rag attached to it? 286; The Italian Mode of excluding the common House Fly (Miisca doméstica L.) frona Apartments, 286; Otiorynchus sulcatus, 286 ; Brichus pisi, 287; Question respecting the rlow of the Juice of A‘cer saccharinum, 378; Horticultural Societies, 379; The Villas at Stanmore, 477; A fine Elm, 478; Insects inju- rious to Pear Trees, 524; ‘Trees at Fawley Hall, 526 ; Watering Vegetables with a Solution of Soda, 526; Fungi on Vine Leaves, 526; An Insect on the Scotch Pine, 622; Pinus cebenén- sis, 622; Making a Peach taste of Wormwood, 624. London Horticultural Society and Garden, 48. 96. 191. 240. 333. 379. 478. 526. The West London Gardeners’ Association for Mu- tual Instruction, 88. 232. 472. Covent Garden Market, 95. 190. 239: 287. 335. 383. 432. 480. Provincial Horticultural Societies, 90. Second Additional Supplement to the‘ Hortus Bri- tannicus,” 528. Obituary. — M. Persoon, 96 ; C. M. Fischer, 96; Mr, John Hay, 96; Joseph Sabine, Hsq., 144, PLANTS. Those marked with a * are not registered in the last edition of the Hortus Britannicus, but have been introduced into Britain; those marked with a + have been already registered, either in the Hortus Britannicus or this Magazine, but with less perfect details ; and those with a } prefixed have not been introduced, or, if introduced, have since become extinct. A’bies - - 169. 351,, cult. 444) Abiétine - - = - 350| Acacia latifolia s - 463 excélsa, at the Whim, Acacia - = - 231 lophantha - - - 463 Jigs. 249 affinis - - - 170) Acer = - = - 169 Morinda - - 32 affinis,jiz. = = = 105 platanéides Lobtliz- - 19 Av Smithii. A. dealbdta Arb. Brit. Psetdo-Platanus, at Po- nigra, fig. - . - 255 armata - 2 - 556 LOCH = - - - 168 nobilis - = - - 3 dealbata ~ = - 189. 229 saccharinum - - 285. 378 Picea = Sy WEEE Bil farnesiana- - 229. 463| * Acropéra * Loddigésiz - 512., scandens - - 348 floribinda = - 465 jl. 218 spectabilis - - 3i heterophylla - = 299 Mawillaria galedta Pinus Webbiana Wall, Julibrissin = - 229 Bot. Cab. Vill Adenocarpus frankenzdides 228 Adiantum pedatum = - - 295 Aérides odoratum - - 512 4#/sculus Hippocdstanum 2. 122. 168 rubictinda - - 22 Agave americana ~- 84. 526. 621 Agrostémma * suécica, fl. - 36 Alatérnus - 4 0 = 327 Alétris uvaria = - 369 Allium - 5 - - 369 Cépa var. 5 - = 226 Anus cordifolia - 31., fig. 143 glutinosa laciniata - 57. 170 Incana .- - 86., fig. 143 . Viridis, fig. - 143 A. Srudicosa Schmidt. A. ovata Lodd. Bétula ovata Wats, Aloe fruticdsa = - 229 Alonsoa acutifolia - - 498 linearis 5 5 - 498 Aloysia citrioddra_ - - 229 Alstroeméréa Hookeridna - 277 Amaryllidee - . - 367 Amarfllis 9 - - 324 psittacina var. *hy¥- brida, 72. 45 A, psittacina Johnsoni Gowan. A. Griffini Sth Ameldnchier = - 22 florida, fig. - 22 sanguinea, fig. . - 22 Amhé€rstia nébilis - 539. 620 Amygdalus communis var. Macrocarpa, desc. - - 2 Anagallis Monélls * 2éé- cin t, fl. - - 217 Anagyris latifolia - - 228 Anandssa sativa - 461., cult. 11 Andropogon squarrdsum - 463 Angre*‘cum odoratissimum - 512 Anona Cherimilia - 326, 591 Aphyteia hydnora - - 85 Arachis hypoge*a - - 597 Araucaria Cunninghami 57. se. 6 excélsa o - 57. 186 imbricata - - - 186 Arbutus S - 22. 318. 327 Andrachne, fig. - - 352 Argemodne mexicana - 591 Argyropsis : = - 274 Aristolochia Clematitis - 613 labidsa - - = 613 Sempervirens - - dd4 sipho .- = = 613 *trifida. fl. - = 41 Aristotélia Macqui - 229 A‘rum divaricatum - A’sarum europe‘um - 369 Asparagus officinalis, cult. 76. Armeniaca sibirica, desc. - 21 358 * Aspasia * epidendreides fl. 42 * Vance ata ji. - 42 Aspidium - - 221 Lonchitis - - = 221 Asplénium - - 5 5 OR lanceolatum ° - 221 Marinum ~- . = 221 septentrionale ~ = 221 viride . . = 22] A’ster argophyllus - $- 354 carolinianus - - 229 Atraphaxis spindsa - = 228 Azalea indica = - 519 phoeenicea grandifldra - 565 sp. var. Seymouri, ji. - 362 * Baérza * chrysdéstoma, ji. - 431 Bambisa - = - - 463 Banksia australis - 6 Begonza * Fischer, fl. 2 * monoptera, jl. = - 218 * octopetala, fl. - S B. grandiflora ¥1. Cab. LIST OF PLANTS. Bérberis asiatica = 229 Beta cicla = ea Biéchnum = - 221 Blétia Tankerville - = 513 Blumenbachza * multifida, a iss < 2 454 Behmeérza ribra - 228 * Boop hy Tony * harbige- rum, jl. coccineum - 512 * cocoinum, fi. = 314 * saltatdrium Jt. - 367 Boraginee - - 362 Boronia serrulata - 582 Bouvardza triphylla - - 498 Brassica oleracea vars., cult. 358. 592 Rapa, cult. - - 357 Brassavola * cordata, fl. - 44 nodosa - - 512 fBroughtodnia sanguinea, fl. 43 Broughtonia coccinea Hook. Dendrobium sangut- neum Swt. Epidéndrum sangut- neum Swt. Brugmansza suavéolens 2. 463. 582 Brunsvigia - Buddlea globdsa salicifolia salvifolia Buphane - * Burlingtonia *cAndida Baxus sempervirens - Cactez - Cactus - Opintia - - 512. ji. - 324 » 229 80 - 329 speciosa * var. lateritia, ji. - - Calceolaria angustifolia arachnéidea * mirabilis, jl. * punctata, i. rugosa - salvifolia thyrsifldra - Caléndula_ . * Callichroa Callidpsis tinctdria - Caméllia japénica Bealéiz - Colvillzz - Donk laérz eximia, - Gilésiz - Parks? - rubra pléna reticulata - 179 = 498 * platygléssa, Ji. 180 - 466 - 324, 354 - 209 - 229 - 565 - 564 = 229 - 223 - 137 = 565 Campanula * Barreliér?z, jf. 37 hederacea * muralis, ji. Campanulacee - Canna coccinea flaccida - indica CAannez = Capparis spinosa - - 229 Carpinus Bétulus, at Poloc 168 Cassia corymbosa tomentosa Castanea vésca - 229. 463 - 463 - 10. 168. 347 The Washington chest- nut - Casuarina equisetifolia Catdlpa syringafdlia - 57. 524 Catasétum * maculatum, jf. 506 Cattléya intermédia * pallida, ji. Ceanothus azireus, fig. ceruleus - * collinus, fi. fig. Cedréla odorat: 1 Cedrus = var. Cédrus Deodéra - ~- 186. 351 Libani - - 4. 57. 351. 353 Cephalanthus occidentalis - 522 Cérasus Hira - - 228 Laurocérasus - 318. 478. 550 lusitanica - 318. 348. 355 serrulata, fig. - - 21 Ceratonia Siliqua - = 229 Cércis eanadénsis_ - - ll Céreus Ackermannius - - 2/7 heptagonus -- - 47 peruvianus - - 229 specidsus - - ~- 277 speciosissimus - - 277 Chimondanthus fragrans, Sig. 85 grandiflorus, fig. - 86 Chrysanthemum sinénse, cult. 75 * Chrysézs (Eschsch6ltzéa) ee - - - 499 * compacta, ji. - - 215 Chryséis P aschischoltzéa) crocea 5 * Chrysostémma + tripteris, Cor edpsis trépteris Tog) * Chysis *atirea, fl. - ee 182 Cineraria amelldides - - 498 platanifolia - - 463 Cissampelos’ - = - 613 CistOpteris - - - 221 Cistus créticus - = - 463 Citrus Aurantium - = 593 bizzaria - - - 463 my rtifolia S - = 463 Clarkza élegans = - 499 * gaurodides, fl. - - 216 gaurdides, i. - - 431 C. rhomboidea Doug. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. pulchélla- - - 499 Claytonza alsindides - = 606 *gypsophiloides, fi. - - 178 Clématis * certlea, fl. 266. 556 C. caridea grandiflora. © florida * var. 3 Sieboldtz, ate - - 430. 566 montana, desc. - - 20 OR eae EIT 5 - - 39. 566 C. spectostssimum aes ton. Clethra arborea - = - 463 Clidnthus punfceus —- 551. 567 Clintonéa * pulchélla, fl. - 38 Cobce‘a scandens - - 463 Coccéloba pubéscens <= - 85 Cécculus Jaurifolius - - 613 Cochlearia Armoracea - = 143 Coffea arabica - = 329 Collétza spinosa, fig. = - 138 C. horrida W. ulicina, fig. . = 138 Collinsza bicolor = eras =) == 499 - - 499 Colldmia verandifiora - ~~ 499 linéaris - = 499 Conifere, cult. - - 444. Conium Arracacha = = 524 Convolvulacez s - 367 Convélvulus Batatas - = 329 Cnedrum ee - 463 cles folie A = ae Coreépsis léngipes, - Corrs a alba - = 355. 463 pulchélla - - ~- 277 speciodsa = . = Sli Corylus, filberis - - 460 Cotoneaster . - - 23 acuminata - - 23 affinis - - = 23 frigida - - - 23 nummularia - 23 *Cowania * plicata, 521. aJt. oe Craspédia * glatica, ji. - "37 Richea glatica Lab. eS. ae Cratz*gus - a - Aronia - - + 4 coccinea, ji. - “ C. glandulosa Arb. Brit. var. macracantha, a glandulosa ma- cracdntha Bot. Reg. C. macracdntha Arb. Brit. 2, flava, fi. - nett 178 ~. Méspilus Michatzii Pers. var. lobata, ff. - — - 177 Méspilus lobdta Poir. C. lobata Bosc. C. turbinata Pursh. glandulosa, 72. - 5 C._ spathulata Bot. Reg. s var. macrantha, jf. - 376 C. macradntha Lodd. mauroccana 5 = mexicana, fi. eqs orientalis var. sanguinea, desc. and fig. = - Oxyacantha - - - 395 var. Oliveridna Bosc, fl. 178 punctata var. brevispina, 267 desc. and fig. - - 23 sanguinea, 71. S = 267 Zanacetifodlia var. Leedna, desc. and fig. - - 923 Crinum - - - - 325 amabile - - - 552 octofldrum - = - 279 Croton sebifera : - 299 Cruciate - = - 367. 369 Cryptogramma crispa = - 221 Cucumis Mélo, cult. = - 447 sativa, cult. - 356. 449 Cupréssus - - - 170.299 sempervirens var.stricta 11 toruldsa - - - 186 Cyclamen pérsicum - ~= 295 Cycnoches cucullata - - 219 Loddigészi - = 219. 512 *ventricosa, fl. - - 506 Cymbidium ensifolium *var. estriatum, 71. - - 457 Cynomodrium coccineum - 85 *Cynorchis * fastigiata, fl. - 505 Cypripedium Calcéolus’ = 494 * purpuratum, jf. - - 457 Cytisus x6licus, fig. 22., fl. 266 Labirnum * var, purpu- rascens, fi. « - - 312 nubigenus - = 228 * racemOsus, i. - - 361 Scoparius - = 238 Spartium scoparium L. Dammara australis - - 186 Dativa ceratocailon - ~~ 579 Daphne - - - 28, 318 Delphinz - - - 463 Delphinium Ajacis - - 465 intermédium * cerulés- cens, jl. - = * var. pallidum, #1. 360 * var. Barlow, fl. 215 * tenuissimum, i. - 79 D. divaricatum Led? triste ~ - - - 369 * vimineum, fl. - - 177 Dendrobium Anceps, 77. - 505 A’porum cnceps Lindl. moschatum - - - 512 Desmddium canadénse - 592 Detitzéa scabra - - 582 Dianthus ferrugineus * var. sulphureus, fl. - . - - 3192 DGlichos ligndsus_ - - 463 Drace*‘nafragrans’ - - 354 Dryandra nervosa - ~- - 567 Echevérza gibbifldra - ~- 188 *ryacemosa, f. = = 179\ LIST OF PLANTS. Echinocactus * Mackiedna, oo. - - .179 * mammillaridides, 7. - 179 * sessiliflora, fl. - - 216 Echinus candicans - - 463 E’chium candicans - - 355 Eleagnus orientalis - - 186 * songaria - - - 136 Encephalartos Altensteiniz 230 Caffer - - - 230 Frederici Guliélmz = 230 hérridus - - »- 230 pangens - - - 230 E’pacris campanulata rdbra 565 sp. - - - 573 Epidendrum * z’mulum, % mi - - - 4 anisatum - - 512 aromaticum - =, ~ 512 *chloroledcum, ji. - 182 *coriaceum, fl. - - 456 * macrochilum - - 43 noct@rnum - - 512 * var. latifolium, ji. 314 umbellatum - - 512 Epigz'a répens * var, rubi- cunda, jl. - - - 268 Epimédium * macrénthum, ee bh = - - 0) latifrons - - - 566 Epiphyllum spléndidum ~- 566 truncatum - 285,, cult. 138 Erica, cult. - - 74. 171 cinérea monstrdsa - 554 Linnezdna supérba - - 565 vulgaris = = - 6 Eriobétrya japonica - 463., Sg. Eriodéndron anfractudsum 592 Erythrina Crista-gallt - 463 Escallonza - - - 24 illinita, fig. - - 24 montevidensis, fig. - 24 Eucalyptus alpina - 231. 471 diversifolia - - 463 obliqua - - - 463 resinffera - - 231 robusta .~ - - 187. 23 * Eucharidium * concinnum, F - - - 313 Evcomis punctata = - - 355 Eulophia * macrostachya, s - - = - 1) Euphorbia * Bojerz, fl. - 41 *fulgens, fl. - - ~- 181 EE. jacquiniifiora Hort. phosphorea ~ - - 465 spléndens - 3 - 573 Eutaxia Baxteri K. et W. 452 Eltoca * Wrangelidna, jl.- 38 Fagus sylvatica 256. 347. 491, 492. 496, 518. The fern-leaved - ~- 439 The Marriage Beech at Inverary - - - 472 Festica U'rii - - - 368 Ficus Carica - - 186. 229 Dumonta - = 229 elastica : = - 463 Fragaria vésca, cult. - 30/7. 309 Fraxinus” - ss - - 316 americana - . 5 97 juglandifolia = - - 27 Moccas Court Ash - ~ 47 Ash at Poloc - - 167 Fuchsa arboréscens - ~ 977 excorticata =) eee 2 7ii, globosa = - - 498 *élegans, jl- - - - 268 Thompsonzana_ - - 555 Gaillardia bicolor var. Drumm o6ndi integérrima, . - - - 180 Gardénéa * pannea, fl. - - 258 Garrya elliptica - - 86 mas, jig. - = - 24 1X Genista microphflla . _ 99g tmonospérma, fl. - - 36 spléndens - - - 228 stenopétala — . ~ 998 Gentidnee - - 367 Gésnera * elongata, 77, 362 *lateritia, ji. - . << 917 Lindleyz, 72. = - 455 G. ritila atrosangui- nea Lindl. *scéptrum var. *igneum, Piietcon ote = Sellow7z, 77. = - 180 Gilta achilleefdlia 3 - 499 tricolor = - - 499 Gladiolus Dalléni - - 348 Gleditschza triacanthos - 57, 348 Gongora atropurpirea - 512, 560 Grabowskia boerhaavigfolia, 5 eae i Crabéwskia G. Don. Lycium boerhaaviefo- lium LZ, Ehrétia L’Hérit. Lycium heterophgllum Murray. Grammitis Céterach - 61. 291 Grevillea junipérina - ~ 135 Gréwia orientalis = - 463 Guaracum officinale - 595 Gundélza Tournefortiz, fig. 186 Gymnogramma calomélanos 372 halimifolia chrysophylla - - 372 Gypsocallis vagans = - 121 Habrénthus Andersonz var. 5. texanus, fl. - - 457 gracilifolius xvar, Booth- zanus, fi. = - 314 Hemaénthus - = - 324 Hakea ? acicularis - «= 135 in australis - - = 463 amamélis virginica, fig. - 25 *Hartwesia, ff. iS 363 Helénium * undulatum, 77. - 313 Heliotropeze = - - 367 Heliotropium corymbdsum - 354 sp. - - » - 498 Hemerocallidee - - 367 Heracléum perénne - ~~ 460 Heichera *cylindracea, 71. - 79 Hibiscus mutabilis - = 463 * Hippeastrum * ambiguuin, . - - - 81 * brevifldrum, /7. - 182 Horkeélia * fasca, 71. - - 503 Hosackza * stolonifera, fl. - 431 Hovea Célsz - - - 582 Himea élegans - - 576 Hypéricum baleéricum - 229 chinénse - - - Qi H. nepalénse Hort. Ibé6ris * coronaria, /1. - 35 Tilex - - - = 327 Aquifvlium ~- - 149 var, albo-marginata 11 var.avireo-marginata 11 Impatiens * scapifldra, 77. - 360 I. bulbisa Moon Cat. I. acatlis Arn. Tonopsis * ténera, ji. - 43 Tridez - - - 367 Isopogon Baxteri, 77. - 41 Is6toma axillaris - - 498 Jasmine - - - 367 Jasminum azéricum - 463 grandifldrum = - - 463 odoratissimum - - 593 revolitum - - 229 Jiglans, Hickory Nuts, and Bl. Walnut - - 467 régia, at Poloc - - 168 Juniperus Cédrus_ - - 228 recirva = - - 186 Justicia coccinea - - 562 Kagenéck7a crategoides - 24 Kaulftissta amelléides - - 408 x Kennéd/a coccinea ~ = 556 Lactica virdsa - - - 61 Lz lia anceps var. Barker- iana, fi. - - Lagerstree’ mia indica - 57 Lantana Sellow? - - 463 Larix europea —- 351. 492, 493 Lathyrus grandiflorus - 217 latifolius Albus - - 579 ‘Latrus ndbilis - = 327 Lavatera arborea - - 229 Lechenaitltia - - 276 Lenticularee - - 367 Leptosiphon androsaceus - 499 densiflorus = - 499 Leptospérmum = grandifoli- um, fig. - - 135 trinérve - - 135 Leycestéria formosa, fiz. = ifs} Ligistrum vulgare - - 95 Liliacee ° = 3 Lilium pulb{ferum — e peregrinum, fi - 81 L. cdndidum var. Hort. Brit. L. byzantinum Swert. supérbum ss - - 347 Limnocharis Humbéldtii = Linne‘a borealis = - - 61 Linum trigynum - - 463 Liquidambar — - - - 169 Lobélza cardinalis var. Mil- leri, ji. - - - 180 syphilitica * var. hy- brida, 77. c - 454 L. speciosa, and L Milleri Hort. Gap. nOs ye nen * SOEUR ee LorAnthus europe" us - 284 Lupinus arboreus, desc. and cult. = - - grandifolius - - 579 *versicolor - 522. jl. me Lychnis * Bungedna, ji. - 430 Lycopérdon* Bovista - 412 cancellatum - - 412 Tuber = - - 392 Lysimachie - - - 367 *Macrochilus Fryanus,, fi. 457. 505 Miltonia spectabilis. Madia élegans - - ae Madaria élegans Dec. Mangifera indica - - 595 Magnolia - - - - 376 acuminata - - - il conspicua - 201 Alexandrina - 21 Soulangedna - 21 speciosa - - - 21 *. grandiflora - - 170 canaliculé - = Al crispa - - 21 des Anglais ~ 21 exoniensis = a Ri floribinda - ol fdliis variegatis ol Galissoniére a Al daurifolia = SehO longifolia undulata - 21 longissima - - 21 Mayardiére = Bl ? Maillardiére Arb. Brit. précoce du Masis - 21 ? précoce de Mars. rotundifolia des An- glais = 21 rotundifolia ferru gi- neuse - Q1 rotundifolia ordi- naire = a wl Semis de Bictin - 21 stricta, or bouton blanc 2 — 21 LIST OF PLANTS. Magnolia grandifldra subro- tundifolia - 5 Wil rastica ferruginea o Oe tripétala - - - 11 Mahérnza pinnata~ - - 498 Mahonéa Aquifodlium, desc., Sig., cult - a 2) fascicularis, fig. eer LO) nervosa, jig. - - 19 répens, fig. S - 19 Malva*concinna, fl - ~ 360 Fulleriana O - 621 Maxillaria aromatica - 512 atropurpurea - - 512 crassifdiia = - 512 * Steélzz, 71. = - 269 Megaclinium *maximum, fi. 269 Melastoma Fothergillé - 355 Mélia Azederdch = 229. 327 Melianthus major = - - 229 minor - 229 Menispérmum Zaurifolium - 463 * Menonvillea *filifolia, ff. » 177 Mentzeéla * stipitata, fl. - 404 Menziésia Daboo‘cz - - 327 Miltonza spectabilis - 522 Mimulus * cardinalis, 7. - 181 Hodsoné = - 333. 664 7dseus = - 498 sp.var. "Harrisonianus, fl. 456 Monachanthus discolor *var. viridiflora, jl. - - 457 viridis c C - 219 Monarda * aristata, jl. - 39 Monodora Myristica - ~- 591 * Morna * nftida, fi. - 180 Morus nigra, fig. - - 187 papyrifera c - 327 Zusa sp. - 582 Cavendishis, cult. - 141. 538. 557 Muscari * commutatum, 77. - 183 Mutis¢a latifolia, fig. - - 25 Myanthus parbatus * var. immaculatus, 7. - 314 cristatus = - - 218 * delidides, fl. ~ - 42 Myosotis sylvatica - - 226 Myrtus communis - 170. 299 com. fl. pl. - - - 463 Nandina doméstica - = 463 * Nectaroscérdum siculum, A‘llium siculum Ucria. Nemophila *atomaria, f. - 181 insignis - 499. 576 Nepénthes distillatoria 464. ap 575 Nerine = - 324 Nicotzana glutindsa - - 369 Nierembérgia calycina - 498 Nuttalléa * cordata, jt. = iy Nympheacex = = - 367 Nymphe‘a amplas~ - 591 cerulea - - 71 NYssa S - 28 @notheéra albicans = - 499 * bifrons, ji. - - 312 decimbens - - = 499 fruticOsa, var. * ambi- gua, ji. - 79 GQ. ambigua Spreng. QS. canadénsis Gold. Lindleyana . - 499 macrocarpa - = 498 viminea = - - 499 Olea - - ~ 229 excélsa S - 228 fragrans . - e 463 Oncidium bifdlium - 556 * Cavendishzanum, fi. - 505 *?zridifolium, 7%. - - 43 * leucochilum, ji. - 505 *Junatum, jl. - - 182 ornithorhynchum - 512 papilio - - - 557 Opuntia Dillenzz 2 = 229 | O‘phrys apifera - - 494 muscifera - - 494 Orchidez « ~ 324. 376 O’rchis bif dlia 5 - 494 O’xalis * alba, jl. = - 452 * geniculata, fi. - - 177 Peonia arborea - - 577 Palme = - 318 Pancratium undulatum - 280 Papaveracee - - 367 Passifldra Loudoniana - 558 Pavia - - - 22 fava, Be a - ay macrostachys, -4 rubra - e - 22 péndula - 2 Pevrconn optAbile - 498 sps. - - - - 6 var. Black Prince - 498 var. Daveyanum - 498 var. Fairy Queen - 498 var. pavénicum = - 498 Pentstémon * breviflorus, jl. 217 Cobee‘a - - - 565 Murraydnus - ‘- 566 Pérsica vulgaris - - 624 * heterophyllus, 72. - 38 Peristéria * cérina, jl. - 269 Petinia blanda - - 498 nyctaginiflora - - 498 pheenicea - - 498 pre ‘nitens - - 498 7osea - - 498 Pétrea Stapélie, ji. - - 504 Phalangium Pomerat Apres cum ‘pomeri ‘t= diinum Bot. Reg. Scilla pomeridiana D eC. * Pharbitis * diversifolia, jl. 455 Phaséolus Caracdlla - = 463 vulgaris, cult. - = 265 Philadélphus, sp. - - 465 * Philibértia * gracilis, ft. - 504 Phillyrea - 327. 461 * Philodéndron © creserrier Zz vium, ji. - ~ 270 Phidmis * armentaca, fl. - 39 Leontrus - - 463 Phormium ténax - - 463 Photinia serrulata, jig. - 136 Phycélla * brevittba, fi. - 183 Physalis peruviana - - 574 Pimeléa * nivea, ji. - - 41 Pinus - 169, 170., cule, an austriaca - Bankszana - - 186 britia S - 85. 186 canariénsis . - 186 cebennénsis - - 622 Cémbra_ - - 186. 336 halepénsis - - 170 insignis - - 32 Laricio - - - 186 montereyénsis - - 614 Pallasiana - - 186 palustris - - 186 patula - - - 186 ponderdsa - - 179. 186 pumilio - “ - 186 Yigida - - - 170 Sabinzana - - 186 Smithz - - - 186 Strobus [? var. pygme ‘a 136 sylvéstris, fig. = 67 tatirica - - 170 (Abies) Webbiana - 186 Pisum, sp. - - - 379 Pittosporum nanum - - 463 sinénse - - - 299 Tobira, fig. - 136 Platystémon californicus = 575 Piatanus occidentalis -=121. 201 PleurothAllis * ciliata, 77. = 80 Pda nemoralis var. nervosa 282 Polemonex = = - 367 Polycérpia carndsa - = 298 Polypddium = - 291 Pontederéa azirea__- = Til P. crassipes Hort. Populus = - ue 170, aie alba - canadénsis - - 34 cordifolia = 32 P heterophylla Arb. Brit. dilatata - = - 187 P. fastigtiita Desf. monilifera “ - 536 nigra salicifdlia - = ol Viridis - - - 230 P. nigra var. viridis. Potentilla argéntea = - 61 glanduldsa* var. incisa, jl. 361 Pothos sp. - = - 565 Prenanthes arborea - - 228 Prescéttéa * colorans, jl. - 44 Primulaceze - = - 367 Primula * ventista, ji. - 456 farindsa - - - 552 Psidium pyriferum - - 463 Psoralea * orbicularis, jl. - 361 Ptéris = = 221 Pterocarpus marsupium - 614 Punica Granatum - - 229 P¥rola rotundifolia - - 61 Pyrus nepalénsis - - 229 @uércus - 1, 3, 31. 124. oa 492, 3. 518. 4i’gilops - ° OL 462 Alba 3 - 31. 201 Cérris - - dl. 201 Ilex - - - 31. 149 infectoria - = 462 palustris - - 152 pedunculata and v: vars. - 937 Prinus - - - 3l Hdbur - 3 sessilifldrum - 5 31 rubra - - sessiliflora and vars. ~- 237 Suber - - 31. 229. 462 tinctoria - - 462 virens - - 31, 229 sp. var. variegata - 11. 201 Oak at Poloc - 168. 170 Singular Oak in the Western Highlands - 472 Ranunculacee - - 367 Ranunculus répens - - 591 * Ratabida columnaris var. * pulchérrima, fl. - 37 Rudbéckia columnaris Pursh. Rudbéchia colum- nbfera Forst. Rudbéchia Tagétes James It. Obeliscaria colum- naris Dec. Obeliscaria pulchér- rima Dec. * Rehmannia * chinénsis, fl. 314 R. glutinosa Libosch. Gerdrdia _glutinosa Bunge. Digitalis glutinosa Gertn. fietantlia Ephedra, fig. - 138 Collétia E’phedra Vent. Rhéum australe 2 = Beh Emodi - - - 619 Rhizomérpha - - 465 Rhododéndron ~ 25, 324. 376 arbdreum - - - 334 var. cinnamomeum, ji. - 431 R. cinnamdmeumWall, hybridum - - - 519 Cunninghamz - - 565 ferrugineum fldre albo 347 pheeniceum * var, splén- dens, ji. - = ponticum = LIST OF PLANTS. Ribesatreum - = 5 OB multiflorum, fig. = BS niveum, desc. and jig. 25 punetatum, Jig. - - 137 sanguineum - 25. Bes He specidsum - > sp. fig. 157 Rondelétia * odorata fi. - 313 fosacee - - - 367 T fdsa +sinica, fl. - - 79 R. trifoliata Bosc. R. ternata Poir. R. cherokeénsis Donn. R. nivea Dec. R. hastrix Lindl. R. levigata Michx. dianthiflora - = - 568 sps. - 8 Ribus idz‘us var., cult. - 6 * Rytidophyllum x auricu- datum, ji. - - 180 Sabal Biackburniana ~ 445. 567 Salisburéa adiantifdlia - 32. 201 Salix 4lba = = 710) babylonica - - 170 Russelliana = 94 Johnson's Willow. Salpigl6ssis striata — - - 440 Salvia chameedrif dlia - 498 formdsa - - - 463 falgens - - - 498. 579 Grahami < - 498 Mexicana - - 463 Sambucus nigra var. ” Iaci- niata, fig. - 26 racembsa, desc. and fig. 26 Sarmentacee - - - 367 Sarracénza flava - - - 573 * Scaphyglottis violacea, fl. 42 Schinus Molle - - - 229 Schizanthus Rendlana o HEY Scilleze - = - 367 Scolopéndrium: - - 221 Scrophularee - = = 367 Scrophularia aquAtica ~ - 369 Scottza angustifolia - - 348 Scutellaria alpina * PERG nea, fi. - - 456 Sempervivum arbdreum - 229 urbicum - - - 664 Goobchie - - - 228 Senécio élegans - - - 498 fSiléne compacta, ji. - - 452 S. purpnrea K. et W. * Siphocampylos * bicolor, 77. 362 Sisyrinchium graminifolium var. *pam ilum fi. -= * specidsum, fi. - 81 Smilacez - - - 367 Solanacez - 367 Solanum auriculatum - 463 betaceum - 463 tuberdsum 174. 319., cult. 363 Sophora secundifolia - 229 Spheria carpinea - - 477 fimbriata - - 477 Sparaxis * stellaris, j1. - 269 Spartium *acutifolium, jl. - 361 janceum * odoratissi- mum, jl. - - 361 # Spiranthes bractedsa, jl. - 182 Stackhotsia *mon6gyna, fi. 41 Stanhodpea grandiflora - 512 oculata - - - 560 Stapelia - - - - 369 Stellate - - - 3 Stercilia platanifolia | S Sir) *Stranve'sia * glaucéscens, ji. - 267 Crate gus glatica Arb. Bri Strelitzza Silene - = 582 x Swieténéa Mahdgoni__- 595 Symphoricarpus montanus, - 268 Symphoria montana Hort. Brit. X1 Syringa Josike a = = 27/ Tagetes - - - 465 Tamarindus occidentalis - 596 Tamus elephantipes - - 230 Taraxacum palustre - = 226 Tarentine variegata - 463 Taxddium distichum - 114, 170. 355 Taxus baccata_ = - 187. 477 Técoma capénsis . = 229, 463 grandiflora - - 229 Teldpea speciosissima - ~- 519 Tetrapéltis fragrans - - 512 Théa viridis - - - 593 Theophrasta Jussiehi - _- 519 +Thermopsis fabacea, fl. ; 503 T. rhombifolia Rich. Thérmia xrhombif lia Nutt. Cytisus rhombif dlius Pursh. Sophora fabdcea Pall. Thuja articulata - - 324, 529 Thunbérgia alata = - 664 coccinea s - 354 Thy mus * azireus, ff. - c - 362 Tilia - - - 168 alba - = o by/ asplenifolia - ei ay americana - = - 91 europea = ao sp. in Lorraine 82 Tradescantia * SEAM NES fi 81 crassula = 54 Tragopyrum - 28 *Trichocéntrum ¥faecum Of 218 Acotdeum fuscum Lindl. *Trigonidium *obtusum, fl. 81 Triteleia *uniflora, ji. So fil Tropz‘olum = & - 465 T brachyceras, dih © 5.178) majus flore pléno - - 498 49 tricolbrum, ji. 177. 551. 556, 557 T. tricolor Bot. Reg. Taber cibarium 389., cult. §c. 408., Jig. 413 cervinum - - 397. 415 gulonum- - - 412 T. gulosorum. Lycopérdon Tiber L. T. czbarium Sibth. gulosorum oS - 392 minimum - a - 415 suillum - - 414 Tulbaghia + Ludwigéina, ji 81 *yiolacea, ji. - 183 Tilipa Gesneriina - ~ 458 O’culus solis - - 458 *scabriscapa, fl. - - 458 var. Buonarottidna 458 var.mixta - - 458 var. primUlina ~ 458 var. strangulata ~- 458 Ulex - - - - 327 europea - - 95. 505 UlImus - ° - 3, 28. 478 campéstris, desc, - 99 acutifolia, desc. - - 29 alba, desc. - - 29 stricta, desc. - - 30 viminalis, desc... - 30 virens, desc. = 30) efftsa ~- = os Syl glabra - - 29 U. montana ” glabra Arb. Brit, decimbens - a 3) U. montana pén- dula Arb. Brit. major, desc. - Be) replicata, desc. - 29 U. montana fasti- giata Arb. Brit. U. montana Férdii. U. exonzénsis. montana - 491, 492 XIL Umus montana major,desc. 29 minor, desc. - 29 nana - - 29 rugosa, desc. - 28 parvifolia - - - 477 suberdsa, desc. - - 30 U. campéstris sube- rosa Arb. Brit. alba, desc. - 31 U.c. s. dlba Arb. Brit. variegata = - 30 U. c. s. variegata Arb. Brit Theblack Irish Elm, 94. 237 Wych Elm at Poloc, i67, 170 At Brignoles - - 372 Urédo Quercus = - 477 Faleriana ribra ~ - 465 VerbAscum versiflorum - 369 Verbéna Arraniana - - 554 Aublétza var. Drum- mondz, ji. 80 V. Dr -ummondii “Hort. chamedrifolia - - 498 Melindris - - - 498 Lambértz var. * 76sea, fl. 40 V. Drumméndi Hort. pulchéllay - - - 498 Sabinzana - - - 498 Tweediedna, fi. - - 40 venosa - - = - 498 Verénica agrestis =o BA Vesicaria * gracilis, jl. - 35 Vibarnum sinénse_ - - 463 Tinus - - - - 318 Vicia sativa, cult. = - 450 *Victoria * regalis, desc. - 471 LISTS OF FRUITS, CULINARY VEGETABLES, HORTICULTURAL Violaviée = s ~ 367 Viscum album « = 206: 285 Visnea Mocanéra ~< = 463 Vitex A’gnus-castus « = 229 incisa - = 229 Vitis 462., cult. 172. 931. 305, 306. 460 vinifera var. black Ham- bur, - - 7. 9. 595 Black Hamburg, cult. 95 vulpina - - - - 262 *Wigatidza * caracassana, fl. 514 Wistaréa Consequana - 229 *XanthoOsia * rotundifolia, 7. 313 ooo PASE CHO 0 Vien 2 aloifdlia ( (tg. 128, ) 463 Ce LIST OF FRUITS. Andna Cherimolia - 326. 591 Apples - - 132. 238. 433 A Hybrid - - - 230 Jerusalemseble - - 48 Pigeonnet - - 192 Red Everlasting, desc. - 191 Reinette de Laak - 598 Saul’s Seedling 91., desc. 188 Transparent de Zurich - 528 Wormsley PDE - 528 Apricots - - 132 Cherries - - - 133. 550 Chicory - - - 53: Currants - - 132., 5 cult. 263 Figs - - - - - 132 Filberts - - - 460. 616 Gooseberries - - 132. 621 Companion - a oo Mil Ostrich - - - 91 The Roaring Lion - 90 Thumper - - - 91 LIST OF JADE UOTE) Plants, Salads, &c. - - - 33 Asparagus - 336., cult. 76. 358 Bean, New Long Pod - 500 Broccoli, Metcalf’s Gray, desc. - Knight’s Protecti ng, desc. - - - Brussels Sprouts, cult. - - 358 Cabbage and Horseradish, a Hybrid between - - 283 Cabbages, cult. - = - 358 Drumhead - - 577. 621 Jersey, or Cow - 188. 583 Cauliflowers - - 264. 561 Celery, flat-stalked, desc. - 499 Gourd - - = - 563 Grapes - - - 61 Seedling - = 132. 283. 549., cult. 117. 172. 231. 305, “306. 538 Black Hamburg - 95 Mango - - - - 595 Melons - 538 Misa Cavendishii, cult. 141. 538 Nectarines - - 132 Oranges, on grafting on the Pomegranate - - 476 Peaches - - 61, 62. 132. 624 Pears - 133. 238. 259. 538. 549 Bellissime d’Hiver - 192 Bergamotte bronzée - 48 Beurré Romaine - - 528 Bon Chrétien Turc - 48 Comte de Lamy, desc. - 192 Drapier d’E’té - - 528 Easter Beurré - - 233 gloridsa Zephyranthes cAndida_ - 3 Franc réal d’B’té - - 527 Hacon’s Incomparable, desc. 192 Hepworth - - - 528 Jeschil Armudi - - 527 CULINARY VEGETABLES. Chicory, cult. - - - 310 Cucumbers - 61. 202., cult. 356. 449 Garlic, Uses of - - - 517 Horseradish - - - 143 Kidneybeans, cult. - - 265 Lettuce, the Asiatic Cab- bage, desc. - - - 499 Mangel Wurzel Potato - 88 Melons - 61. 375. 441., cult. 447 New esculent Sea-Weed - 517 Onion Tribe - - - 33 Onions - - - 189. 241 Pea, cult. - - - - 450 Potatoes - - 283. 561. 615 Potatoes, cult. - - 174. 363 LIST Orange Bergamotte - 528 Poir de Cygne = - 527 Summer St. Germain - 527 Swan Egg, cult. - - 188 Winter Crassane - - 48 Yutte - 6 - - 527 Pine-Apple - - - 61. 461 Bam on grafting these on the ig - - 476 Plums ~ - - - 133, 550 Denyer’s Victoria - 550 Pond’s Seedling - - 527 Raspberries - - - 6. 132 Strawberries - 61., cult. 307. 309. 538 Potato, New Seedling - 521 Bishop’s Chamoes - 581 Pot and Sweet Herbs - 34 Red Apple - - - - 88 Rhéum australe - - 34 Savoys, cult. - - - 358 Spinach Tribe - 33 Truffles = - 389.; cult. 408 Small - - - - 415 Theedible’ - - - 392 The Stag - - - 415 TheSwine ~- - ~- 393 Turnip - 193. 621., cult. 357 Vegetable Marrow - - 526 White Beet - - - 7 OF HORTICULTURAL, BOTANICAL, AND FLORICULTURAL Aberdeenshire Hort. - - 576 Agricultural Soc. of France 462 Andever - - 559 Annandale Hort. and Flor. 578 Auchenbowie and Plean Hort. =< = - - 579 SOCIETIES. Banffshire Hort. - - - 576 Barton upon Trent Flor. and Hort. - - - 564 Bath Hort. and Flor. - 185. 575 Bautry and Retford Hort. - 563 Bedford Hort. - - - 551 Bedfordshire Hort. - 90. 551 Beccles Hort. - - - 564 Belfast Hort. - - - 582 Beverley Hort. - = a RY! Biggleswade Hort. - - 551 SOCIETIES, AND GARDENS AND COUNTRY SEATS. Birmingham Bot. and Hort. 91. 565 Blackburn Flor. and Hort. - 560 Bolton Flor. and Hort. -. 560 Brighton and Sussex Hort. 565 Bristol Hort. - - - 558 Burton under Needwood Bot. Hort.and Flor - - 564 Bury Hort. - - - 564 Caledonian Hort - 60. 460. 573 Calne Flor. - = ~ 567 Cambridge Hort. - - 552 Cheltenham Hort. - - 556 Chester Hort. - ~ - 552 Chichester Hort. - - 565 Cirencester Hort. = - 558 Clackmannanshire Hort. - 576 Colchester Flor. and Hort. - 558 Colinsburgh Hort. - - 9579 Columb, St., Cottage Gar- dening = = os Conisburg Hort. - > 68 Cornwall Hort. - S - Coventry and Warwickshire Flor. and Hort. - > 2? Cowpen Flor. 2 - - 563 Cupar - - - 579. 565 Denny and Dunipace - 579 Derby - - 555 Devon and Cornwall Hort. - 556 Devonshire Floral - - 556 Doncaster Hort. = - 508 Dumfermline Hort. - ~- 579 Dumfries Hort. - = 517 Durham, South, Hort. - 558 East Dereham Hort. = = 561 Edinburgh Bot. - - 231. 507 Edinburgh Hort. - - 93 Essex, South, Hort. - - 568 Falkirk Hort. - - - 581 Felton Flor. - - - ~ 563 Glasgow Hort. S = 15l7/ Grantham Flor. and Hort. Grove Ferry Pink = Guernsey Hort. - - - 571 Haarlem Acad. of Sciences 465 Hadleigh Hort. - - = 558 Hagley Hort. and Flor. - 567 Hampshire Hort. - - 90. 558 Hertford Hort. - - 90. 559 Hinckley Flor. and Hort. - 561 Holt Hort. - - = - 561 Hort. Soe. of Ireland - - 582 Hull Flor. and Hort. - - 569 Huntingdon Hort. - - 550 Hurslets Flor. = = - 569 Hurstperpoint Hort. - - 565 Isle of Man Flor. and Hort. 573 Jersey Hort. co = - 571 Kettering Hort. - - - 562 Kilkenny Ss 5. 5 6 kts Kilmadock and Kinkardine in Monteith Cott. and Farm Garden S - 581 Kinbury = 5 - - 552 Kingscote Hort. - - 558 Kirkaldy Hort. - - - 9580 Kirkcaldy Agr. Ass. - ~- 189 Lancaster Hort. - - 560 Leeds Hort. and Flor. - 569 Leicester Hort. - - - 560 Linnean - - - 85. 291 London Entom. - - - 193 London Hort. - 48. 95. 117. 144. 191. 240. 333, 363. 379. 478. 503. 526 London Zool. - - - 144 Madras Agr. and Hort. - 617 Maidstone Hort. - - 560 Manchester Flor. and Hort. 560 Neath Hort. C - 92 Newcastle Bot. and Hort. 91. 562 Norfolk and Norwich Flor. and Hort. - = - 561 Northern” - - oo By NorthRiding Hort. and Flor. 568 North Staffordshire Hort. - 564 North Shields Flor. = - 563 Xlil Nottingham Flor. and Hort. 563 Pontefract Hort. = - 570 Ramsgate Finke and Carna- tion = - - 560 Reading Hort. - =o Gyyil Rugby Hort. 5 - - 569 Salop Hort. ~ - - = 563 Saxmundham Hort. - - 564 School of Hort. and Sere Central = - - 530 Seghill Flor. - - - 563 Sheffield Bot. - 570 Sherbourne andYeovil Hort. South London Flor. - - 376 Stafford Flor. and Hort. - Stirling Hort. - - = Stowmarket Hort. = - 564 Sydenham Pink Show - 560 Tamworth Hort. - - . 564 Taunton Hort. - - - 556 The Highland - - 189. 621 Trentham Flor. - - - 564 Tunbridge Wells Pink - 560 Uttoxeter Hort. and Flor. - 564 Waterford Hort. = - 583 Wexford Hort. - «= - 584 West LondonGardeners’ As- sociation - 49. 88. 232. 472. Westmoreland Hort. - 565 West Riding Hort. -~ = 568 Whitby Flor. and Hort. - 570 Whitehaven Hort. - = 555 Wingham Hort. - - 558 Wilton Flor. - - - - 567 Wilts Hort. - - - 565 Winchester Hort. - 559. 567 Wisbeach - - - 552 Wolverhampton Flor. and Hort. - © - - 564 Worcester Hort. - - 567 Vale of Evesham Hort. and LIST OF GARDENS AND COUNTRY SEATS. Abotsbury Castle - - 217 Aighburgh - - - 42 Allanton Park - - - 471 Altyre - - 521 Alva - - - 577 Apley Castle ete nA Arboretums : — Flitwick House - 5 Pil Goldworth - - - 268 Loddiges’s - - = Oi Ardoch House - - - 580 Bagshot Park - - - §&1 Blairdrummond - - 59. 580 Boconnoc - 121 Boynton House - 38. 85. 186 Braco Castle = = 255 Braemar - - So Bly/ Britwell House - - 143 Cadder House - - - 460 Cambo - - - S77 Cambridge House - - 12 Carclew = - - 87 Carouie - - - - 467 Ceres - - - = 5/9 Chatsworth - - 32. 39. 540 Chester Holme - - - 161 Chiswick - - - 475 Cliefden House - > & Clowance - = 121. 521 Cold Spring os = - 591 Congalton = HS Constant Spring - - - 591 Copse Hill - - - 114 Craigielands - = oO by Culdees Castle - - «= 95 Culzean Castle - = =) 352 Cumberland Lodge - - 7 Curraghmore - - - 583 Darnawa Castle - - 316 Ditton Park = - - 1.255 Doune of Rothiemurchus - 67 Dropmore - - 4, 129. 543 Drumlanrig Castle - - 577 Eastnor Castle - - 208. 231 Elizabeth Bay - 468. 584 Enys - - - 496 Evesham - - - 43 Fawley Hall = - 526 Flasby Hall - - - 491 Forests : — : Bewdley - - - 237 New Forest - - 153 Wyre - - - 337 Fulham Palace - = 08} Gardens, Botanic : — Berlin - - 180. 218. 519 Birmingham - - 456. 540 Brussels - - 82 Bury St. Edmunds - 95 Cambridge - - 85 Chelsea - - 28. 183. 227 Cheltenham - - 540 Copenhagen - - 84 Dollar - S77 Edinburgh “40. 74. 237. 333. 352 Ghent - - - - 82 Glasgow - - 41. 81, 82. 177. 181. 183. 268. 430, 454. 470. 505 Flor. - - - - 567 Yarmouth Hort. - - 562 York Hort. - » - - 570 Gardens, Botanic : — Glasnevin - = = Sion Gottingen - - - 6 Jardin des Plantes - - 434 Kew - - 279. 333, 471 Leeds, proposed - - 540 Liverpool - 179. 456. 504. 540 Louvain - - - 372 Ludwigsburg - - 183 Madrid - - - 327 Manchester = 376. 477. 540 Montpelier - - - 299 Naples = - - 266 Newencte on Tyne, pro- posed - - - 519 Oxford - - - 285 Peradenia - - - 363 Sheffield - - - 540 St. Petersburg, Imperial 38. 177. 180, 181. 313, 314. 431. Toulon - - - 463 Twickenham - - - Vienna - - - 456 Wiirtzburg - - = 464 Gardens, Horticultural : — Bath Hort. and Bot. - 185 Caledonian - - 460 Dublin - - - 88 London - 18. 21. 23. 29, 30, 31. 38. 48. 85. 94. 96. 143, 144. 153. 191. 217. 219, 290. 937. 240. 259. 261. 267. 313, 314. 333. 361. 363. 379. 481. 451. 455. 478 XIV Garden, Cemetery : —~ Kensal Green - Gardens, Public : — Bartcelonni Promenade nal Bushy Park - - = 144 Greenwich Park - 1a Hampton Court - 184. 263. 286 Hyde Park - - 153 Kensington - - 145 Malaga Public Walk - 525 Regent’s Park elas Richmond Park -- = 184 Seville Promenades = - 326 St. James’s Park - - 159 Valencia Promenades - 3 Windsor Park - - 184 Garden, Zoological : — Manchester - - - 185 Garden, Zoological and Bo- tanical : Leeds, “proposed - - 519 Gardens of Private Indivi- duals : _ Barclay’s, Mr.- - - 268 Bedford’s, Duchess of - 376 Buckingham Palace = 469 Casa Nova - 5 e OT Casa Ulrich = - 56 Dodson, J., Esq. - = 292 Fondeur, M. == = 346 Griffin, W., Esq. - - 45 Harrison, R., Esq. - - 42 Horsfall, C., Esq. - - 43 Temons, Sir C. = - 43 May’s, Mrs. - - = 314 Meillez, M. = - - 345 Negri, SS. - >) bY Pariion de Von, M. - 347 Pease’s, J., Esq. - - 439 Peploe, S., Esq. - - - 260 Reeve’s, J. Esq. - - 222 Shaftesbury, Countess of 28 Smet, M. De - - ° 345 Stevens’s, Mr. - - 161 Tassin, M. - - = 324 Van Geest, M. = = 348 Whitley’s Mrs. - - 187 Willmore, J., 8th - 80 Garnstone - - 260 Gordon Castle - = - 316 Gosford House - - 93 Gyllenhall Z eee OS Hackwood Park 3 6! Bul Hale Hall 2 - = 445 Ham House = c - 2 Hampton Court’ - > LIST INSTRUMENTS. Entomological Net. - - 107 For removing Caterpillars - ae 01 Paper Cap for protecting Dahlias - ae nee Hydraulic En- - 459 Wilton Shmabelitrerd 6 = 495 GARDEN STRUCTURES. Boiler for an early PORES Stove - Cast-iron Espalier Railing - 206 Curvilinear Trellises - 126, 127 Design for combining all the Forcing-houses, Botanical Houses, and Pits and Frames, required for a moderate Establishment, in one Group : — LIST OF ENGRAVINGS. Ground Plan 5 Tsometrical View of the whole Group - Transverse Section of the whole Group - Transverse Section of the Vinery - Transverse Section of the Orchideous- House Transverse Section of the Peach-House 5 Transverse Section of the Plant-Stove- - Guard for protecting single Trees = Hogg’s Patent Conical Boiler 298, Plan, Section, &c., of a small span-roofed Pit, for Green- house Plants, erected at Stratford Green - 247, High Clere - 5 fate Hopetoun House - - 93 Isleworth House - - 109 Kinfauns Castle - - 60 Kinrara - o Gy Kirkmichael House - - 577 Lake House = - 361 Laycock Abbey - - 312 Lee Park - 5 = ol Luffhness = o = 93 Lyndhurst - = - 588 Maeslaugh Castle - = 205 Mar Lodge - - 68 May’s Park - = =O) Methven Castle - = 124. 282 Moccas Court - - 31. 47 Moncrieff House * - 122 Moor Park = = 255. 285 Newbattle Abbey - - 579 Newby Hall '- - = 201 Newington Lodge’ - - 93 New Posso - - - 536 Nunholm = - - 577 Nurseries : — Addlestone - = 293 Albion Road - - 268 Allen and Rogers’s - 18 Ayr - = - 460 Backhouse’s’ - - 37. 41 Booth’s - = 19 Bristol - - 37. 312 Canterbury - - 28 Chichester - - 268 Clapton - 25. 182. 218. 266. 362. 456 Darling, Sydney - - 584 Epsom - - 361. 456 Exeter - - 39. 74. 181 Ford’s’ - - - 29 Fulham - - 23. 32. 35 Handsworth = - ae Hammersmith - Knight’s ~ 32. 218. 269. si6. 457 Lakenham - - 179 Lawson’s = - 32 ‘Layton 5 Ss - 93 Le ine et Fils - = 21 Loddiges’s - 28, 31, 32. 44. 138. 143. 152. 181, 1892. 218. 324. 365 Methven Castle - - 581 Milford . = = 3) Moss’s, Mr. - - 207 Norwich - - 216. 23 Rollisson’s - 142. 215 Roy’s - - - 135 62 65 166 299 248 Nurseries ; = St. Peter’s 3 Sel Si Storr’s, H.and Sons - 452 Walton - - - 80 Woking - = ol Oakhill - - - 348 Oakwood - . = 562 Oatlands - = - 112 Oldfield - = - 219 Pendarves - - 192. 354 Pfaven Insel = - 84 Pitfour - 2 - 579 Polam Hill = e - 441 Poloc - - - 167 Pope’s Villa - oY, P77 Powis House - - 580 Poynton - - - 72 Raith - = - 581 Rankeillour = - 579 Saint Margaret’s = - 111 Scone = ~ - 123 Shaw Park = = = 580 Spofforth - - - 431 Stackpole Court - - 28 Stamford Hill 5 - 453 St. Anne’s Hill - = 113 Steuart’s, Sir Henry = - 236 Stoke Farm - - 3 Stoke Place - « - 2 Stourhead - - = 255 Strath fieldsaye - - 3l Strood House = - 3d Syon = - - 136. 255 Taplow House - =o) Teddington Grove - - 9,10 Teddington Park House - 9 Tehidy Park - - 122 Tregothnan = - - 121 Trelowarren - - 121 Trentham Hall - 476. 585. 540 Trevethow - - - 122 Tuliallan = - 93. 577 Valleyfield Bank - - Q11 Vicarage, Rickmansworth - 471 Wadley - = - 188 Walton - 6 - 112 Wentworth House’ - 43, 219 Werrington Park - - 121 West Lodge = - 440 Weston = . 2 At Weymysshall = - 579 White Knights - 21. 31. 471. 541 Whitton - = = O54 Wimbledon House - 7 115 Woburn Abbey - 333. 470. 540 Woburn Farm - - 113 OF ENGRAVINGS. Protection for Strawberries 308 Section of an early Forcing Pit, erected at Oakhill Gardens = - 348 Trellis for training Pear Trees on DIAGRAMS. One, Two, or Three Years old Wood of a Pear Tree 128- Illustrative of planting Trees 156, 157 Mode of grafting Epiphyl- lum truncatum on Pe- réskia aculeata - - 285 Mode of training the Sweet Pea - - 4 New Mode of grafting the Vine -1 Peach Tree before Ginter pruning = = = 128 & LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. XV i s Escalldnéa montevidénsis - 25 { Hamaméelis virginica - = 96 Pear a Baie 128 | Garrya elliptica = - 24]! Morus nigra, the Canter- Bere Tree in Fruit - - 129 | Gundélza Tournefortiz - - 186 bury Mulberry - - - 187 Pear Tree on a Wall, or Leptospérmum grandifolium 135 | Pinus sylvéstris —- - «- 68 Trellis - - - 128 | Leycestéréa formosa - - 19 INSECTS Section of a proposed Foot- Mahonza Aquifolium - - 19 j ied path between Bayswater fascicularis - - 20 | Anthomyia ceparum, the and Knightsbridge - - 157 nervosa = - - 20 Onion Fly = - _ - 242 Showing the Growth of répens —- - - 19) Argyrotodza Bergmannzdna, Trees in exposed Situa- Mutisza latifolia = - 26 the Rose Moth co 9387, tions - - - 256, 257 | Pavia macrostachys - - 471) Athalia centifolia,the Tur- Photinia serrulata = - - 137 nip Saw-Fly - - - 196 BUILDINGS. Pittésporum Tobira - - 136 | Chlorops glabra, the Wheat Chester Holme Cottage - 161 | Pomadérris elliptica - -137| Fly - - — - 290, 291, 292 Kinfauns Castle - < - 60 prunifolia = - = - 137 | Cridceris asparagi, the As- Retanilla E’phedra_ - - 138 paragus Beetle - - 338 PLANTS Collétia E’phedra. Haltica intermédia - - 108 : Ries multifldyum = - - 27 némorum, The Turnip Acacia affinis —- - 135 niveum = = = Yi Flea-Beetle - - 108 Anus cordifodlia - - 143 sp. is = - 138 paralléla fi eeaaToS incang - - = re Sambucus nigra var. lacini- Otiorhynchus sulcatus = ee WALIGISE ee aay — : ata : EPA Selindria H‘thiops - ~ 48 Amelinchier florida _ - > 23 racemosa - - - 28] Slimy Grub of the Pear sanguinea - - 22) Taber cibirium, the Truf- Tree 6 3 - 483 Ceanothus azireus - ~ 186 fle : - - 413 | Yponomedta_ padélla, the __ collinus B - 136! yiscum 4lbum - - - 209 small Ermine Moth - 435 pomeus peru ay ae Yuicca aloifolia a =693 Caterpillars of ditto. - 436 imonanthus fragran = suenaAome =e i ae PLANS OF GARDENS, THE Collétéa Ephedra - - 138 | A‘bies excélsa, Norway GROUNDS OF SMALL spindsa = - - 1s Spruce, at the Whim 250, ae VILLAS, &c. ulicina - - els 25 ut Cratz*gus punctata var. bre- Man-of-War Spruce at Design for a Suburban vispina - = the Whim - - - 252 Kitchen-Garden - - 130, 131 tanacetifolia var. Lee- - Spruce Fir Hedge at the Plan of a Flower- Garden of ana - = = 24 Whim - 5 = 253 a regular Pattern - - 302 C¥tisus zdlicus - - = 22 nigra at Braco Castle - 255} Plan of the Grounds of Eriobétrya japonica - - 136] A’rbutus Andr&chne in the Chester Holme Cottage - 163 Escalldnza illinita - 5 Edinburgh Botanic Garden 352 LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. A. C., 477. A Constant Reader, 287. A Gen- tleman residing in Berkshire, 521. Agronome’s Nephew, 235, 236. 261. Alcock, Harry, 495. Alexander, James, 205. Anderson, William. F.L.S., &c., 172. An Enquirer, 622. Arthur, Rozert, 296. Baumann, Napoleon, 518. Beaton, D., 203. 206. 231. 238. 245. Bedford, His Grace the Duke of, 91. Brown, Thomas, 379. Caie, John, 301. Campbell, A., 460. Castles, J., 286. Cathie, Nicol, 189. ©. G. M., 191. 240. 288. 336. 384. 432. 480. Christie, Richard, 7). Christy, W., jun., 187. C.L. C.B., 521. C.L. CG, 189. _C. M. G., 47, 48. Conductor, 18. 46, 47. 84. 87. 94. 138. 143, 144, 145, 184, 185, 186. 188, 189, 211. 228. 231, 232. 256. 282, 283, 284. 286. 333. 365. 376. 460. 464, 465. 467, 468. 471, 472. 478. 516. 518, 519. 591, 522, 524, 526. 529. 617. 620. 621, 622. 624, Cuthill, James, 75. 94. 309. 310, 311. 353, 447. David, A, 323. Davis, T., 256. D. B., 280. Drummond, James, 59. Dupe, William, 517. E. B., 522. E. L., 96. Fish, Robert, 49. 89. 232. Fletcher, John, 95. Forrest, Richard, 185. Forsyth, A., 61.76. 125. 172. 174. 265. 307. 348. 357, 358. 450. Frost, P., 497, 498. Fyffe, John, 171. 305. 446. G.C.,96., G.G., 95. Glendinning, R., 68. 74. G. M., 188. 228. Gorrie, Archibald, F.H.S., M.C. H.S., 70. Gowans, William, 117. Grey, Wil- liam, 500. Harland, George, 161. Hassell, Samucl, 461. 477. H. B., 66. Hogg, James, 297. J. W. B., 496. J. A., 477, J. B.,82. J.B. W., 201. 259. 287. 375. 439. 628, J. H. A., 550. J. J., 616. J. M. 286 379. J. O. W., 238, 286, 287. 471. 524. J. P.,621. J.R., 84. L,, 520. Lambert, A. B., 186. Lawrence, Charles, 166. 237. 300. Le Couteur, John, 231, Lindsay, T. M., 444. Linwood, W., 294. M., 378. Mackenzie, Peter, 190. 264. Mackio, Frederick, 231. 471. Maddison, John, 83. 341. M’Evoy, John, 355. Main, J., 234. 489. Major, J., 228, Mallet, R., 283. Manetti, Giuseppe, 56. 476. 624, Mascall, Francis, 389. 408. Masters, W., 187. Maxwell, John, M.P., 167. Mease, James, 468. 476. Mitchinson, James, 354. M‘Leay, Alexander, 477. M‘Nab, J., 249. M‘Nab, William, A.L.S., 352. Munro, James, 615. N., 14. Nesfield, W. A., 58. 166. Nickson, John, 445. Nietner, Thomas, 140. N. M. T., 77. 442. N. N., 55. Nuttall, John, 350. Otto, E., 519. Paxton, Joseph, F.L.S. H.S. &c., 141. Pearson, John, 237. Pope, Alexander, 135. Pullar, C., 94. Pullen, Charles, 306. Rauch, C., 465. Rinz, J., jun., 519.__R. G., 94. Robertson, J., 237. 961. Rutger, Thomas, 1. 109. Selim, 235. Smith, James, 460. Smith, William, 306. Soulange-Bodin, 461. Sowerby, J. De C., 526. Spoor, A. D., 464. ‘Stock, Daniel, 477. Symonds, Sir W., 188. Symons, 'T., 138. 263. Taylor, Samuel, 188. 228. Thomas, J. C., 377. Thompson, Robert, 544. T.S., 519. Turnbull, John, 154. 211, T. W., 379. Vilmorin, 616. W. A. B., 61. Ward, John, 18°. W. B., 238. 616. W.C., jun., 74 621. Webster, J., 47. Westwood, J. O., 97. 157. 193. 214. 241. 289. 296. 337. 385. 433, 481. Westwood, M., 285. W. H. B., 285. 615. Whiting, J. B., 499. 524. Wighton, John, 213. 263. 356. 358. 449, 502, Wintersgill, George, 491, ih i) HI ul ii i i a Publishing in Monthly Numbers, at 1s. each, to be completed in One Volume 8vo, No. VIII. appearing on January 1., THE SUBURBAN GARDENER, AND VILLA COMPANION: COMPRISING ~ THE CHOICE OF A SUBURBAN OR VILLA RESIDENC#H, OR OF A SITUATION ON WHICH TO FORM ONE; THE ARRANGEMENT AND FURNISHING OF THE HOUSE 5; THE LAYING OUT, PLANTING, AND GENERAL CULTURE OF THE GARDEN AND GROUNDS ; AND THE MANAGEMENT OF THE VILLA FARM, INCLUDING THE DAIRY AND POULTRY. THE WHOLE ADAPTED FOR GROUNDS FROM ONE PERCH TO FIFTY ACRES AND UPWARDS IN EXTENT; AND INTENDED FOR THE INSTRUCTION OF THOSE WHO KNOW LITTLE OF GARDENING AND RURAL AFFAIRS, AND MORE PARTICULARLY FOR THE USE OF LADIES. Illustrated by numerous Engravings, chiefly Ground Plans for laying out Gardens and s Pleasure-Grounds. By J. C. Loupon, F.L.S. H.S., &c. Besides original Designs for laying out and planting grounds, of various degrees of extent, from a few perches to 50 or 60 acres, with analytical and critical remarks on each design, Plans and Views will be given of some of the most celebrated small places in the neighbourhood of London, with the Mode of Management, the _more remarkable Plants grown, &c.; and including also, in some cases, the Plan of the House and the Domestic and Farm Offices. Among these will be com- prised the Residence of Mrs. Lawrence at Drayton Green, of the Rev. T. Williams at Hendon Rectory, of Mrs. Marryatt at Wimbledon; of T. N. Longman, Esq., at Hampstead; of the Duke of Bedford at Camden Hill: of W. Wells, Esq., at Redleaf, &c. ; and, as a conclusion to the whole, will be given an Itinerary of all the more remarkable Suburban Gardens within ten miles of London, pointing out their characteristic beauties. The information respecting fruit trees and culinary vege- tables, in this work, will either be supplied or revised by Mr. Thompson of the London Horticultural Society’s Garden, by special permission of the Council of the Society. Lonpon: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longmans. THE GARDENER’S MAGAZINE, JANUARY, 1837. ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. Art. I. Brief Notices, made on several Occasions, when visiting some Noblemen’s and Gentlemen’s Seats, in the Autumn of 1836. By Tuomas RutTG_er. As many of the places named below are, in some instances, amply described in the Ninth Volume of this Magazine, I have endeavoured to avoid repetition, and only noticed such things as may be considered useful and interesting to the gardening world in general, as well as to those who may feel a particular interest in the places visited. Ditton Park. —In taking a view of Ditton Park, the seat of Lord Montagu, I was particularly struck with the fine and lofty timber trees which are growing in a soil which seems to be well adapted for all the kinds indigenous to Britain. Mr. Hutchinson, the gardener, pointed out a lime which, he said, measured nearly 130 ft. inheight. In the park are some declining oaks of gigantic dimensions. In surveying the lawns, divided, as they are, into several sections, by trees and shrubs of stately growth, it occurred to me that very few places at an equal distance from the metro- polis could be found to offer such advantages for the introduction of all the choice and newly introduced trees and plants, which are now becoming the ornaments of many of the principal gentle- men’s*seats and villas in this country. Here they would find ample protection, as well as a soil apparently well suited to their growth. Near one of the small lawns is a green-house, or con- servatery, with a trellis at the back, furnished with young orange trees, which appear healthy: in front of the conservatory is the flower-garden, in a situation which I approve of, it being pretty near the house, and, at the same, time so separated from the lawns as not to interfere with them. ‘The flower-garden is in _ the Dutch style, with an erection in the centre for seats, which is covered with ivy. On one side of the flower-garden there is a handsome pyramid, or cone, of the giant ivy, mixed with the Ayrshire rose, and the Virginian creep EL, supported by the re- Vou. XIII. — No. 82. B 2 Notes on Gardens and Country Seats : — mains of a large red cedar, to the height of about 25 ft., which (particularly when the rose is in bloom) is much admired. On walking through the grounds, Mr. Hutchinson pointed out a small vista, through which, in the distance, is seen the statue of George III., erected on the summit of the rising ground, opposite the avenue in Windsor Park, and at a distance, in a straight line from Ditton Park, of about five miles. ‘This was recently discovered by one of the labourers, who happened to be at work on a clump situate in the direct line of the vista through which it is seen: in a fine clear day the statue is perfectly visible. Upon the whole, I was much pleased with Ditton Park ; not having seen, for many a long day, such a number of fine specimens of forest trees of all the different kinds, apparently competing with. each ‘other which should gain the preeminence in height and bulk of timber. At one corner of the mansion stand a horsechestnut and two other trees, which were severely scorched when the former mansion was burnt down, some twenty or more years ago ; and, from their appearance, it would seem that the fire had actually laid hold of their leading branches. However, they have withstood the shock; and it is worthy of observation to see how rapidly the fine healthy new bark and wood are extending round the injured branches, and which, in a few years, will hide all defects ; a proof, this, of the superior quality of the soil. Mr. Hutchinson very kindly received me with my friend, to whom he was before known; and the latter informed me that he saw considerable improvement in the kitchen-garden since he last visited Ditton Park. At the end of one of the houses, I ob- served three fine and vigorous young plants of the Brugmansza suaveolens in full flower, nearly 3 ft. high, grown from early cuttings, and planted out in May. Stoke Place ; Colonel Vyse.—On entering the kitchen-garden, which stands on a fine loamy soil, I was immediately impressed with the luxuriance of the crops. The garden being long, it is divided into several compartments by cross walls, which, together with those at the sides, afford sufficient room for trees of all the kinds of fruits for which walls are necessary. ‘The trees bore ample testimony to Mr. Patrick’s (the gardener) skill in their treatment; the walls nearly all being literally covered from the top to the bottom with fine wood. A few of the peach trees had aslight attack of mildew this season; but, as it came on late, they will not suffer materially. I could not help admiring a wall of morello cherries, both as it respected the trees, and on ac- count of the very full and fine crop of fruit which they bore. On viewing this garden, I was led to consider whether or not I had ever seen one equal to it; and the only one I could bring to mind that, in my opinion, approached near to it in excellence, was at Wyke House, near Brentford; which, some thirty years Stoke Place, Stoke Farm. 3 ago, was considered as one of the best gardens round London. There the garden has also the advantage of a loamy soil, but, I think, of a less soapy nature than that at Stoke Place; and it may, in consequence, be somewhat less productive. In taking a hasty view of the pleasure-ground, Mr. Patrick pointed out what had been done by him by way of improvement ; such as enlarging the water, disposing of the walks, and undu- lating the ground in various places with the excavated soil accumulated by adding to the water, together with the necessary . work in forming the clumps and borders, planting trees and shrubs, &c. ; the whole of which must, I think, be highly appre- ciated by all who may visit this place. The earthed up elms and cedars, noticed during your tour here in 1833 (Vol. IX. p. 525.), are still in vigour, and were doubtless saved by the causes you mentioned; namely, that ‘‘the elms spread their roots to a great distance; and, as the earthing up does not extend far from their trunks, they may be saved by that circumstaice.” However, a _ fine large oak has fallen a victim to this mode of treatment. For a farther description of the place, your readers may refer to the above page, as my principal design, in this article, is to induce all gardeners to visit this place, who may have the opportunity to do so, as I think a sight of the kitchen-garden alone will well recompense them for their pains. Stoke Farm. — On calling at Stoke Farm, the seat of Lord Sefton, I was pleased to learn that Mr. Oldacre was at home; and, looking at him now as a father in the gardening world, the kind reception I met with was very gratifying. He took me round the kitchen-garden, which has been enlarged at the north side, and a fine wall erected, with a slip at the back. His wall trees were in fine order; and he has some handsome young pear trees coming on against the walls, which, in a few years, will no doubt be much admired. His late crops of peas were admirable, to the perfection of which the soil seems to be peculiarly adapted. Here, as well as at several places in this neighbourhood, the Brassica tribe has suffered severely from an attack of insects, which seem to baffle every means taken to retard their ravages ; and whole crops of broccoli, coleworts, &c., have been destroyed by myriads of these insects in the course of a few days. I hope Mr. Oldacre, or some one in his neighbourhood, will inform you more particularly as to the nature of this apparently new enemy which has made its appearance.* ‘The grapes here were very fine, as were most of the other things that came under my notice. ‘The orchard particularly attracted my attention, as the trees in it, by Mr. Oldacre’s judicious mode of pruning, * Since writing the above, I have received the Gardener’s Magazine for Octo- ber, and read the account at p. 553. of the new species of A‘phis, which is, no doubt, the same as above alluded to. B 2 4 Notes on Gardens and Country Seats : — present nearly a fac-simile of each other ; forming fine round heads, with handsome boles, and most of them being loaded with fruit. Mr. Oldacre does not permit the branches of the trees to touch the ground, but, by pruning, keeps them about 3 ft. or 4. ft. from the surface. The family being at Stoke Farm, it was not convenient for me to have a view of the flower-gardens and grounds, which I could not help regretting ; but, nevertheless, felt myself amply repaid by a sight of the kitchen-garden, and by the kind attention of Mr. Oldacre, who, as a kitchen-gardener, has for so many years preserved a high reputation. Dropmore. — On approaching Dropmore from the Burnham side, my anticipations, as far as it regards the approach to a place of such celebrity, were not realised; the soil, apparently, not being congenial to the growth of fine English timber trees ; and too few of them are to be seen to give that character to the place which is to be found in some others of less magnitude. To landscape-gardeners in general, I conceive that Dropmore, with regard to the scenery of its interior, does not yield that satisfaction which they may be led to expect from mere report; but to the admirers of Flora, in all her richest varieties of beauty and splendour, when heightened by the free introduction of ar- chitectural ornaments, such as vases, pedestals, statues, &c., it cannot fail to afford a rich repast. In short, there seems to be almost a redundancy of beauty and variety here, a description of which a transient visitor can scarcely attempt to give. Mr. Frost, with a limited number of hands, when compared with former years, perseveres with the utmost ardour in improve- ments, and in keeping up a perpetual succession of all that is most select, rare, and beautiful in the flower-garden and its appendages ; to accomplish which thousands of pots must be necessary, in the course of the season, for a constant reserve, to replace such of the flowers as are dying off in the numerous clumps and borders which he has to supply. ‘The pinetum is still progressing, and many specimens are to be seen thriving admirably, in a soil which seems better adapted for pines than for most of the indigenous and deciduous trees of Britain. Im- provements in enlarging the water, and making rough banks with the excavated soil alluded to in Vol. III. p. 263., are still carrying on, at a great outlay of labour and expense; and, for convenience as well as for ornament, a bridge is to be constructed over a part of the water. Upon these rough banks the pinetum is extending, and eventually must give a character of no ordinary kind to that portion of the grounds. The cedar drive, as it is called, consisting of a winding avenue of the cedar of Lebanon of about one third of a mile in length, begins to assume a strik- ing appearance, ‘The trees are of about 25 years’ growth, and are planted at a distance from each other sufficient to show their Dropmore, Cliefden House. 5 beauty when arrived at maturity. At present, they may average about 25 ft. or 30 ft. in height, and are backed up by a plantation on each side. As a matter of taste, perhaps some may think that, in some parts of the grounds at Dropmore, the transitions are too sudden, from those which are in high keeping, to those which are rough and nearly ina state of nature; but this could be easily remedied, should it be thought desirable. In the kitchen-garden, Mr. Frost has begun to try his skill at pine-growing, in which, I think, there is but little doubt of his succeeding, as his small young stock is in a fine healthy state, and promises to make fine plants for fruiting. I regretted much that the day was so far spent as to afford much less time than I desired, not only for viewing the premises, but also for conversing with Mr. Frost, whom I found very intelligent, and not less kind in his attentions. He has a nice little library, which augurs well. Clicefden House. —'The approach on the Dropmore side to Cliefden House, the seat of Sir George Warrender, is by a lodge; after passing which the road curves to the right, sheltered by trees on each side, for about a hundred yards; when it enters the grand avenue, and, with a turn to the left when it reaches the centre, proceeds in a straight line of about a quarter of a mile to the iron gates, on each side of which there is an iron palisade, attached to walls built at right angles, and extending on either side towards the extreme wings of the mansion. These walls, together with the house and palisades, form a large qua- drangle, een may be considered as the court of honour. The avenue, with its broad road and wide verges, or rather slips, together with the mansion and court of omen cannot fail to produce a striking effect on the visitor when entering on that side of the premises. ‘The walls on each side of the quadrangle form parts of the boundaries of two gardens detached from each other, in which are carried on the forcing and growing of fruit, vegetables, &c. The lawn on the terrace side of the mansion (described i in Vol. IX. p. 645.), and intended to be laid out as a flower-garden, remains in statu quo. Mr. Dodds retains his ardour as a florist as well as a gardener, and, apparently, excels in both. His pines were in Bina condition ; al he showed me a fine light-coloured seedling dahlia, which gained the first prize at the Englefield Green one on the following day. On leaving @lieden on the Taplow side, the road leads down, and sine through a woody glen, where there is a small lake, and some dressed ground, The trees here look fine; and Mr. Dodds has made some improvements in enlarging the water, &c. One thing struck me with regard to Cliefden; namely, that, to make a place of such a character complete, there should be at least two or three hundred acres of park attached to it. I observed, on a B 3 6 Notes on Gardens and Country Seats : — piece of lawn at the commencement of the avenue near the lodge, some patches of rica vulgaris, which, perhaps, to many might appear to look out of place; there could be no objection, however, to this plant being introduced as a skirting at each side of the avenue, close to the bottom of the branches of the trees. Taplow House. — I was highly delighted with the grounds at Taplow House, the seat of Pascoe Grenfell, Esq.; and I know of no place of equal extent that could afford me greater satis- faction; but, as you have given in detail most of the beauties of this place (Vol. IX. p. 658.), I shall refrain, and only notice a few things which may be interesting to some of your readers. Mr. Springall is still here, and, I believe, enjoys the respect of all who know him. He is a good gardener, and indefatigable in his pursuits to bring to, and keep in, perfection all that comes under his management. ‘The cones of pelargoniums noticed by you are more splendid than ever, and form very delightful objects on the lawn; but, as they are taken up every autumn, it is almost wonderful how they are so well kept, as to be brought out every spring, with little or no injury. I think Mr. Springall told me that now one or two of them were 7 ft. high, and 34 ft. in di- -ameter. Mr. Springall, in common with many of his profession, is a lover of dahlias; but, perhaps, not so much in the way of a florist as some others; as he retains a prime dahlia, if a good bor- der flower, as answering his purpose equally with any new variety that may turn up. Hence, he has many excellent varieties which, as show flowers, would be thought little of. His mode of en- livening the clumps of evergreens on the lawn, as well as the shrubberies which may chance to fall on the sides of the walks, may be worthy of notice, as being not generally adopted. He allows about 4 ft. space of border round the clumps, and along the shrubberies ; which, during the summer, is well supplied with a portion of every thing that is showy and beautiful; and it is astonishing what effect he produces by this means. On one side of the lawn is a small oval flower-garden, quite in seclusion : the beds are on grass, and most of them filled with masses of the most choice flowering plants of the present day. This is a very pleasing retreat, in which there is a small recess with a seat, overhung with foliage. There was a beautiful cone of trained purple petunias on the lawn, which, with the cones of geraniums, and other tasteful devices, rendered the whole most delightful. In walking round the kitchen-garden, I was arrested by the appearance of a fine and full crop of raspberries just coming in for gathering: this, on the first day of September, I thought a rare thing, particularly as I saw that they were not of the old double-bearing kind. Mr. Springall told me they were a distinct variety from any other, and that he received them, some years ago, fromthe north; but, nevertheless, that a different kind of t Taplow House, Cumberland Lodge Gardens. 7 treatment was necessary than that of the common mode. It is this: — At the spring season, when the common kinds begin to shoot, these are all cut down nearly to the surface of the ground: the consequence is, that, instead of fruit, new shoots are produced, which in the autumn bring forth a crop. However, it is necessary, from this mode of procedure, to keep up a constant succession of young plants, as in two or three years, at most, the old ones will be worn out: hence Mr. Springall, every season, plants out two or three rows of young plants; which plan is, year after year, fol- lowed on through the quarter, at the same time destroying the old plants that have become useless. ‘There are, doubtless, many gardeners who are acquainted with the above mode of producing a late crop of raspberries; but to such as are strangers to it the above may be useful. Here I saw a crop of the large-veined white beet, the leaves of which, I was given to understand, were used as a substitute for spinach, by first separating all the small veins from the leafy part, and then boiling it in the common way; and that the large white rib in the centre was used as a substitute for sea-kale. A friend of mine has since favoured me with a root of this plant; and I am willing to allow that the leaf, when separated from the veins, and well boiled, may be considered as a very good substitute for spinach; but I cannot speak so favour- ably of the midrib answering instead of sea-kale, as its flavour is far less delicate, and accompanied with a taste that is much less agreeable. But to return, Mr. Springall’s peach trees under frames do him great credit: he has had an abundant crop of fine fruit this year; and the wood promises equal success for the en- suing season. On bidding adieu to Mr. Springall, I considered that I was parting from one who possessed that complete devo- tion to his calling, upon which success, in general, depends, and in which he has preeminently distinguished himself. Cumberland Lodge Gardens. — The object of my visit to these gardens was principally to have a sight of the celebrated vine growing there; and my expectations, from what I had heard, were more than realised. I was informed by one, but which was contradicted by another, that this vine was raised from a cutting of the large vine at Hampton Court. Be this as it may, it is but of little consequence: it is sufficient to know that they are both of the black Hamburg kind. ‘The vine at Cumberland Lodge Gardens is 25 years old, and is planted inside about mid- way from back to front, standing at nearly equal distances from each end of a house, which, by repeated lengthenings, is now 138 ft. long. The breadth of the house is 15 ft. ‘The last ad- dition to it was made at the eastern end, about a year ago; it will consequently take a year or two more before the vine will have completely filled that end of the house: when it has, I was in- formed, it is in contemplation to widen the house at the front, B 4 8 Notes on Gardens and Country Seats : — in the same way as that has been done which is at Hampton Court. ‘The vine is in a vigorous state, and has made fine long and strong wood this season, at that end of the house which was lengthened last. I was told there were about 2000 bunches hanging on it when I saw it. The berries were finely swelled, and coming to a good colour; and some of the bunches towards the eastern extremity of the plant, upon the youngest wood, must, I think, have weighed 2lb. ‘The sight was splendid, and left me no room for regret in going a few miles out of my way to see it. If the dimensions which have been given me cf the house at Hampton Court be correct, namely, 72 ft. by 28 ft., it will be found that there are 54 square feet more in the area of the house at Cumberland Lodge, than in that at Hampton Court. Hampton Court Gardens. — These gardens, now under the control of the Commissioners of Woods and Forests, and under the improving hand of Mr. Johnson, are renovating, and be- ginning to assume a more pleasing character than they did a few years ago. ‘The fine broad walks are in good order, and most of them now appear nearly full of gravel, which has been effected by the addition of gravel at the sides, and lowering the verges. Mr. Johnson intends to proceed in this way until the whole are completed. The large middle walk, running lengthwise, and formerly of gravel, has been thrown into grass, which, I think, will be considered an improvement. ‘The walks in the wilder- ness are also being renovated, and, when completed, will form fine shady promenades for the visitors. Mr. Johnson has been introducing as many of the climbing roses as he has been able to get against the long wall, which has been effected by budding chiefly upon the common china rose, in which he has been more than ordinarily successful. Herfinds a difficulty in bringing many of the showy herbaceous plants and annuals to that perfection which is desirable in the borders, on account of the numerous old yews, hollies, &c., that are growing there, and which, much as they may be considered in character with the place, prove highly detrimental to the flowers. The introduction of new soil for the herbaceous plants avails but little, as, by the time they get established, the roots of the trees are found penetrating through it in all directions, and thus robbing them of their intended nourishment. However, by Mr. Johnson’s judicious management, no doubt all will be done that can be towards em- bellishment, and particularly with the assistance of such kinds of plants and flowers as will be found to be most in character with the place. The number of visitors at Hampton Court during the summer months is almost beyond calculation. Sundays and Mondays are the principal days for mechanics, artisans, &c., who pour out of London in multitudes for a day’s recreation. On these Hampton Court Gardens, Teddington. 9 days may be seen humble vehicles of all descriptions brimful of visitors, to the amount, on a fine day, of from two to three hundred: many of these are vans, which hold from twenty to twenty-five persons each. The house which contains the large vine at Hampton Court, having been widened about 8 ft., the branches have been laid out so as cover the whole of the trellis beneath the glass; conse- quently, the bunches of grapes (whether they are so, or not) ap- pear by far less numerous than heretofore: added to this, a kind of rust has spread itself over a vast number of the berries, which has prevented their swelling; so that, altogether, the vine with its fruit does not present such a striking effect now as it has done in former years. This disease, whatever it may be, has been still more fatal in its effects in a vinery at Bushy Park, in which nearly every bunch of grapes has been affected; and it has so prevented the fruit from swelling, as that the berries of the black Hamburg in some of the bunches are not larger than marrowfat peas. It seems that the disease is nearly, if not quite, confined to the late crops, as in a house adjoining, which has been forced, nothing of the kind has appeared. It is to be hoped that the cause of this disease will be ascertained, as, if not, and should it increase in future on the vine at Hampton Court, it must, in a few years, greatly detract, not only from the beauty, but from the value, of that celebrated vine. Teddington. — In this comparatively quiet and peaceable village are several small places that are interesting, two of which have more particularly come under my view, namely, that of Park House, belonging to Miss Mercer; and Teddington Grove, the residence of J. M. Strachan, Esq. ‘The former is comprised in less than four acres of ground, including the kitchen-garden, stables, &c. Considerable taste has been here displayed in the formation of the walks and shrubberies; and there is as much variety in them as could be well introduced into so small a place. ‘The house, with a conservatory attached, is beautifully situated, immediately opposite the entrance to Bushy Park; and from the upper rooms there is a delightful view of the grand avenue leading to Hampton Court. Bushy Park may therefore be considered as a valuable appendage to this place. Unfortunately, for want of ground on the west side, the stabies and kitehen-garden are so placed as to render it necessary to go through the pleasure-ground to get to them; which is objection- able, and should always be avoided if possible. Hence the lawn, -which surrounds three sides of the house, is divided by a shrub- bery, in order to have a walk through it as private as may be to the stables and kitchen-garden. One portion of the lawn, bounded by a shrubbery on one side, and a walk on the other, forms something like an oval of about 100 ft. in length, in the 10 Notes on Gardens and Country Seats : — ‘centre of which stands a large Spanish chestnut, covering with its foliage nearly one third of the length of the oval; and on the verge of the same oval there is a large walnut tree. The other, and larger, portion of the lawn is studded with about a dozen fruit trees, consisting of two mulberry trees, two walnut trees, and the remainder withapples andpears. All this is so inconsistent with taste, that the bare mentioning of it is sufficient; and par- ticularly in this case, where there are so many choice things in the shrubberies, that are on the point of being ruined unless removed ; and Mr. Brownlee, the gardener, would doubtless be happy could he gain permission to have some of them transferred as embellishments to the lawn, in place of the trees above men- tioned. He has already made considerable alterations and im- provements in the walks and shrubberies since their original formation, and has more in contemplation, which he hopes he shall have permission to carry into execution. ‘The beauty of this place might also be much heightened by the introduction of vases, and other embellishments, which might be procured at Mr. Austin’s manufactory, in the New Road. Mr. Brownlee is zealous in his pursuit after dahlias, and, in proportion to the number he is able to grow, has been very successful, this season, in obtaining prizes at the shows in the neighbourhood. The grounds at Teddington Grove are larger than those at Park House, and, consequently, capable of greater variety. It is situate on the side of the road, a little distance from the village of Teddington, on the Twickenham side; and from the upper rooms of the house there is a good view of the Thames and Richmond Hill. ‘The kitchen-garden, forcing-houses, and frame ground lie contiguous to the stable-yard, which is always advan- tageous. A pretty good share of judgment has been here dis- played in laying out the walks, shrubberies, and lawn. At the north side of the lawn there is a neat conservatory, fronted by a flower-garden, and partly surrounded by a shrubbery, the . beds of which are on the grass at the south end. In the shrubbery, raised on a mound, stands a rustic summer-house, neatly con- structed, partly in the Gothic style, from which through a vista is seen the Star and Garter on Richmond Hill. At the front of the summer-house there is another flower-garden on turf; and nearly adjoining, in a kind of recess, stands what has been an ornamental dairy; in front of which is a circular basin, surrounded by rockwork, with a fountain in its centre. In proceeding by the side of a sort of wilderness, a walk leads down to a tunnel, which they call the grotto, and which is constructed under the public road. This forms the approach to a field, round the verge of which a walk, backed up by a shrubbery, leads down to the Thames. On the lawn stands a very fine box tree, forming a com- plete cone of 27 yards round, and 14 ft. high; and another, which Teddington Grove. 11 forms part of the frontage of the shrubbery, measures in front 18 ft. in the line of the shrubbery, and is 16 ft. high. At the south end of the lawn grows a handsome Tonndeneaded variegated oak, about 30 ft. hich ; there are also two good specimens of the red cedar, one of which i is about 30 ft. high; and likewise a handsome upright cypress, in full vigour, about 40 ft. high. Here are also some fine-growing plants of the gold and fies variegated holly, but, unfortunately, in situations where they do not appear to advantage. Fine specimens of Magnolia acuminata and M. tripétala are growing on the lawn, ane in a few years, will make handsome trees Gone canadénsis grows well here, and there is one handsome specimen about 25 ft. high. In walking through the grounds I was pleased with the formation of the shrubberies, they being so disposed as to relieve each other, as well as the eye of the observer, and thus presenting a continued variety in passing onward through the walks of the place. Mr. Bear, the gardener, in common with his brother gardeners in this neigh- bourhood, grows some good dahlias; his camellias in the con- servatory look extr emely well; and he has grown some fine petunias and thunbergias in pots this year, “trained to cone- shaped trellises, which were introduced at the dahlia show at Teddington, on Sept. 12., with considerable effect. Mr. Steers of Teddington is considered a good grower of pines: his ground, containing about a quarter of an acre, is full of houses and pits; and from these he has ripened 700 fruit this year. His fruiting plants for next year are now (the Ist of October) in a fine healthy growing state. The fruiting-houses, at present empty, are in preparation to receive the plants from the pits, which have been shifted into the fruiting-pots for some. time; he, therefore, has nothing to do farther in removing them, than to carry them, and at once to plunge them in the tan-beds, which is done without their being tied up. Mr. Steers occa- sionally keeps a few of the old stock of the queen pine over year, and on each suffers two suckers to remain, from which, in the following season, he says he cuts fruit of about 23 |b. in weight. The largest queen pine he ever cut weighed 4 1b.; and, if he pre- serves his plants well through the coming winter, I think there is a probability of his having many nearly, if not quite, equal to that in weight. The compost which he uses appears very simple, being nothing more, apparently, than a light yellow rich loam, somewhat of a calcareous nature, with a small portion of old tan or vegetable mould mixed up with it towards the bottom of the pots. In turning out a few of the plants which had been potted about three weeks; the roots of several had made considerable progress towards covering the outside circle of the ball, and ap- peared as healthy as possible ; the leaves, at the same time, exhi- biting a breadth and verdure not often to be seen. Here, as 12 Notes on Gardens and Country Seats : — well as in all the places I have seen in this neighbourhood where pines are grown, the plants are quite free from insects of every description, which may be ina great measure attributed to the suckers and crowns being brought forward in dung heat, the steam of which destroys every thing of the kind. Mr. Steers says that it is of little consequence to him, in getting suckers or crowns from other places, whether they are clean or not; as, by first plunging them in dung heat, he is never after troubled with insects of any kind. His beds were all uniformly, or nearly so, of a milk-warm temperature. Cambridge House. — On approaching Richmond from Twick- enham, this place is situate on the right, near Richmond Bridge, and, of course, on the bank of the Thames. ‘The house stands on a flat park-like lawn, of about sixty acres in extent, on which there are some fine handsome elms. ‘The present proprietor is H. Bevan, Esq., who, since the purchase, a little more than two years ago, has made considerable improvements, among which are a new lodge entrance, and an approach to the house. The kitchen-garden contains about an acre and a half within the walls, in which Mr. Bevan has erected two good ranges of forcing-houses and four ranges of pits. One of the ranges, nearly 100 ft. in length, is divided into three compartments, which are appropriated for an early and late peach-house, and a grapery. The trellis under the glass for the early peach-house is continued up straight for nearly two thirds the length of the lights; and that for the late peach-house forms a complete quarter of a circle from the front; thus letting in a larger por- tion of sun and light to the trees at the back. The other range, for pineries, about 70 ft. long, is also divided into three, which appear admirably constructed for fruiting-houses. The four ranges of pits are in front of each other, and each about 40 ft. in length, and of different widths. ‘The widest one, at the back, is for pines; and the others for melons, cucumbers, &c. All these pits are heated with dung linings, which are well covered all round with sloping shutters. The whole of these houses and pits are constructed in the most substantial manner, and, ap- parently, without regard to expense; much to the credit both of the proprietor, and of the person who gave the designs. All the houses are heated with hot water, which Mr. Wilson, the gardener, approves of beyond any other system of heating. Mr. Wilson practises largely the drilling system with his garden crops; which, while it gives a neatness in appearance, is highly advantageous for thinning and cleaning. On the side of the approach from the kitchen-garden towards the house, a lofty span-roofed orangery has been erected: its dimensions are 50 ft. long, by 25 ft. wide. The roof is hipped, or sloped back, at the ends; and half the roof at the back is of glass, and half Cambridge House. 13 of slate. "The house is warmed with hot water; but, on account of its loftiness, and of the quantity of glass used in its con- struction, the frost must be with difficulty kept out in severe weather. Attached to the mansion stands a conservatory, or green-house, which is constructed in a superior style when com- pared with the orangery. It is about 40 ft. long, with a span roof of glass, heightened at the top, by the upper range of lights on each side being raised on an upright range of glass constructed upon the extremity of the lower range, and sup- ported by elliptical and ornamental iron brackets, which give a good relief, and particularly when they are clothed with creepers. This house has a stage in the centre, and is well furnished with plants ; while, by the assistance of several ornamental devices, and a large vase containing gold fishes, it is rendered attractive, and forms a handsome appendage to the drawingroom. The principal point of attraction from the grounds is the bank on the opposite side of the Thames, which, rising suddenly, forms Richmond Hill; the slope of which, interspersed as it is with villas, and covered with trees and shrubs of various kinds, presents to the eye one of the most charming views conceivable for so contracted a prospect. On driving through Petersham, I was invited in to see a small place, the residence of R. ‘Thorley, Esq., where I was pleasingly struck with a small orange grove, consisting of about fifty or more trees, neatly arranged in four rows; the highest of them being about 8 ft. Very many of these trees were loaded with fruit, and all of them in a good healthy state: some of them are of the blood-red, and others of different kinds of sweet oranges, the fruit from which are sent to the table. Mr. Jones, the gardener, may be reckoned a complete dahlia florist ; and as such he has a regular, though small, dahlia ground of sixteen yards long by eleven yards wide, which is fancifully laid out in borders and walks with box edgings. He has gained several prizes this year. He has to struggle against a sandy soil for his peach border, but which he manages admirably, so as, in general, to have a full crop every year. In order to secure the bloom in the spring, he has a length of bunting for the whole of the wall, which is drawn up and let down at pleasure. ‘The roots of his trees run under the gravel walk, which is parallel with the wall, leaving only about 5 ft. of border, on which scarcely anything is suffered to grow. ‘This small portion of border is kept well mulched every summer, I think he said with cow-dung, which is afterwards pricked in with the fork. In dry summers, almost daily watering is resorted to, as otherwise the fruit would drop before it arrived at maturity. Mr. Jones is not particular about handsome training, but labours chiefly to have his wall filled ; in which he succeeds extremely well; and, at the present time, little 14 Discrepancy of Terrestrial and Atmospheric Temperature, of it is to be seen but what is well furnished with wood. Here are a plant-house and grapery ; and, adjoining the latter, there is what is called the ball-room, but which is at present used for wintering the orange trees, for which it is very well adapted. This little place is the picture of neatness during the summer, and is particularly gay with flowers, especially along a line of border, which separates the peach wall from the view of the house. (To be continued.) Art. II. On the Discrepancy of Terrestrial and Atmospheric Tem- perature, with regard to the Cultivation of Exotics, more particularly the Vine; and on the proper Application of Water, so as to render it a beneficial Agent in elevating the Temperature of the Soil. By N. Most of the objects of British horticulture being natives of warmer climates than that to which they are transferred, it becomes an important study to afford them, by artificial means, a climate as nearly as possible approaching to that of their respective habitats. Hence many are placed so as to receive additional warmth, from the accumulation of solar heat, against walls, or some other intercepting medium; and this accumula- tion will be found to be in proportion to the privation of heat, which the medium, whatever it may be, occasions to the space or objects on the opposite side. We can, to a certain extent, divert the elements from one object to another; but, although we can do this to a great extent, we cannot unlimitedly: and better it is that such is the case, otherwise the surface of the earth, from the monopolisation of light, for instance, in some places, would have been rendered a chequer of light and dark- ness. If, instead of a wall of opaque materials, a plane of perfectly translucent glass could be raised, no privation of heat would be the consequence as regards the north side; and, according to what is above stated, no accumulation towards the south would take place. ‘The transparency of this plane; so beneficial under other circumstances, would, in this case, be totally unavailing in the acceleration of vegetation. Glass, highly transparent, when properly situated, has the property of transmitting nearly the whole of the solar rays to the interior of a house; and their heat, by diffusion, raises the interior atmosphere of the dwell- ing. This diffusion is, however, not unlimited ; for the intensity of communicated heat must bear a relation to the proportion of the volume of air to that of the surface of glass; and will tend _to diminish inversely as the former is increased in proportion to the latter. Most gardeners will agree that very wide houses with regard to the Cultivation of Exotics. 15 are objectionable; and many have experienced their ill effects. Those who have houses to erect would, therefore, do well to turn their attention to a thorough investigation of this subject, on which the result of one slight calculation may incline them to enter more seriously. Supposing, for the sake of easy num-: bers, one house to be 20 ft. high, and 20 ft. wide; and another to be 20 ft. high, and only 10 ft. wide: the contents of the for« mer are exactly double those of the latter; and, at the same time, instead of containing double the surface of glass in its roof, it has scarcely one third more; being nearly in the pro- portion of 28 for the house of double volume, to, not 14, but 22, for the one of half the internal capacity. In the wide house, every square foot of glass has to heat upwards of 7 cubic feet of air; in the narrow house, about 44 ft. In what may be termed the higher department of forcing, there are, perhaps, fewer objectionable points than in the lower scale; where the plants are not kept in pots, and are conse- quently liable to great discrepancy between their terrestrial and atmospheric temperatures. Much has been written on the latter ; and in practice it has been found best to approximate it as nearly as possible to that climate in which the given species of exotic plants naturally acquires the highest perfection. Beyond this, nothing need or can be advanced; but, with regard to what may be termed ferrestrial temperature, something useful may be stated. ‘The vine, for instance, as regards temperature, may be, and often is, so situated as to have its shoots in the climate of Syria, whilst at the same time its roots are in that of Britain. Such being the case, there need be less surprise at the ill success which occasionally accompanies its cultivation, than at the reputed inexplicable causes of bad setting, shriveling, and shanking of the grapes. ‘The mean temperature of the soil, or that portion of the earth extending to several feet below its surface, is nearly the same as the mean temperature of the incumbent atmosphere. The soil of England, so far as the generality of roots penetrate, may therefore be estimated at about 50° Fahr. for the average. In Armenia and Syria (which may be reckoned the native region of the vine, for there, since the remotest accounts of history, it has felt itself at home,) the mean temperature of the soil will not be below 60°; and in the growing season its tem- perature will, doubtless, be above 70°, corresponding with the temperature of the atmosphere which is imitated in the vineries of Britain; but forming a great discrepancy with the temperature of the soil of this country. But, although this will be allowed to be bad, still the worst of the evil remains to be noticed: the above is only a medium case of general occurrence ; and, although some may not be so widely different as 10° in the action of tem- perature on root and branch, yet there are, in all probability, 16 Discrepancy of Terrestrial and Atmospheric Temperature, a greater number of cases in which the difference is considerably increased, from various causes powerfully tending to lower the temperature of the border. In order to illustrate some of the causes which have this ten- dency, let us make an experiment wherein the agencies bear close analogy to what actually occurs. Let a box, water-tight, be nearly filled with loose mould or peat, or sand, or even the composition of a vine border; let this be tolerably dry, in order to increase its capacity for water cooled to the temperature of 50°; then saturated with snow water a little above the freezing point. This process, with the aid of a frosty night, will bring the contents of the box below 40°, and is supposed to take place in the winter or early part of spring. If the box be 3 ft. deep, the sun’s rays will not affect it far below the surface, since water is not easily heated from above; and, besides, the heat through the day will, at that season, be greatly counteracted by the cold at night. As the season advances, rain may be expected of a temperature above 60°; and this, under some circumstances, ” to be hereafter explained, would produce a very considerable effect. Unfortunately, however, the box was made water-tight ; and its contents, being completely saturated with nearly gelid water, cold and heavy, and mechanically immovable by the descending warmer and lighter fluid, the latter must recede by the surface in quest of an unoccupied lower level, after producing only a slight effect on the surface of the contents of the box. The analogy between this aud a badly drained outséde vine border is so obvious that it need not be traced: similarity might, indeed, be substituted for analogy. Nor is it necessary to point out the injurious consequences that must accrue to the forcing vine. He that is not sufficiently impressed with this, has only to imagine his feet to be plunged in the one temperature, and his body in the other: the bare idea of such will make him shudder. Let us now, with the same box, and similar materials, en- deavour to produce a different result ; commencing by piercing the bottom, and making a complete drainage; and, further, keeping the contents as dry as possible, and neither exposing them to the sleety shower, nor placing them exterior to the front of the vinery, where it would receive an overshot of snow from the slippery roof; but letting the surface be snugly covered, or _ thatched from all such drenching, till genial showers of the tem- perature of 60° or more begin to fall. The latter may find it below 50°, but it is not likely to be much below. If it should be thus low, the water of the above warmth would percolate speedily from top to bottom, and communicate its heat during its progressive descent. ‘The soil being dry, a portion of the water would be held by capillary attraction among the particles with regard to the Cultivation of Exotics. 17 of the former in the first instance ; superabundance to this would be carried off by the drainage at the bottom, making room for a fresh supply of water, imparting a farther elevation of temper- ature, till the whole became ultimately on a par with the rain, or very nearly so. This process might be greatly accelerated by stirring the sur- face, or inverting it, when well heated by the sun’s rays, so as to turn up a fresh portion to their influence. A considerable heat might be worked in by this means, even to the depth of the upper roots of the plants, and farther than that penetrated by the rain ; but, the presence of the latter being necessary in other respects, it becomes a useful and appropriate conveyer of heat to a greater depth among the roots than could be accomplished in the open ground otherwise than by its soft insinuation. It is hoped that the preceding remarks will be the means of directing attention to the necessity of an approximation of ter- restrial and atmospheric temperature as regards the cultivation of exotics, and particularly that of the vine; and also to the use of water as a medium by which an increase of terrestrial heat is speedily communicated, when the former is properly applied, that is, when it is of a higher temperature than the substances with which it is brought in contact; and to the negative injurious consequences which follow its application at a low temperature. It is presumed that it will not be transgressing the limits of this Magazine, to mention some of the advantages which the agriculturist, and, consequently, mankind in general, may derive from operations of culture, when conducted on principles that are founded on a knowledge of the laws of nature. These laws produce the effects attempted to be exhibited in the preceding observations; for such they may properly be termed, being penned from the result of actual observation, and, therefore, not to be considered as mere theory. The wastes of Britain might be made to support all the un- employed able-bodied poor; and also to repay the advance of capital necessary in the first instance, before any return could be expected. The return must result from a judicious system of drainage, keeping in view the principles I have stated. There are places so low, that drains will not act; yet human ingenuity might easily surmount this difficulty. There are, however, many slopes to which this objection is not applicable, which are yet declared to be so cold, that grain, &c., will not succeed on them, and, therefore, not at all likely to repay any expenditure. We will select a sample of such a situation, and that a very un- favourable one; viz. the sloping base of the north side of a hill. It is wet, and so cold, from the descent of snow-water from the upper part of the hill, that mosses, natives of the frigid regions, greatly abound on it. It is evident the first proceeding must Vou. XIII. — No. 82. c 18 New hardy Trees and Shrubs be to cut off, by a large drain or ditch, the communication of the mountain water, and render the intended fields insulated. The tract is then to be drained in the most obvious directions. By these proceedings, the character of the vegetation will begin to change, even before the surface is broken up by plough or spade. ‘T mention the latter, for the land may now be considered redeemed for ever, with a little attention towards keeping the conduits in a clear state; and, therefore, may have a trenching bestowed upon it. ‘The mosses would be annihilated, and even their seeds would not vegetate in a habitat so metamorphosed. This hitherto undisturbed tribe of vegetation would be resolved into vegetable mould, and afford excellent food for turnips, hay, or corn. The distinction between warm and cold soils, bearing the same relation to the solar heat, will be nearly done away with, if we can render the cold soil so pervious as to enable us to deprive it of its store of gelid moisture, in order that it may imbibe the summer showers, Wheat succeeds in Morayshire, though not at all in parts of Scotland much farther south. That county suffers from the drought in the early part of the season, which shows it to be deprived then of all cold moisture; but, when the summer rains begin to fall, vegetation proceeds most rapidly; and the wheat grown in it brings a fair price in the London market. Art. III. Arboricultural Notices; or, Notices of new hardy Trees and Shrubs deserving of general Cultivation in usefui or ornamental Plantations. SomE new ligneous plants have been raised from Nepal seeds in the Horticultural Society’s Garden; though but few of them are sufficiently advanced to be either correctly named, or fit for distribution. ‘That splendid plant, Leycestérza for- mosa Wall. (Arboretum Britannicum, p.1060., and our fg. 1.), is a most beautiful shrub when in a flowering state, from the contrast of the deep green hue of its stem and leaves with the purple colour of its large bracteas and berries. It was introduced into British gardens in 1824; and it flowered scon afterwards in the nursery of Messrs. Allen and Rogers at Battersea, whence specimens were sent to the late Mr. Sweet and Mr. G. Don. It is a rambling shrub, with the general appearance of a honeysuckle; and it will probably prove somewhat tender in this country; but, as it is easily propa- gated by cuttings, or by seeds, which it produces in abun- dance, a stock of plants might be kept in readiness to provide for accidental losses. Tanned against a conservative wall, it deserving of general Cultivation. 19 would have a brilliant effect Neice I in autumn; or it might even merit a place in a conserva- tory. Assoon as the plants raised in the Horticultural Society’s Garden are fit to distribute, this fine plant will probably find its way into all choice collections. Acer platandides Lo- belzz (Arboretum Britan- nicum, p. 409.) is now in several British nurseries ; and plants may also be pro- cured from Messrs. Booth of Hamburg. It forms a fine ornamental tree, and well deserves a place in pleasure-grounds. The mahonias, ever- green berberries, or ash berberries, of which there are four species, M. Aqui- folium (fig.2.), M. répens (fig. 3.), M. fascicularis (fig. 4.), and M. nervosa (fig. 5-), (all which figures are taken from our Arbore- tum et Fruticetum Britannicum), cannot be too strongly recom- mended. M. Aquifolium, a native of the north-west coast of ’ North America, and introduced by Douglas, according to Dr. Lindley, is, “‘ perhaps the handsomest hardy evergreen we yet Gue 20 New hardy Trees and Shrubs possess. Its foliage is of a rich, deep, shining green, be- coming purple in the winter. It bears fruit in some abund- ance, which consists of clusters of round- ish black berries, having their surface covered with a rich violetbloom. Itmost resembles M. fasci- cularis, from which its large shining leaves at once dis- tinguish it.” (Penny Cyclop., iv. p. 262.) . It is propagated very slowly by layers; and, for some years, plants were sold in the nurseries at ten guineas each. Lately, however, a number of ripe seeds have been produced in England, or imported from Ame- rica, through the Hud- son’s Bay Company; and from these many young plants have been raised in the Epsom, Fulham, and other nur- series; so that small plants in pots, which may be sent to all parts of the country, may now be obtained Be 20 ae mr In Prince’s Catalogue SY for 1825, the price is oe stated as 25 dollars ; (57. 5s.) each. (Arb. Brit., p. 310.) Being so very hardy, and so very ornamental, it ought to be in every garden, from the Orkney Islands to the Land’s End. Clématis montana Arb. Brit., p.245. figs.23. and 24., is a beautiful species, introduced from the Himalayas by Lady Amherst, and quite hardy. It resembles C. flérida, but it is far more beautiful; producing numerous flowers, about the size and form of those of Anemone sylvéstris. It well deserves a place among every collection of climbers. 5 — deserving of general Cultivation. 21 Hypéricum chinénse Arb. Brit., p. 399., the nurseryman’s name of which is A. nepalénse, is a very handsome species, which has not yet flowered, but of which there are plants in the Horticultural Society’s Garden, and in some nurseries. Magnolia conspicua vars. Soulangedza, speciosa, and Alex- andring Arb. Brit., p.278., though they have been in the country for some years, and flowered splendidly as standards in the climate of London, are not half so much planted as they ought to be. Plants are from 2s. 6d. to 5s. each. Some new varieties of M. grandiflora, more hardy than any that have hitherto been produced, are expected this autumn from M. Le Roy et Fils, nurserymen at Angers, who cultivate the fol- lowing varieties, some of which are unknown in this country. We give them in M. Le Roy’s M. grandiflora des Anglais. M. g. Mayardiére, le plus fleurissant (the most abundant flowerer ). [Most probably M. g. Maillardiére. See Arb. Brit., p. 263.] M. g. Galissoniére, le plus rustique (the most hardy). [M. le Roy in- formed us that this variety will bear several degrees of cold more than any of the others.] M. g. stricta, or bouton blanc. M. g. exoniénsis, 4 fleur demi-double. M. g. longifolia undulata. own words : — M. g. canaliculé, avec feuilles en gout- tiere. M. g. rotundifolia ordinuaire. M. g. rotundifolia des Anglais, M. g. rotundifolia ferrugineuse. M. g. floribunda. M. g. Semis de Bictin, [Probably from Bicton.] M. g. /aurifolia. M. g. crispa. M. g. subrotundifolia. M. g. foliis variegatis. M. g. précoce du Masis [? précoce de M. g. longissima. Mars]. Tilia americana Arb. Brit., p. 373., and its varieties, are far too much neglected. We wish our readers could see the fine tree of this species at White Knights, of which we have just had a beautiful drawing made by an artist whom we sent down on purpose. Amygdalus communis var. macrocarpa Arb. Brit., p. 675.5 is a splendid shrubbery tree, and as hardy as the common almond. Its flowers are much larger, and of a paler colour, than those of the species ; and they appear from a week to a fortnight earlier. The fruit is larger; and its kernel is so sweet, that the French call it ?amandier des dames. ‘The tree has a more compact fastigiate habit than that of the common almond. Dwarf plants are ls. 6d., and standards 2s. Gd., each. : Armeniaca sibirica Arb. Brit. p. 683., is the very earliest of all flowering trees in the neighbourhood of London. It seldom grows above 10 ft. high; and only requires to be better known, to be introduced into every suburban or small garden. Cérasus serrulata Arb. Brit., p. 701., and our fig. 6., is the most beautiful of all double-flowering cherries; and, though plants were scarce some years ago, they may now be had, in several of the nurseries, at the price of common fruit-trees ; c3 22 New hardy Trees and Shrubs care, however, must be taken that the ordinary double-flowering cherry is not received for it. When in leaf, it will be easily known by our figure. Cytisus edlicus Lindl., Arb. Brit., and our fig. 7., is a beautiful species of C¥tisus, recently introduced by the Hon. F. Strang- ways, of which various historical and de- scriptive particulars will be found in a future page. Lupinus arboreus Arb. Brit., p. 649. This neglected shrub has been a long time in the country ; and it is little noticed by amateurs, probably because it is often ill treated by gardeners. When intended for a standard shrub, it should be planted in a mass, 3 ft. or 4ft. deep, of calcareous loamy soil, thoroughly drained; and the seeds sown where the plant is finally to remain. ‘Transplanted plants seldom do much good, except when trained “AWW against a wall. In the court-yard of .\\Vee the gardener’s house belonging to Pope’s » Villa at Twickenham, we have lately seen a singularly handsome bush of tree lupine treated in this manner. It has a clear single stem, apparently quite ligne- ous, with a rough bark, about 2 ft. high. The head reaches to the height of 8 ft., spreading widely, and hanging down gracefully on every side. It flowers profusely, and ripens seeds every year; and it has attained this degree of perfection in the short space. of four years. Seeds may be procured of the principal seedsmen. Pavza Arb. Brit., p.469. ‘The species and varieties of this genus cannot be too strongly recommended. Every gentleman, who has two trees of the common horsechestnut, ought to insist upon his gardener cutting in the head of one of them, and grafting it all over with Pavia rubra Arb. Brit., p. 469.; or with 4H‘sculus rubicinda Arb. Brit., p- 467. That beautiful variety, Pavza rubra péndtla Ard. Brit., p- 470., should not be neglected. x Amelanchier Arb. Brit., p.874. x x All the species and varieties of \ this genus deserve to be better ws Ail known. 4. sanguinea Arb. Brit.. * SN fay s p. 875., and our fig. 8.; and 4. florida 476. Brit., p. 876., and our deserving of general Cultivation. 23 fig. 9.5 are charming small trees, which, fortunately, may now be had in most nurseries. Cotoneaster Arb. Brit., p. 869. ‘There are four trees belonging to this genus, at once of surpassing beauty, and as hardy as if they were natives of Sweden. These are C. frigida, C. affinis, C. acu- minata, and C. nummularia. Figures of the entire trees, and of the botanical specimens, are given in our Arboretum Britannicum; and there are plants to be had in several nurseries. ‘The rapidity of growth of C. frigida and C. affinis is quite astonishing: they are covered, in June, with a sheet of white blossom, and, in September, with a cloak of scarlet berries. Crate gus Arb. Brit., p. 813. We do not know that we can add any thing to what we have already said in recommendation of this genus; though it is one we so greatly admire, that we could fill a magazine with its praises. We have, in the Arbo- retum, described above eighty sorts, and given engravings of about sixty sorts. Nevertheless, one variety escaped us; viz. Crateegus punctata var. brevispina (fg. 10.), introduced by Dou- glas, and forming a handsome fastigiate tree, with large very dark purplish red fruit. There are two sorts of Crate gus that we are particularly desirous should be introduced into every garden, and, if it were possible, into every hedge: the first, C. orientalis var.sanguinea Arb. Brit., p. 863. fig. 596., which has port- wine- coloured fruit, about the size, form, and colour of the red walnut goose- berry; and the other, C. tanacetifolia var. Leedna Arb. Brit., p. 864. fig. 599., and our fg.11. This variety, which was raised from seed in the Hammersmith Nursery, has large yellow fruit; but it is chiefly remarkable for the size and marked character of its leaves, and for the timber-like habit of growth of the tree. The fine specimen of it from which our portrait, given in the Arboretum Britannicum for November, was taken stands in the Layton Nursery, where there are many curious articles utterly neglected. The only young plants of it that we know of are in that nursery, and in the Hammersmith Nursery; where, however, not one will be found next spring, if our hint is taken as we mean it to be. Plants of C. orientalis var. sanguinea are in the Fulham Nursery, under the name of C. orientalis. The only place that we know of where there are large fruit-bearing trees of this kind is in the grounds of the Bishop of London at Fulham Palace. ‘There is, also, a very handsome tree in the London Horticultural Society’s Garden ; c 4 DA New hardy Trees and Shrubs but, as it stands in an obscure point of the southern boundary hedge, and is concealed from the walk by pear and other fruit trees, we question if it has been seen in fruit by one in ten thousand of the visitors to the gardens. Kagenéckza crateegoides Arb. Brit., p. 934. fig. 657., is a very singular hardy evergreen, which ought to be propa- gated by nurserymen as extensively as the gs 12 Garrya elliptica mas (fig. 12.), already so Sy} strongly recommended in Vol. XI., p. 149. Rubus micracanthus, &. spectabilis, AR. nut- kanus, and R. odorus, all described and figured in the Arboretum Britannicum, well deserve to be more extensively cultivated; and Spire’a bélla and S. arizefolia, also described and figured in the Arboretum Britannicum, are not less so. Escallonza Arb. Brit., p. 993. All the species of this genus are beautiful, and richly deserv- ing of culture against a wall. The most showy, both for its foliage and its flowers, is KE. montevidénsis Arb. Brit., p. 993., and our jig. 13. K. illinita Lendl. (fig. 14.) is a remarkably hardy species, with broad leaves and white flowers, which has been described in a former page. South of London, there are few shrubs which deserving of general Cultivation. 25 would make a more beautiful covering for a bower, or arcade of trellis-work, or a naked wall, than E. floribinda or E. montevidénsis. i: = \ \ VEE ta velly soil, suffers every = Ih, ya Ny ee « wy ee \ LESS te \ RS summer for want of SSSI Ae SS water. But the most j »: contrives to fasten to- ° (/- gether, back to back, be- fore they are expanded, giving the packet the ap- pearance of a fan folded up. (fig. 115. d.) The insect then pierces a hole through the mass, attach- ing the leaves together with silken cords, which prevent them from flying apart. It is thus provided with an ample supply of food; and the outer leaves, which, notwith- cc 2 WAY sy LW Wy WQ\ LY / \\-~ N \We Y Ay a Pri Yj Wy iy iy Wy 388 Insects most injurious to Cultivators. standing their being fastened together, make an effort to grow, are forced out of their natural position, and become distorted and unsightly, the holes bitten by the insect increasing in size, according to the growth of the leaf. In like manner, they de- light to fasten one or more leaves upon the surface of a bud whilst very young, which serves them as a defence beneath which they devour part of the petals of the bud as well as the leaf. (jilge TNs. 25) The caterpillar (jg. 115. 6, natural size; and jig.114. g, mag- nified), when disturbed, quits its retreat, running backwards very quickly, and leaving a web, which it spins from its mouth, and by which it will often suspend itself from the leaf in the air. It is of a fleshy substance, and of a dark flesh colour, with a black shining head. There are 2 black patches on the upper side of the Ist segment, and the 2 following segments are spotted with brown. It has 6 short black articulated legs, attached in pairs to the first 3 segments of the body after the head. The 4th and 5th segments are simple; but the 6th and 3 follow- ing segments are respectively furnished, as well as the extremity of the body, with a pair of short fleshy false legs (prolegs), which are employed in motion, and which are of a dark flesh colour. The extremity on the upper side is brown, and a few hairs are scattered about the body. When full grown, it either attaches two leaves together with silken threads, leaving a space between them, which it lines with silk ; or it curls up the edge of a leaf, fastening it with threads so as to prevent its unfolding, and lining the curved part in a similar manner. Within the retreat thus made it assumes the chrysalis form, casting off its caterpillar skin: it is generally about the end of June that this operation takes place. ‘The chrysalis (fig. 115. c, natural size; fig. 114. 2, magnified) is of a shining pale reddish brown colour, of the ordinary form, without any of those angular projections which are to be observed in the chrysa- lides of some butterflies: each of the abdominal segments is, however, remarkable for having two rows of minute points, or hooks, directed backwards, as in the chrysalis of the goat moth, the use of which is to assist the chrysalis in pushing itself partly out of the whorl of the leaf, previously to assuming the perfect state; by which means the little moth becomes at once at liberty, and is not under the necessity of working its way through the curled-up leaf, which may now, perhaps, have become dry and shriveled. ‘The body is terminated by a curved horny hook. In the present season, these insects arrived at the winged state about the middle of July. F The extirpation of these insects is matter of difficulty. They are, it is true, very conspicuous in the winged state; and, if care were taken to employ children in catching and killing them just Instructions for Truffle-Searching. 389 at the time when they make thelr appearance as moths, the laying of the eggs would be prevented, and the trees saved from the next year’s broods. Bouché, however, recommends brushing the twigs of the rose in the winter with a stiff brush, which would have the effect of destroying the egos; but as these are deposited in the most secure places, at the roots of the eyes and under the base of the young twigs, there is some danger and much difficulty in this method. An inspection of the trees in the early spring, before the insects have done much damage, will easily show the places of lodgment of the larvae, which may then be readily destroyed by the hand. Moreover, they have natural enemies belonging to their own class. I have this year reared two ichneumons, nearly as large as the moth itself, from one chrysalis. They are of a black colour, with pitchy red legs, and beautifully iridescent wings. A species of sand wasp, belonging to the genus Odynérus, also collects these caterpillars, of which it lays up a store in its cells for its progeny; and I was greatly amused by watching the pro- ceedings of a sand wasp in attempting to dislodge one of the larvee from its stronghold in the leaves. After pacing about the tree, and endeavouring, apparently with its antennze, to discover the retreat of the hidden caterpillar, it paced more demurely about a packet of leaves, and introduced its sting into the sub- stance of the leaf; immediately after which it ran to the edge of the whorl, in order to ascertain whether the larva was endea- vouring to make its escape from its unknown enemy. It repeated this operation several times; so that I was convinced its object in wounding the leaf was to alarm or, perhaps, slightly wound the larva, so as to cause it to quit its retreat, when it would have been pounced upon and carried off, to be laid up, with others of the same kind of caterpillars, as a store of food for the future progeny of the wasp. Art. II. Instructions for Truffle-Searching. Translated from the German of V. F. Fischer. By Francis Mascatt, Esq., of Epple- ton, Durham. (It has frequently been suggested to us, that the cultivation of the truffle would form a very fit subject for premiums to be offered by the principal Horticultural Societies; and a friend has been kind enough to translate for us this article and the following one. Could the truffle, indeed, be subjected to. cultivation as effectually as the mushroom, it would be one of the grandest triumphs of horticultural skill; and it would contribute towards rendering of general use an article of luxury which is now enjoyed but by few, and which would prove an additional source of industry and profit to the market-gardener. In our opinion, cc 3 390 Instructions for Truffle-Searching. a premium of 1002. would not be too much to offer for the suc- cessful propagation and cultivation of this fungus. ] PREFACE of the Translator. — The translation of the following treatise on truffle-hunting properly precedes that on the cultiva- tion of truffles; as well because the tubers are directed to be planted in ground prepared for their cultivation (which cannot be done unless they are previously found), as because the diffi- culties attending their cultivation are mentioned in the first- mentioned treatise, in such a manner as to induce strict attention to the precepts laid down in the second. ‘The pamphlet has the following title: Anleitung zur Triiffehagd, ein Beytrag zur Forst- und Jagd-Wissenschaft ; von V. F. Fischer, Karlsruhe, 1812; bey Mohr und Zimmer in Heidelberg. It, as well as the treatise on the cultivation of truffles, has been carefully translated, as it seemed important that the ideas of those whose endeavours, either in the search or cultivation of these singular productions, had been crowned with success, should be faithfully presented to the reader: more especially as the attempts, both of cultivators and philosophers, of all former ages, and of all civilised coun- tries, to multiply truffles like other vegetables, have, till a few years ago, been completely baffled. — #. M. § 1. THE Inducement to this Work. — * Is any thing printed wherein instructions are given for what is usually called truffle- hunting, or truffle-searching, and for training such dogs as are required in it?” Such was the enquiry made in the esteemed Forest Journal of Hartig, by an anonymous person who wished to know the title of such a work, or to read in that journal a short treatise upon the subject. ‘The celebrated editor of that publication added the following remark to his correspondent’s query: ‘ The only treatise with which I am acquainted (and that is by no means a complete one), on what is called truffle- hunting, is in the Manual of the Practical Forest and Hunting . Departments, part iil. p. 316. A complete treatise on this sub- ject would assuredly not be unacceptable to the readers of this journal.” Many readers of the Forest Journal, in consequence, looked eagerly forward to a complete treatise on this subject, a subject upon which so little had as yet been written. But alas! very soon after this the publication of the Journal ceased, and the wishes of the person who first mentioned the subject, as well as those of M. Hartig and his readers, remained unsatisfied ; and, notwithstanding the multiplicity as well of authors as of compilers, no work upon this subject appeared. I previously pos- sessed some theoretical and practical knowledge of truffle-search- ing ; and, from vicissitudes in the nature of my office, had an ‘ opportunity of extending the latter, by the actual exercise of Natural History of the Truffle. 391 my employment in the company of experienced truffle-hunters. This is the reason of my publishing the present work, which, though it lays no claim to be considered a complete treatise, yet perhaps may be more satisfactory than the former ones, that are generally to be found dispersed in dictionaries of natural history or of husbandry. Of these the best seems to me to be that in the Natur-und-Kunst-Lexicon of Lippold and Funke, vol. tii., article Truffel. I. Tue Natura History or THE TRUFFLE. § 2. Classification. — 'Two esteemed botanists (Braune in his preface to the third part of the Flora of Salzburg, and Bork- hausen in his Botany, § 3. and 412.), in their subtleties, have denominated mushrooms the spectres of the inanimate vegetable kingdom; and the immortal Linneeus, in his Regnum vegetabile, still more unaptly calls them vagrants and barbarians, a thievish race, voracious creatures, &c. He, who in a capricious fit chooses to give an equally suitable appellation to truffles, may call them the gnomes of the immaterial vegetable kingdom ; for they are only a kind of mushroom which grows under the sur- face of the earth, and are for the greater part of their existence externally invisible ; being observable only fora short period, and by certain favoured animals, after which they speedily un- dergo dissolution. By some botanists, mushrooms or fungi are assigned to an intermediate kingdom; by a very few they are referred to the animal kingdom; but by most they are retained in the vegetable kingdom. That they are not properly organised plants is correct, for they want most of the characteristics of plants. No distinct organs of generation, no decided seeds, have as yet been observed in them, and no one has, as yet, succeeded in methodically in- creasing them by artificial cultivation, on the same principle as other vegetables, with the exception of the garden mushroom. Truffles are usually developed where vegetable life ceases, and where the first step of the decomposition of vegetable matter has commenced, under the requisite degree of moisture, warmth, and light. The counsellor of regency, Medicus of Mannheim, lately deceased, a very excellent botanist, in his theory upon the for- mation of truffles, which has great merit, calls them educts, not products, of the vegetable kingdom, and endeavours by the idea of a vegetable crystallisation, to present to the senses the manner of their coming into existence, in which they assume determinate forms, from which they never vary. Other vegetable physiologists brought the former seed theory upon the tapis, and endeavoured to place it beyond a doubt, that fungi are simple plants, with most simple imperceptible organs of generation. cc 4 392 Instructions for Truffle-Searching. (See F.C. Medicus, rece ante Hae Abhandlungen, 3tes bandchen; Leipzig, Graf, 1803; Borkhausen’s Botanical Dic- tionary (Borkhausen’s Wortbuche, Giessen, 1797, 2ter theil, seite 210.); and Funke’s Lexzcon of Natural History: im which works are found, at length, the different opinions of their au- thors on the formation of fungi). In the eleventh edition of the Systema Plantarum of Linnzus, truffles are arranged in the class of plants with invisible organs of fructification, and their place is there assigned in the genus of dust or globular fungi (Lycopérdon); in the family of subterraneous globular fungi (Lycopérdon subterraneum), which comprehends three species, the name Lycopérdon Tuber being given to them. Later botanists have established a new genus, viz. Zuber, comprehending four species, and have called the edible truffle, Tuber gulosorum. The French call them truffes; and the Italians, tartufi. We shall distinguish and describe two kinds which are found in the neighbourhood of the Rhine, although our principal object is the black edible truffle. § 3. Description of Truffles. — The edible truffle is, as has been already mentioned, a globular fungus. When ripe, it is covered with a black, or often a dark brown, nearly regularly shaped (generally having six sides), chapped, hard, and rough rind or shell, which has nearly the appearance of a fir cone before it opens. Later botanists in their description of this rind are often indistinct, and call it merely wrinkled. Geoffroy the younger, as early as the year 1711, in his treatise entitled Observations sur la Végétation des Truffes, very correctly observes its regular form, saying: “ Les Truffes sont couvertes @une espéce de crotite dure, chagrinée, et gercée ad sa superficie, avec quelque sorte de régularité, telle d peu pres quon Vappercoit dans la noix de cypres.” No fibre, no small root, is to be seen on this rind, and when the truffle is carefully dug out, it generally leaves the form of its rind behind it, just as if it had been pressed against the clay or loam, for the purpose of making an impression. Its shape is sometimes globular, or of a longish round or oval, but some- umes like that of a kidney, and it has on the surface an appear- ance like tuberous plants, sometimes having protuberances and sometimes depressions. The truffle, when cut, shows a differ- ence in its texture and colour. It is generally of a netted, cel- lular, veiny consistence. It is often watered, of a dirty white, sometimes flesh-coloured, or clouded with grey; but most generally, and especially in the vicinity of the Rhine, marbled. of a dark or light brown, and, when this is the case, is always strongly veined with white, or mottled like the nutmeg. This difference of colour depends upon the earth in which the truffle is produced, upon its situation, upon the place in which it is Natural Eistory of the Truffle. 393 found, and also upon its age; for all our brownish ripe truffles are, till they are nearly ripe, more or less of a whitish colour. In the veiny consistence of truffles are many cavities, filled with vegetable mucus, in which are contained several small dark points. These, some take for seeds, and some for the embryos of other truffles that have-received their form, and, increasing in size, grow after the dissolution of their parent. The flesh of truffles is solid, partly juicy, and partly dry like the kernel of many fruits of trees ; for instance, like that of the oak, hazel, &c. It is either mealy or soapy to the touch; and, when raw, has a somewhat sweet, but peculiar, taste. Before it is ripe, the truffle has no other smell than that of the mouldi- ness of fertile earth, or decayed vegetables; and in that state, therefore, is not easily perceived and found by animals that have a delicate sense of smelling; but as it approaches to ripeness, it attains the truffle smell so agreeable to epicures, which, at first, is fragrant, and often like musk; as it is nearer being ripe, it become sharper and more urinous; and when too ripe, or going back, and putrescence or insects have begun to make their attacks upon it, is disagreeable, and nearly resembles the smell of a cow-house. There are also truffles, in many places, which diffuse a strong smell of garlic, many of which are found in a small district of the Weingartner Forest. In husbandry, in trade, and by some botanists, they are, according to their colour, smell, and taste, considered as different species; but most botanists look upon these kinds only as varieties. ‘There is as yet much obscurity in the mode of ascertaining the different species of fungi. Many species, even of truffles, may incontestably be discovered, with respect to which, regard, in my opinion, should not be had to one peculiarity alone, but to several taken together ; and especially to the place where they are found, to the soil, and to their being produced at one and the same time, in one and the same spot. In a ripe state, truffles are observed by divers animals, even when deep in the earth, and found, as we shall learn, by the assistance of certain species of them. There are ripe truffles, from the size of a bean to that of a large fist, and from a pound to a pound and a half in weight. Heavier ones were unknown to Geoffroy. I have never seen heavier ones found, and I do not believe that there are truffles, as some maintain, of from twelve to fourteen pounds’ weight. Here and there ripe truffles are indeed met with the whole year through; but the most of them ripen from the middle of August, especially when rains fall about that time, till late in autumn, when frosts come on. § 4. The Swine-truffle, which, in this neighbourhood (Carls- ruhe), grows along with the black edible trufile, is, in its external colour, its shape, and particularly in its smell, essentially different 394 Instructions for Truffle-Searching. from the common edible truffle. By some botanists, however, it is esteemed to be the same in a young state, and by others is said to be a variety. It has a leathery, thin, yellowish red rind or skin, covered with small dark warts. Its juicy flesh is, for the most part, of the colour and consistence of that of the edible truffle. It is, nevertheless, very often more coarsely marbled. Its taste, when raw, is not equal to that of the edible truffle, and its smell is unpleasantly sour, nearly approaching to that of the swine, from which it derives its name. Many writers, following each other, enumerate the longish round truffles amongst swine-truffles, and reject the use of them. I have, however, found this quite incorrect. ‘The external form is very various in truffles, and cannot alone afford any charac- teristic. When ripe it usually attains the size of a bean, or that of a small walnut, but sometimes that of a hen’segg. On account of its disagreeable taste and smell, it is not eaten; and therefore when it is abundantly met with, it is by no means welcome to the truffle-hunter, but is immediately thrown away. My own observations have sufficiently informed me that it belongs to a peculiar species, and that therefore it properly ought to be called Tuber, or Lycopérdon, suile. § 5. Origin and Habitat of Truffles. —The circumstances under which truffles are produced, viz. their growth, and the place where they are found, particularly deserve the attention of truffle-hunters and foresters ; in order that they may be able to calculate, from what wood districts, by means of obtaining these astonishing productions, an accessory advantage may be pro- cured. ‘They are met with in mould formed from decayed vegetables, or in the upper stratum of earth which consists chiefly of vegetable soil, in ploughed land, and especially in a sand which is mixed with vegetable mould. A proper degree of shade seems to be essentially requisite to their production, and they are generally met with in thinly planted forests, in which rain and warmth can easily operate upon the ground, as also where there are small groups of trees. ‘They are principally found in thinly planted oak woods, which have either no under- wood, or at the most, only thorn bushes that are quite stunted, or other single bushes. ‘They are also found in thinly planted pole woods of different kinds of trees, of from forty to sixty years’ growth, which contain timber trees of oak and beech ; thirdly, also in districts which are covered with pollards of horn- beam, elms, maples, &c., along with which there are a few bushes. ‘They are always most abundant under-oak trees, as it has been long ago observed. ‘They there generally lie near to the stem, amongst the roots, but sometimes at a distance trom them. ‘They grow in the woods near the Rhine, and almost as Natural History of the Truffle. 395 numerously under the roots of the whitethorn (Cratz‘gus Oxyacantha), which shoots up with difficulty in thinly planted woods and pollard districts, as under the oak. Single ones are also found at the roots of other trees, and even at a distance from all roots, under thin and not matted grass and similar plants. That they are never found under apple, pear, and nut trees, that where a truffle lies no grass or herbaceous plant will grow, and that this is caused by the exhalation of the truffle, as some maintain, is incorrect, and contrary to experience. I have often been an eye-witness that truffles have been dug out from under pear and apple trees, as also out of tufts of grass, and soil covered with grass seeds. In shady, moist, and fertile soil, truffles grow larger, and lie nearer the surface, than in dry and barren places, that are not shaded. In the first, they often rise with one half above the earth, so as to be exposed to sight; or they lie 1 in. or at most 2in. deep, and grow to the largest size that truffles ever attain. In the last situations, however, they are often dug out from the depth of 6 in. and only as large as a hazel nut. But it is not merely by the truffles rising above the surface of the earth, and appearing to the sight, that they are discovered, there are other indications that betray their hidden existence. In districts where truffles of the sort described grow, the earth in certain places is frequently arched up in the form of a hemisphere, having cracks or clefts in it: one or more truffles are usually the cause of this. An insect which pierces truffles and deposits its eggs in them, a species of fly in considerable numbers, often continues where truffles lie hid, and is, as I have often observed, chased away by the search. Funke, in his Lezicon of Art (Kunst-Lezxicon), endeavours, though vainly, to deny this indication; which, in- deed, is of no use where truffles are sought for by the aid of dogs. Truffles are sometimes found singly, sometimes a good many together, in which latter case however, as may be easily sup- posed, they are of different sizes, and are never so perfect, as when only a single one is found, or a few are found together in a favourable situation. Weidenbach, the most experienced truffle-hunter in the neighbourhood of Carlsruhe, found last autumn (1811), in my presence, under the roots of a white- thorn, more than thirty truffles of different sizes, from that of a pigeon’s egg, to that of a bean. ‘This, as he assured me, was the only instance of his having found so many together. He had never before found more than from twenty to twenty-two together, in a practice of more than thirty years. In Piedmont and Upper Italy, truffles are said to be found in stubble-fields, vineyards, and meadows. Whether this be correct or not, I pretend not to determine. Notwithstanding 396 Instructions for Truffle-Searching. many enquiries, I have never learnt that a truffle was ever found in Germany in an open space entirely devoid of trees. Truffles are extended over the whole surface of the earth, and are natives as well of the cold north, as of temperate and hot climates. Linnzeus found them in Lapland, and Keempfer in Japan, where also they are eaten as a delicacy. ‘They are dug up in Africa, America, and in great abundance in many parts of Asia. They are found principally in the temperate countries of Europe, in England, Spain, and France, especially in the south of that country; in Italy, in Switzerland, and in the north and south of Germany. In the last country they are abundant in the kingdom of Wiurtemberg, and in the Grand- Duchy of Baden, along the Rhine. § 6. Propagation of Truffles—Notwithstanding the numerous plans which have been formed, and the many experiments which have been made, to effect the propagation of truffles by art, none, to the best of my knowledge, have succeeded. Even in the neighbourhood of Carlsruhe, the experiments made by the late Margravine Caroline Louisa of Baden, the grandmother of the present most illustrious grand-duke, an excellent, ingenious, and learned lady, who was very much attached to natural history, were attended with no favourable result. Truffles were several times taken up uninjured, with the earth surrounding them, without their being displaced from it, and again planted in the same circumstances under which they had originated: but they always underwent dissolution; and no increase or renewal of them succeeded, which, however, must have taken place, if the truffles had contained either seeds or embryos. Bradley, Von Justi, Count Borch, and Bulliard, have in their writings, respectively, proposed plans for the propagation of truffles. ‘They say that a soil should be made choice of for the purpose, which resembles as much as possible the soil in which truffles are produced; that it should be dug about two or three feet deep: furrows or trenches should then be drawn through it, into which pieces of earth should be put or sunk, in which many truffles have grown, or even single truffles may be stuck into it. Whether these plans have been already carried into execution, and have had a more fortunate result than the experiments which have been made in our country (Carlsruhe) is to me unknown; but, though I much doubt it, I am not inclined entirely to decide against the possibility of planting truffles artificially, since success has been attained in the cultivation of other fungi. Many requisites for the formation of truffles seem only to be covered with a thick veil, which futurity, and the exertions of diligent natural philosophers, will perhaps raise or remove. § 7. The Enemies of Truffles, and the Remedies against those Natural History of the Truffle. 397 Enemies. — Man does not alone seek after truffles, which he places on the tables of the rich; both wild and domestic swine are fond of this delicacy. In the woods of which these animals are natives, man may save himself the trouble of endeavouring to obtain truffles for his palate; as, in this instance, they do not share so fairly with us, as they did the acorns with our fore- fathers ; they not only collect and root out the truffles in order to eat them, but by turning over the soil, they prevent their formation. The badger also, as well as the swine, is fond of truffles. The gamekeeper, seeing the soil broken, often says: ‘ A badger has pricked, or has rooted, here.” This expression, in places where truffles are found, means, when translated from the hunter’s language: “ Here a badger has eaten a truffle.” ‘The red deer are remarkable for seeking and eating a peculiar kind of globular fungus or truffle, which is called the hart- truffle, hart-rut truffle (Taber cervinum), and they also consume edible truffles; the roebuck, as I have been assured, is also very fond of them, As domestic dogs are made use of in the search for truffles, and sometimes eat them very greedily, it is not to be doubted that the wild dog and the fox often dig for them. Squirrels, mice, and red wood snails (Limax rifus), I lately saw feeding upon this delicacy. Besides these enemies, many insects lay their eggs in truffles, and dispose them to putrescence, or at any rate render them useless; because the larvee which arise from these eggs pierce the truffles through and through, and impart to them a bitter taste. Geoffroy observed two kinds of flies which pierce the truffle, one blue or violet, the larvae of which dwelt in the sound truffle, and a black one whose larve inhabit the decayed truffle. Morand, and Reaumur observed the larvee of another fly, which is of a red brown colour. (See Mémozre sur les Vers de Truffes, et sur les Mouches qui en proviennent, par Morand, Mem. de I’Académie Royal des Sciences; année 1782; Paris, 1785: and Reaumur’s Mémoire pour servir a I Histoire des Insectes.) ‘Together with these flies, I discovered a beetle in truffles which pierces them in great numbers, making burrows through them, which it continues in the earth. It is a species bostrichus (Béstrichus Fabr. 5 Derméstes Linn.), and of the size of the beetle that destroys the bark of the firs (Derméstes pinipérda Zinn.); but is nevertheless of a lighter red-brown colour, has no hair, and no indentations on the wing-coverts. § 8. The Use of Truffles. — Truffles are made use of as food ; but not being found every where, they are consequently rare and dear, and seldom appear except on the tables only of the rich. They were known as a delicacy by the ancients, and were especially esteemed amongst the Romans, as a dainty and 398 Instructions for Truffle- Searching. favourite dish. Dioscorides and Pliny make mention of them; the latter (Hist. Mund., lib. xix. cap. 2.), in particular, relates an extraordinary circumstance which happened at a Roman truffle feast. As Lartius Licinius, the Roman pretor at Carthagena in Spain, was eating a truffle, he bit a penny piece (denarius), a small Roman silver coin. Whence Pliny infers truffles arise from the accretion of matter deposited in the earth, which fact Geoffroy endeavours to disprove. They are very nourishing, and are said to be strong stimu- lants. They are often eaten, peeled raw, thinly sliced and then soaked in wine, or only roasted in ashes. The art of cookery teaches us how to prepare them in many different ways, and to make them very palatable; they are used as an addition and seasoning to meat pies, sauces, and ragouts, and a particular dish is made of them nearly alone. ‘They are also used for stuffing turkeys, &c. In medicine they were formerly employed, when boiled, as a cataplasm for the quinsy; but now like many other medicines in that disorder are but little esteemed. Many physicians prohibit their being eaten, and ascribe colic, palsy, and other disorders to them. The classical Frank, in his Medicinal Policy, vol. iii. p. 309., also points out certain con- sequences as proceeding from their immoderate use. In trade, truffles perform an inferior part, they are marinated (salted, and afterwards preserved in oil and vinegar), and sent principally from Aix, Avignon, Bordeaux, Perigord, Cette, and Nice, to all the principal towns of Europe, where they are served up at table even in winter. The merchants have different ways of preserving them. Some, after they are dug out, immediately wrap them, whilst fresh, in waxed paper, lay them into a glass from which the air is extracted, and set the glass in a larger vessel filled with water. Others merely dip them in oil or fat, by which means, the effect of the air, and in some degree, dryness, withering, and decay, are for a time prevented. In trade, truffles are distinguished by different names, which have relation partly to the place where they are found, as Perigord truffles; and partly to some peculiarity in themselves, as white truffles (bianchetti), &c. They are sold in the neighbourhood of Carlsruhe, and in other places where they are found, at two florins (about half a crown) per pound, and cost when sent to a distance, especially in winter, from six to ten florins (from 7s. 6d. to 12s. 6d.) per pound. In the arts, as far as I know, they are not used. In London they sell at from 7s. to 16s. per pound. § 9. Literature relating to Truffles. —'To those who wish to read more of the natural history of truffles, omitting the ancient writings of Dioscorides, Pliny, Matthiolus, Tournefort, and others of less consequence, I recommend the following treatises » Truffle- Hunting. 399 and larger works : —1. Mentzelius, Pugillus rariorum Plantarum. 2. Sur les Truffes, et Observations sur la Végétation des Truffes, par M. Geoffroi le jeune, in Histoire et Mémoires de 1 Académie Royale des Sciences, année 1711; Amsterdam, 1715. 3. Dr. Bruckman, Spec. botan. exhibens Fungos subterraneos, vulgo Tubera Terre dictos; 4to,1720. 4. Micheli, Nova Plantarum Genera, &c., Florent., gen. 221. tab. 102. 5. Bradley, Physzcal Observations on Gardening. The same in French, Nouvelles Observations physiques et pratiques sur le Jardinage et 0 Art de planter, tom. iil. p. 208., et tom. iii. p. 263., translated from the English. 6. Gleditsch, Methodus Fungorum, exhibens Genera, Species, Vari-= etates cum, Charactere, Differentia specifica, Synonimis, Solo, Loco, et Observationibus, Berol. 1753, p. 157. n.6. 7. V. Justi, On the Cultivation of Truffles, in his economical writings, Ist vol., Berlin and Leipsig, p. 210. 8. Lettres sur les Truffes du Piedmont, par le Comte de Borch, a Milan, 1780, 1789. 9. Linnzus’s complete Systema Plantarum, after the 14th Latin edition, &c., 13th part, Ist volume of the cryptogamic plants, Nurnb. 1786. 10. Kerner, The poisonous and edible Fungi which grow wild, as well in the Duchy of Wiirtemberg, as in the rest of Germany, 1786, p. 65. 11. Batsch, Elenchus Fungorum, accedunt Icones Fungorum nonnullorum Agri Fenensis ab Auctore depicte, eri incise, et vivis coloribus fucate ; ili. partes (to 1789, with 232 figures, a German and also a Latin text). 12. Bulliard, Fiistoire des Champignons de France, ou Traité élémentaire renfer- mant dans une Ordre méthodique les Descriptions et les Figures des Champignons qui croissent naturellement en France ; Paris, 1791 ; avec, 177 estampes. 13. Lippold and Funke’s Lexicon of Nature and Art, 3d part, 1804, under the article Truffle. In some of these works no mention is made of truffle- searching ; in others, the subject is dismissed in a few words. From them, therefore, the reader can expect to glean but little on the subject upon which we are now about to treat. Il. Trurrie-Huntine, orn TRUFFLE SEARCH, IN PARTICULAR. § 10. General Remarks on Truffle- Hunting, or Truffle Search.— The act which has for its object the getting possession of wild, useful, or injurious animals, by searching for them according to art, and catching or killing them with an apparatus to that effect, and for the most part by the assistance of domestic animals trained for the purpose, is commonly called hunting. To the obtaining of other natural productions from other natural kingdoms, unless we speak figuratively, we cannot apply the term “hunting,” althorgh at the same time many individual marks of the idea may occur. The searching for and obtaining of truffles, which are a product of the vegetable kingdom, cannot therefore be properly called truffle-hunting, 4:00 ~ Instructions for Truffle-Searching. since the taking up of better-organised bulbous roots is certainly not called hunting. No indication of the idea of hunting occurs in the acquisition of truffles, except that they are usually sought for by trained tame animals, and by particular persons whose employment it now is; though this has not exclusively, or for a considerable time, been the case. It would be better, therefore, to make use of the term truffle-searching than truffle-hunting, as some writers who make slight mention ‘of truffle-hunting have very properly observed; for example, Justi in his Technological Dictionary, and the editor of the Practical Forester and Gamekeeper, and several others. In the mean time this shall not prevent us from making use of the expression that has been adopted, and has once been current ; the question here is merely a verbal one, and zn verbis simus faciles. The use of an expression is not, however, entirely a matter of indifference, inasmuch as it may easily mislead us to adjudge the benefit of truffles to the chase, and to him who has the right of hunting, as in many countries is actually the case. It by no means belongs te the chase, but to the beneficial interest in the forest or wood; because it occurs almost exclu- sively only in woods and wood soil, and not throughout the whole hunting district. In the proper sense of the word it can be specially enumerated only amongst the accessory advantages | of woods. The truffle search is practised in various ways : methodically, by proper truffle-hunters with dogs or swine that are trained, in which way only ripe truffles are found ; or by arbitrary irregular digging, in those places where indications of the existence of truffles are perceived, in which way truffles of all ages are got, and many embryos (if I may use the expression) are destroyed, the further formation of truffles is prevented, and the truffle district ruined. The last kind may be compared to what the unsportsmanlike chase of hunting a trail is in hunting, or the unforesterlike use of the productions of the forest is in the management of a forest, and ought by no means to be permitted, but always punished as a forest prodigality. Besides, truffles in later times have become considerably more rare. The many falls of woods, and exterminations of forests, which have been occasioned by the present wars and the former calamities of the country, the increase of population, and the converting of many woods to other purposes, have in several districts In a great measure extirpated truffles, and consequently they ought not to be made still more scarce, and in whole districts entirely destroyed. I shall, therefore, speak more at large only of the methodical truffle-hunting with dogs, by means of which that with swine has been, in later times, in a great measure supplanted; and Tools for Truffle-Hunting. 401 which former mode, as far as I am acquainted with both, deserves the preference. I shall treat of that with swine only superficially. § 11. How long Truffle-Hunting has been practised. — ‘The methodical search of truffles with dogs or swine seems to be a device of later times; for I have discovered no traces of it in ancient writings. Accordingly, the ancients appear to have sought for truffles in the destructive mode above mentioned; viz. by digging up whole districts. In Italy, France, and Spain, where rare and exquisite delica- cies were more and earlier esteemed, this mode of truffle- searching was earlier known than in Germany. Nevertheless, as may be conjectured from an observation of Geoffroy, it was not practised in the first-mentioned countries before the middle of the seventeenth century; and in the beginning of the last it was transferred to Germany. Stisser, in his Hizstory of German Forests and Hunting, 1st ed. 1738, chap. vii. sect. 65., informs us that, in sometdiena fon of his yearly delivering a quantity of truffles, a privilege for the searching for truffles in the princi- pality of Halberstadt was first given to Bernard Vanino, an Italian; and that the proper hunters had nothing in common with the truffle-hunters. In the court of the Grand-Duchy of Baden, the first truffle- hunter existed about seventy years ago, and was a Frenchman. iaisitr ue, this man carried on the search of truffles in a rather expensive way ; but he may be said to have established the art, since several persons whom he had employed in it learnt it from him. The truffle-hunters at the other German courts were also all Italians, Piedmontese, Savoyards, or Frenchmen, who made truffle-searching with dogs the order of the day. § 12. The requisite Tools Jor Truffle- Hunting. — The truffle- hunter does not require for his chase an equipment so care- fully made, and such a numerous collection of instruments, as the huntsman. His tools are simple, and few in num- ber. A hunting-bag is indispensably necessary for him, to keep such truffles in as he may find, and for provision for himself and his dogs; to which, as is said below, a morsel, by way of encouragement, must frequently be given. A sharp, strong, not costly cutlass, is essentially useful, to cut the shrubs and small roots which may obstruct his digging out the truffles. The most necessary to-him is a simple instrument, his principal tool, with which the truffles are dug out. This consists of a ene -shaped shovel, of from 3 to 4 inches in length, and 33 inches in breadth ; and of a hoe horizontally bent, of the same size, and also hear t-shaped. These two pieces must, by means of two hoops, be both fastened upon one wooden shaft, of about 2 ft. long; the hoe to the upper, and the shovel to the under, part ae fe In using this instrument, the earth must be Vou, XIII. — No. 90. DD 402 Instructions for Truffle-Searching. carefully scraped away with the hoe till the truffle is visible : the instrument is then turned, and the shovel is thrust a few inches deep into the earth near the truffle, which must be raised out as with a spade. Of all other instruments which different truffle-hunters get made after their own ideas, this seems to me the best adapted for the purpose ; besides which it requires no great outlay. ‘The truffle-hunter, when he uses in his search more than one dog; must be furnished with a pair of dog-couples, to couple his dogs with when he goes out, to prevent their wearying themselves with running about before they arrive at the place where they are to search. § 13. Choice and training of Truffle Dogs. — Truffles are per= ceptible to animals with a delicate sense of smelling, chiefly by the smell which they diffuse when ripe. The dog, as is welk known, is at the head of domestic animals with an acute smell; and there is no doubt that dogs of all races, provided they are somewhat docile, may be used in truffle-hunting ; though water- dogs (pudelhunde) are preferred for this purpose, and next to them are spaniels and setting dogs. The last, incontestably, would do quite as well for this search as poodles or water-dogs, if their instinct did not lead them away from the search of truffles, to follow the track and scent of game. Pudel, or as we spell it in English, poodle, is a German word, and is used to designate that race of dogs which formerly used to be called water-dogs. Poodles seldomer pursue such track of game; and even if they start it, they appear frightened, and keep eloser to their work, from which property they are peculiarly fit for truffle dogs. Dogs are taken indifferently of the pure poodle breed ; no matter whether those from which they are bred have been truffle-finders or not. The colour, upon which some lay a stress, is of no consequence. ‘The name which is given to the young truffle dog is of still less importance; and it is extremely ridicu- lous that some insist upon the truffle dog being named Putta, in the Italian language. A good truffle dog must be, 1. Very tractable, or be at a call; 2. He must search diligently and indefatigably; 3. When he scents a ripe truffle, he must hunt for it; 4. When he has com- pletely discovered it, he must show the place where it is, by scratching with his fore feet; and, 5. When he has got it com- pletely out, he must take it to his master without breaking into or devouring it. A dog that has these qualities may be called quite steady, and is trained in the following manner : — The first training is begun very early. When the dog is nine weeks or a quarter of a year old, he is taught to come at a call. You must whistle to him, or call to him, saying, * Here ;” and praise him when he comes immediately, or punish him, though Training of Truffle Dogs. 4.03 gently, when he is inattentive either to the whistle or the call. This must be daily practised and repeated, till he comprehends, and is obedient to, his master’s voice or signal. If very stubborn, he must, like a setting dog, be led by a cord, and, upon a whistle or cal], be so long pulled in, till he is at last obedient of himself. ‘Then a beginning is made with fetching and carrying, which is the thorough base of a good truffle dog. This is fre- quently learnt in play by the young poodle, with which force is not nearly so necessary as with the young setting dog, the latter being often obstinate. ‘To teach the dog to fetch and carry, a light piece of wood, or a wisp of straw made up for the purpose, is thrown before him. If he fetches it, he is praised and re- warded with a morsel of bread, &c.; if he does not fetch it, he must be instructed to do it. The piece of wood is placed in his mouth; let him carry it a few steps, and caress him at the same time. The docile poodle soon comprehends what is required of him. If he fetches the wood, potatoes, apples, pears, bulbous roots, and even truffles, are then thrown before him. These objects he fetches just as willingly as the piece of wood. Care, however, should be taken that dead animals be not thrown to him; as by this his love of the chase might easily be awakened. Whenever he fetches a bulbous root, &c., he must be rewarded with a small piece of white or brown bread, and at the same time he must have a truffle to taste. Although this is the cause when he seeks for truffles that he sometimes breaks into them, yet it is essentially advantageous ; because by this means he be- comes perfectly acquainted with the object which he is hunting for, like a hound that is permitted to eat game. If at that time of the year no truffles are to be had, let a little old cheese, which has nearly the same effect, be given to the dog. But let both be given to him, not only at the very time of his training, but as a dessert at his usual time of feeding, during the whole time of his instruction. If the dog fetches every thing without distinction, as metal, gold, beans, &c., and is no longer stubborn, the elementary instruction, or chamber-training, is finished, and the train- ing in the field is now proceeded to. ‘This is begun by the dog’s “ seeking what is lost, or fetching it.’ This is first done with wood, with fruit, and with truffles, which are so hidden somewhere on the surface that he may easily find them. ‘The instructor may also now begin to form artificial truffles, when no natural ones are to be had. They are prepared from strong-smelling cheese and fresh bread, which are mixed and formed into the shape of a truffle, to which is added a little of what is called truffle oil; that is, olive oil in which truffles have been boiled. If the dog does his duty, and easily finds the objects he has been accustomed to seek, the natural or artificial DD 2 404 Instructions for Truffle-Searching. truffle is lightly covered with earth, and the dog is told to ‘seek what is lost.” If he do not find it, he is led to the place, and attempts are then made to induce him to scent and grub out what is hidden. The dog must then be rewarded in the way that has been already so often mentioned. The dog is assiduously practised in this ‘seeking what is lost;” the truffle is put deeper into the earth, and the dog is now first taken into actual truffle districts. ‘The proceeding there is to be the same as before. Never omit to encourage him when he finds, and points out the place by scratching. By degrees he is accustomed to a continued regular search, like a setting dog; and he is admonished by the thrilling whistle with the mouth, by the expression, “Seek further,” or “ Goseek,” or “ Forward.” When the dog scents a ripe truffle, and draws to, or in any way approaches it, as hounds do when they scent any thing, his instructor says, “‘That’s right,” “ Gently,” &c., to make him more careful and diligent till he points it out. Here endeavours are made, by further speaking to him, either to pre- vent his injuring, digging out, and eating the truffle; or else, by the word “ Fetch,” to make him bring it to his master when he has completely dug it out, which is easily done when it lies near the surface. When a dog begins to break into the truffles, and to eat them, or when he refuses to give them up, endeavours must be made to break him of this by gentle punishment, and by holding out bread to him. He must likewise be chid for digging after mice, or hunting after birds and hares, to which poodles are inclined. By a little practice, the dog soon acquires a certain degree of steadiness; and, after these two courses of instruction, is imme- diately fit to be used in truffle-searching, of which a short outline will now be added. It must still, however, be observed, that the dogs must have good and nourishing food, chiefly of vegetables. They must not run at large too much, but be confined a good deal to the kennel; and, to keep them in practice, they must be led out to seek truffles the whole year through, although no great quantity can be expected to be met with. § 14. Zruffle-Hunting, or Search, with Dogs. — When the truffle-. hunter goes out upon search, he must beforehand be able te form an opinion in what places, according to the districts, truffles are to be found; he must be acquainted with the local- ities. When he goes out upon search, he must either not feed his dogs at all, or very sparingly, that they may be diligent in seeking. ‘This precept is also observed in the chase of every kind of game, and with every species of hound. He must, lastly, be furnished with bread for his dogs, and with the neces- sary implements. He can seldom in his search superintend Truffle-Hunting with Dogs. - 405: more than two dogs at a time; and with these, in districts that aré rich in truffles, he will have his hands full, and not be able to drive his work quick enough forward. In searching, he pro- ceeds in the same way that has been already mentioned in the training. He encourages his dogs by whistling, and mildly speaking to them. He redoubles the last when the dog finds a truffle, and points it out. In this case, he lastly calls him, and immediately gives him a suitable piece of bread. By often giving them bread (which, with respect to dogs that are used in the chase of animals, is neither so necessary, nor so carefully ob- served), truffle dogs are prevented from eating the sound truffles. If the truffle is not yet visible, it is scratched out and raised with the instrument described in section 12., in the manner there directed. When a truffle is taken out and examined by its smell, it is advisable to search the place further; to scratch away the seil with the hoe part of the instrument, or to dig it up: there are often found in it more truffles, some ripe, and some unripe, as is mentioned in section 5. These the truffle- hunter takes along with him also; for a few unripe or scentless truffles make, in a large quantity, no great difference, and do no harm. It is besides advisable, in such a place, to look carefully about, especially when it is perceived to be a good, fertile, and moist vegetable soil; as then, even with the naked eye, fine truffles are often discovered only half-hidden in the earth, though they have not the ripe smell that is peculiar to truffles, and have, consequently, not been earlier found by the dog. He that chooses to have no truffles but ripe ones, may mark those which he has discovered by the eye, and in a fortnight or three weeks afterwards may seek them out, when they will be ripe, and may be had, if no animals have previously grubbed them up. The search is proceeded in in the manner directed; but since the truffle dog does net so easily, and from such a distance, scent the truffle which is concealed in the earth, and diffuses an earthy smell around, as a hound scents game in a good wind, a person must go much more accurately to work in searching a district that produces truffles, that in seeking for game, and not be impatient at going through a place twice, and even three times, and at remaining a long time upon a small spot. The trouble is often richly rewarded, by the frequent finding of the dogs. Although truffles ripen and may be sought for the whole year, yet the time preferably made choice of is from July to Novem- ber, when the frosts set in, in which time the greatest number of truffles ripen. he months which yield the most are September and October ; nevertheless, good truffles are found after the frost has commenced, if it be not too severe. It frequently happens that the indication of the dog is decep- five, and that nothing is found at the place pointed out. In such ; DD3 406 Instructions for Truffle-Searching. place a truffle has generally been taken out, the scent of which was perceived by the dog. § 15. The Truffle Search with Swine, and the Manner of train- ing them. — In the 7th section it has been already mentioned that wild and domestic swine are fond of truffles, and seek them assiduously. It has, moreover, been more than once remarked, that animals with a delicate sense of smelling easily find ripe truffles. ‘The domestic swine belongs likewise to this class of animals; and upon the two qualities which have been mentioned is founded their use in truffle-searching, which has already long prevailed in the south of Europe, in Spain, in the south of France, and in some districts of Italy, but which in those coun- tries has in a great measure been supplanted by the more con- venient use of dogs. I once saw a French emigrant, many years ago, practise truflle-searching with swine; but this, as he assured me, was more for want of a poodle than from any other cause. Undoubtedly the search with dogs has the advantage of that with swine. ‘The dog is more intelligent, more active, and may be used a greater number of years. All these qualities are wanting in the swine. I therefore here give the outline of the training and use of swine in truffle-searching, rather historically, and to make this work more complete, than because I recommend its practice. As soon as the pigs are weaned, a lively one is made choice of, usually a female, and is separated from the rest. It is more habituated to human society. Endeavours are made to make it obey the call and whistle, and follow its master like a dog, either when it is at large, or fastened by the hind leg. This it does without much trouble, when it is fed by a person’s own hand, and is allured by food from one place to another; and when it is sometimes caressed like a dog. ‘There is a very in- teresting instance of the taming of a young boar that was caught wild, which went a hunting with the hounds. It is to be met with in the delightful Forest Journal of Hartig, first year, 1806, p. 545. When four months old, the young pig may, in a proper place, be accustomed to the search. Lither real or artificial truffles, or fruits that swine are fond of, such as apples and pears, or potatoes, &c., which have been smeared with trufile oil, are then hidden, and the pig is allowed to grub them up. He finds them without much difficulty. They are taken from him, and his usual food is given to him: a few acorns, chestnuts, fruit, and such like are the best; and for this he, in general, will- ingly exchanges what he has found. When in his fifth or sixth month, the swine may be first used in the actual search. He is led whilst fasting, or very sparingly fed, into the truffle district, and closely followed always by a person on foot. If he begins to turn his nose to the wind, to smell, and to grub up, you can Aluniing with Swine. 407 either search the place and take away the truffle before he has brought it to the day, or let him root it out himself, and take it from him quickly, by way of exchange, as has been mentioned. But swine often devour the truffles so greedily and so quickly after they have rooted them out, that you can seldom or never take them from them. In this case, in France, their mouths are bound either by a metal ring, or a leathern muzzle, which is strapped over the snout, and fastened behind the ears. Some truffle-hunters put this also in practice with dogs that are spoiled; but it is one of those extremes to which a keen hunter is not easily led, and he generally prefers parting with his dog. The search for truffles is often tedious and wearisome with swine, which not only root after truffles, but after other articles of food, as roots, insects, larvee, worms, &c. Expectation is often disappointed, and we cannot always be sure of what is found, as with dogs, when they hunt for and, by scratching, point out the presence of the truffle. Besides this, a swine can be used for the search only a year, or, at most, two summers and autumns. In the third year they become too large, too unruly, and in a condition in which they must be made use of with a view to economy; that is, must be killed. Proper truffle-hunters, therefore, very seldom seek them with swine, but leave this to the peasants; who, in the South of France, and some districts of Italy, pursue the practice. ‘This mode of search is said to be there carried on chiefly by women. § 16. Conclusion. — Much still remains to be investigated with respect to the nature of truffles, especially as to their origin and increase. Feresters endowed with a spirit of enquiry, and some botanical, and particularly physiological, knowledge, might still make many interesting discoveries with respect to these dis- tinguished productions of nature, if in their sylvan excursions they would pay a closer attention them. I will myself, at every opportunity, which offers, endeavour to advance in my enquiries and observations, and, when I find the latter sufficiently interest- ing, communicate them in some periodical paper. I shall par- ticularly endeavour, along with a practised chemist, to make and publish a chemical analysis of truffles; since the old one, which was communicated, now exactly 100 years ago, by Geoffroy, whom I have so often mentioned, and according to which truffles are said to contain sulphur and volatile alkali, now that chemistry has made such great progress, is no longer satisfactory. If this slight sketch, which was made for the purpose, gives some in- struction to such of my brother foresters as are not experienced in the art, and only half-satisfies the connoisseur, I shall not look upon my attempt as entirely unsuccessful. Dp 4 408 Cultivation of Truffles: Art. III. A Treatese on the Cultivation of Truffles. By Alexander von Bornholz. Translated from the German by Francis Macsatt, Esq., of Eppleton, Durham. Tue treatise in question has the following title:—Der Triiffel- bau, oder Anweisung die schwarzen und weissen Triiffeln in Wal- * dungen, Lustgebuschen, und Garten, durch Kunst zu ziehen, und grosse Anlagen dazu zu machen. Von Alexander von Bornholz. Quedlinburg und Leipzig, 1825. Bei Gottfried Basse. Its author nowhere states that he has actually cultivated truffles, it is however to be presumed, from what he says, that he has; and I was moreover informed by Count Salm of Vienna, that a per- son in Hungary had, by cultivating them as recommended by M. Bornholz, “ made a good thing of it.’ This was the ex- pression actually used, the conversation being partly carried on in the English language. I was first informed by the count of the existence of this treatise, which, after some search, and with some difficulty, I procured at Vienna. There, however, the treatise was little known. Such was also the case with the treatise on truffle-hunting by V. F. Fischer [Art. I. p. 385.], which the bookseller of whom I got M. Bornholz’s treatise remembered he had, but being ignorant of the author’s name he could not for some time find it. Truffles are found in England, if my information be correct, in Sussex, at or near Goodwood, a seat of the Duke of Rich- mond; and in Northwood, a wood of about a thousand acres belonging to Lady Newburg, and situate near the parishes of Slindon and Irtham; also in Kent, at Broome, the seat of Sir Henry Oxenden. In the county of Durham, they are met with, if I mistake not, in Castle-Eden dean, and are to be found in many other parts of England. Truffles grown in England may be bought, both fresh and dried in Covent Garden Market in London, where the fresh ones have this year (1833) been sold at the rate of 10s. [this year, 1837, they were 14s., see Market List, p. 384.] per pound.—/. M. THE Cultivation of Truffles, or Instructions for artificially raising and making large Plantations of Black and White Truffles, in Woods, Shrubberies,and Gardens. By Alexander von Bornholz. Introduction. — Ripe truffles, freshly taken up, are more dif- ferent from those that are dried, dipped in oil, wrapped in waxed paper, or preserved in glasses, which the Italians and French sell us for German gold, than a beautiful Borsdorfer apple is from slices of a dried apple. Nevertheless the best in the woods of Germany are not dug up, and not unfrequently, either from ignorance or the avarice of those that deal in them, bad and useless sorts (such as the swine-truffle) are mixed along ne Cultivation of Truffles. 409 with the edible ones. Every admirer of truffles (and who is not such, when he has once tasted perfectly ripe ones ?) will rejoice to learn that they may be, and have been, raised upon situations adapted to them, as well as mushrooms; and that the planting of them is neither expensive nor troublesome. Every one who has a proper situation for them on his estate, will most willingly make plantations of them according to the directions here given. At a small expense, he will augment at once the pleasures of his table, and also his income; for in a few years the crops will have so increased, as to enable the planter to offer them for sale. He will then not only receive back his first expenses, but also a considerable surplus. ‘There is no reason to apprehend that truffles will, by means of numerous plantations of them, sink in value (as almost all productions of landed property have done), so as to be hardly worth any thing; since most of those who buy truffles dwell in large towns, and are so engaged as to have no time to raise them. On the contrary, by the extension of the cultivation of truffles, the money now paid for them to fo- reigners would be spared to our country, at which every sincere lover of it would rejoice; and the consumption of the article would probably be very greatly increased. We may confidently expect an active participation in extending the cultivation of truffles, from the exertions of our horticultural societies. By this extension, not only will the profit of land be increased, but also the pleasures of society, as these are more promoted by delicacies for the table than by the rarest flowers. Amongst the various species of fungi which man has applied to his nutriment, the truffle is of the greatest value. Morels are much inferior to it. Even the highly esteemed cultivated mushroom is not to be compared with it, still less are other edible fungi. With connoisseurs it is in higher estimation than the pine-apple amongst fruits, and the oyster amongst bivalves. The high estimation in which truffles are held, and their dearness, are not however occasioned by their peculiarly fine aromatic flavour alone, but by the difficulties which are connected with seeking them in woody situations. Dogs must be broken in, or swine must be accustomed to discover and turn them up; and only a few people understand the art of accustoming these animals to resist their natural voracity, and to leave to man the food they have discovered. On this account, the truffle, in Germany, appears only upon the tables of the wealthy, and of those who have large landed pos- sessions; in which they seldom cause truffles to be sought for, but buy them at a high price from foreigners. ‘Truffles grow in several woods; but people avoid the trouble of either digging them up, or of training dogs and swine, to enable them with facility to take them out of the earth. German truffles are left 410 Cultivation of Truffles. as food for worms and for swine, and people are satisfied with such as the industrious French or Italians have sought out in their own country, and have sent abroad as merchandise. As truffles are produced in woods, the proprietors of woods are the only persons that are entitled to cause them to be dug out. Only a few proprietors of extensive landed property or of large gardens possess woods, or, even if they have such, the soil of the wood does not possess such a mixture of earths as this species of fungus requires for its production and growth. It cannot therefore be produced, and the proprietor of landed property is compelled to purchase fresh truffles elsewhere ; or, since they grow only in few places, and are generally sold to favourites, must accommodate himself with such bad ones as are offered for sale. The relish of the truffle arises from very fine matter, which is so volatile that it rises through the strata of earth, and betrays at the surface the deeply hidden fungus to certain animals en- dowed with an acute sense of smelling. In order to preserve this volatile matter from escaping, those truffles which are in- tended for sale by the French and Italians are preserved or marinated, enclosed in glasses from which the air is excluded, or dipped in oil, and then wrapped up in waxed paper. Notwith- standing all these contrivances, this valuable matter cannot be completely retained; and the bought truffles are as much inferior to fresh ones that have been lately dug up, as asparagus pickled or dried for winter consumption, or the beans and peas pre- served in the same way, are to the same fresh vegetables cooked in spring and summer. It must be very desirable to every proprietor of lands and gardens to become acquainted with a practice by which he can raise truffles himself. By such means the pleasures of the table will be enhanced, or, if he should prefer it, the profit of his landed property will be increased by the sale of fresh truffles. It is long ago that the great advantages which such cultivation would produce have been perceived ; and in the last century many attempts were made, although fruitlessly, to transplant and cultivate truffles. How, indeed, could it have been possible to transplant, with the requisite skill, a fungus, the nature of which was totally unknown, and the circumstances under which it was possible for it to arise and thrive were not attended to? Whether truffles, as fungi in general, should be ranked amongst plants or animals, was a disputed point: but now the conviction is, that they belong exclusively to neither, but stand in the midst between the two kingdoms, and incline equally to both. They are not propagated by seeds, as was formerly be- lieved ; but are formed in the upper strata of the earth, as hyda- tids in animal bodies, or the infusoria, visible only to the eye ® Cultivation of Truffles. 411 that is assisted by a microscope, in water that contains organic matter. Since no man either has seen, or can see, the seed of fungi, it was assumed to be so small as not to be visible even by the assistance of the best microscope. ‘This seed, then, must have filled the air, and laid hold of every small place which made the germination and increase of the young plant possible. Such a supposition was admissible in the case of those fungi that grew in the open air, but impossible with regard to those which were found in the earth. How, in this case, should the fine seed escape out of its closed grave, drawn forth by the attracting powers of the soil, and be carried to distant places to produce in them new truffles ? The error, however, was the occasion of trials, which, being founded upon a wrong supposition, could not be attended by a successful result. In order to cultivate mushrooms and truffles, old fungi were dug up, and planted in the places destined for them, to shed their seed and be the origin of a new race of fungi. Peculiar care was bestowed upon truffles: they were cautiously dug up from their ancient place of growth, and taken to the new soil, which, however, was neither properly prepared, nor the mixture of earths given to it which was requisite to the prosperity of the fungus. It then appeared to be inconceivable, why, with all this attention, the experiment failed; and the old truffle soon died, without leaving any successors. It was ex- pected to scatter seed in the soil, but had disappeared without leaving a trace behind it. Was the proceeding here observed at all different from cutting a hydatid out of one animal, and inserting it into another? or causing an intestinal worm to be swallowed, and then imagining that the minute animal should be increased in its new situation ? The hydatid and intestinal worm are not produced by trans- fer, but by such changes taking place in the mixture of the component parts of the animal bodies in which we find them, as to occasion that species of worms to be produced and thrive. We sometimes find newly born, and even unborn, animals in- habited by worms, which, nevertheless, are not transferable. Other animals, on the contrary, are free from worms to the extreme of old age; for their bodies present not to these worms such a habitation as is requisite to their thriving. Just in the same manner fungi, viz. mushrooms and truffles, which are very obstinate in their choice of situations (habitats), arise and thrive only under favourable circumstances, in a soil suitable to their nature. Many attempts failed before it was known how to raise mush- rooms upon places where they were wanted, and yet this fungus is not near so delicate in its choice of a habitat and mixture of soil as the truffle, whose artificial increase was not successful. 419 Cultivation of Truffles. The secret of raising the mushroom upon places that were as- signed to it, was only comparatively recently discovered in Italy. Without being able to give any exact account of the grounds upon which the experiments were made, the object in view was attained by means of several experiments. ‘The preparations that were made, and in general the whole procedure, were imitated in France, and succeeded. ‘The raising of truffles would be still easier in Germany; since here the proceeding might be commenced with proper views of the nature of the fungus, and of its manner of originating and formation: its proper treatment could, therefore, be easily pointed out. There are several kinds of truffles, which must be critically known and distinguished by any one who proposes to lay out a situation for this species of fungus. Without this, the planter would be exposed to the hazard of planting bad and useless kinds, instead of the good and eatable ones. To enable him to avoid this, the following description of the different kinds will be useful to most readers : — Linnzeus and other ancient botanists comprehended all the different species of truffles under the genus Lycopérdon, which is said to be distinguished from the rest of the fungi by having a round body filled with powdery seeds. The lycoperdons have, while alive, a fleshy body, with veins running threugh it, which, by means of absorbing organs, like roots, either draw their necessary nutriment from the earth, or sit upon plants and rob them of their juices. For example, to the first division belongs the commonly known puffball (Lycopérdon Bovista) ; and to the last, the grated puffball (Lycopérdon cancellatum), upon the leaves of the pear tree. When dead, the inside of the body, of most kinds, quickly becomes an extremely fine dust, which, for a considerable time, is included in the dry, more durable, paper-like external skin. Formerly, in this fine dust the seed was looked for ; and it was supposed to be carried by the winds into very distant districts. This belief was so strong, that it could not be shaken by all the unsuccessful attempts which were made to raise young fungi by sowing the supposed seed. Later botanists have separated the family of such lycoperdons as grow within the earth from the two other kinds which grow upon its surface, and have raised them to a separate genus, under the name Juber. ‘The latter differs much more from the former, than the cherry does from the plum, or the bean from the pea. ‘The new genus includes many species, though not all of them; especially those which grow in deeper strata of earth are sufficiently known to be distinctly different. The following are the only ones that are accurately known : — 1. The true Truffie (Tuber gulonum, T. gulosorum, Lyco- Cultivation of Truffies. 413 perdon Tuber L. [Tuber cibarium Sibth., Jig» 116.]). — Of a round form, more or less approaching to that of a sphere, or of an egg, or sometimes kidney-shaped, and somewhat rough with protuberances. ‘The colour of the surface is, when it is young, whitish; but in those that are full grown, it is either blackish, or a deep black. The colour of the inside is whitish, with dark blue and white, grey, reddish, light brown, or dark brown veins, of the thickness of a horse-hair, which are usually vari- ously entangled, and which form a kind of network, or mat. Between the veins are numerous cavities, filled with a great deal of mucilage and small solid grains. ‘These scarcely visible glands were formerly said to be the seeds or germs of the young truffles. ‘The less the inside of the truffle is coleured by dark veins, the more tender and delicious is its flesh. The blackish external rind is hard, and very rough, by means of fine fissures, grains, and protuberances; and forms, with its small facets, which are almost hexagonal, an appearance by which it some- what resembles the fir-apples of the larch. Whilst the truffle is young, its smell resembles that of putrid plants, or of moist vegetable earth. When it first approaches the point of time at which it has attained its full growth, it dif- fuses an agreeable smell which is peculiar to it, resembling that of musk, but which lasts only a few days; it then becomes stronger, and the nearer the fungus is to its death and its disso- Jution, which speedily ensues, so much the more unpleasant and urinous is the smell, till at last it is quite disagreeable and putrid. Whilst young, the flesh is watery, and its taste insipid : when fully formed, its firm flesh, which is like the kernel of the almond and the nut, has an extremely aromatic and delicious taste; but as soon as the fungus begins to decay, and worms and putrescence to attack it, its taste is bitter and disagreeable. Wherever truffles are produced, there they are to be found the whole year through, from the beginning of spring till late in autumn; but in the greatest plenty from towards the end of the month of August to the latter end of October. They thrive extremely, like all fungi, in warm moist autumns, and are then most delicious. After warm continuing showers, they are found nearer the surface of the soil, sometimes so high that they form little hemispherical mounds of earth, in which small clefts are produced by the sun’s rays. If the soil is loose, and dry weather succeeds, the earth which was raised up falls down, and the truffle is seen half-uncovered. Nevertheless, these truffles are of small value, as they are generally either dead or worm-eaten. The favourite habitat of truffles is a somewhat moist light wood-soil, which is defended from the immediate effect of the A14 Cultivation of Truffles. burning rays of the sun by large oak trees, standing at a distance from each other, but is not deprived, by thick bushes, of the free access of currents of air. Where, in woods, there are places bare of timber trees, and with but few bushes, or covered with pollarded wood that does not stand thick, they thrive under an oak, beech, whitethorn, and even under a fruit tree, and sometimes attain the weight of from a pound to a pound and a half: this unusual size, however, is only met with in moist warm grounds. Here they lie nearer the surface of the soil. The drier the soil is, the deeper they are produced in it; but are usually so much the smaller: to this the vicinity of springs is the sole exception. There are some varieties of truffles which differ in the greater or less degree of roughness of their external rind, in a stronger smell, resembling that of garlic, and in a lighter or darker colour. Amongst all truffles, the white variety is of most value, and is preferred to every other. It grows in Upper Italy, chiefly in Piedmont. Its surface is of a yellowish brown, or pale grey- yellow, covered with protuberances resembling warts. The veins in the inside are more delicate than in the black kind, and are of a reddish yellow colour. Between the veins, the flesh of truffles that are fully formed, and their sap-vessels and glands, are of a reddish colour. The smell and taste of the white truffle are much superior to those of the black, and on that account it is more deserving of cultivation. Only the first plantation requires to be circumstantially attended to, as living pieces can seldom be procured, and to plant dead ones in new plantations is useless. Since this white truffle never degenerates to the black, but con- stantly produces the same, it appears to be not a variety, but a particular species. It is also found in vineyards, meadows, and even in ploughed fields ; but the black ones are found only near to forest trees. 2. Hog-Truffle, Swine-Truffie, Wild Truffle (Tuber suillum). — This truffle, which is generally kidney-shaped, usually reaches the size of a bean, and only under very favourable circumstances that of a small hen’s egg. It has a thin, leather-like rind, which is covered with many small round warts, without any flat inter- stices. By means of these, it is distinguished from the true truffle, which sometimes also assumes the kidney shape. ‘The flesh is juicy, and traversed by coarse veins, which are not very crooked. ‘The smell is disagreeably sour, and is like that of swine’s dung, on which account it has received its name. Its taste is unpleasant and insipid. On account of its disagreeable taste and smell, it is not used as food; and none but avaricious truffle-hunters mix it amongst the edible truffles, along with which it is often found. ‘There are, nevertheless, districts in which none but swine-truffles are to be met with. Being hardier Cultivation of Truffles. 415 than the real truffles, they can easily give such properties to the soil of woods, that it produces none but swine-truffles. They are usually found in abundance in such tracts of land as are not mellow, but incline to sourness. Young plantations of truffles may easily be spoilt, and all labour and expense be useless, if, through inattention or want of knowledge, this swine-truffle is transferred from its old place of growth into the new. As the real truffle prefers the oak, so the swine-truffle seems to prefer the whitethorn, to all other trees. | Under its roots they are formed from twenty to thirty together; on the contrary, the edible truffle seldom occurs so many together : it usually lives singly. 3. Small Truffle (Tuber minimum). — This species of truffle lives in much society, and always occurs in great numbers to- gether. It attains only the size of a pea, and is of an irregular form approaching to that of a sphere. Formerly it was thought to be the young progeny of the edible truffle. 4. The Stag-Truffle (the Stag-rut Fungus, Tuber cervinum). — This is the largest kind. It has a globular form and a loose spongy flesh, which, in the midst of its body has so little co- herence, that it forms a dusty core or heart. It is not used by man, but red deer scrape it. All truffles draw nourishment from the earth; not by means of roots, of which no trace is to be found, but by absorbing ves- sels which cover their whole superficies, in the form, generally, of small warts. For this reason they can thrive in none but moist situations, which offer them, in sufficient quantity, matter dissolved in water. In proportion as the earth about them dries up, the fungi must wither away. ‘They have indeed, in their in- terior, vessels which contain water, to enable them for a time to do without external moisture; but, if the drought continues, their internal provision is exhausted, the truffle becomes un- healthy, and must at length perish from thirst. Notwithstanding the want of moisture is thus injurious to the cultivation of truffles, too great a quantity is equally destructive to them. Acids are generated, mould and numerous other parasitic plants get a footing upon the surface of the tubes, and by degrees obstruct the absorbing vessels, and the body of the truffle is consumed or putrefies; the mould also allures many small worms which establish themselves upon the truffle and live upon its flesh. Upon the first production of the truffle its size is scarcely per- ceivable; as it proceeds in its growth, the earth that is around it is pressed together and pushed off. On this account the truffle can prosper in none but a loose soil. If the soil is every- where equally loose, the truffle assumes a globular form; but this is changed if there is on one side a greater opposition than 416 Cultivation of Truffles. on the other; as, for instance, by a root ora stone. Hence the different forms of the tubers may be explained. Where the soil is most moist, whether above or under the truffle, there it will either rise up or sink deeper. ‘The degree of power of attrac- tion of the moisture in the earth, to that in the truffle, necessitates such achange of place. In moist summers, and in wet winters, we find the truffles near the surface, even projecting above it. In dry summers, upon poor dry places in woods, they have often to be dug from a depth of more than half a foot. Here is im- posed upon them a greater pressure of superincumbent soil. If the earth is not very light, they cannot be fully developed, and therefore remain small. The largest are, consequently, in general, found not deep under the earth, and in shaded light soil that is somewhat moist; they are not, however, so well tasted as those of middling size; they are also usually injured, and there- fore of a bitter taste. ‘The access of their enemies, viz. worms, snails, and quadrupeds, is much facilitated when no deep stra- tum of earth protects them against these attacks. As truffles were found in such soils only as contained many putrid parts of vegetables, especially roots and leaves, or twigs of trees; it was in old times the opinion, that these fungi were neither plants nor animals, that they did not arise from germs, but that they had been formed by a globular secretion and attraction of matter found in the earth. According to this supposition, they no further differ from minerals than that in them the materials of the earth unite in forming a new substance; but here, in the case of truffles, the new body is formed by parts of.plants in so- lution. Pliny, the Roman naturalist, was of the same opinion, and adduces, as a proof, the experience of a Roman preetor, Lartius Licinius. ‘This person, a few years before, had eaten truffles in Spain, and had met with something hard in one of them. Upon a closer examination he found a small Roman silver coin, a penny (denarius) ; which, therefore, being acciden- tally present in the mechanical accretion of its component parts, was enclosed along with them. [See p. 398.] Taking the fact for granted, it by no means proves the assumed opinion. If the coin were really found in the body of the truffle, and had not in the cooking accidentally found its way in, it had been pressed in by the quick growth of the fungus. Being a hard body, it did not give way to the truffle equally with the loose moist soil, and was included in the substance of the fungus, as nowadays small foreign bodies, such as stone and metals, are met with in wood, and in the inside of more juicy plants. When such are met with, they are supposed to have been accidentally included; because it is known that a tree or plant continually increases in circumference from its youth to its old age. ‘There is no reason in these instances, from the presence of these foreign bodies in Cultivation of Truffles. 417 wood, to infer a mechanical accretion of component parts, and there is as little for the inference in the case of the truffle. This, nevertheless, is still believed by individuals, who pretend that all fungi are formed from the putrescence of dead vegetables. There is, however, some truth in this clumsy representation. As the infusoria are more readily produced, and in greater num- bers, in water that contains a solution of organised matter, so fungi are produced where the soil is mixed with such matter as must necessarily be used for their formation. When truffles are to be produced by artificial means, nature must be imitated as closely as possible, and such circumstances introduced as are always met with in the habitats of this fungus. We meet with truffles, at least in Germany, exclusively in moist woods, as well in mountainous tracts as in plains, but not in thiekets, which cannot be penetrated by the rays of the sun, or moved by a draught of air; but in vacant places, which are somewhat shaded by lofty trees, but by very little underwood. Of all species of trees, an oak standing aloof from other trees, with its branches widely extended, collects about it the greatest number of edible truffles. It keeps off the burning rays of the sun, but at the same time permits the free cooperation of the air and of warmth. Under it truffles acquire the most delicious flavour, and sometimes are so large as to be 3 or 4 inches in di- ameter, and to weigh from a pound to a pound and a half. Truffles are also dug up in woods that are not crowded, under hornbeams (weissbuchen), elms, maples, and other deciduous trees ; but less plentifully, not so well flavoured, and less in size. In close pine woods they entirely fail, and are rare in woods of mixed kinds of trees. Hence vegetable mould from oak leaves and decayed oak ap- pears to contribute to the production and the growth of truffles, as advantageously as the dung of horses and asses does to the production of mushrooms. In this case, a peculiar animal mat- ter produces the effect ; in the other, a peculiar vegetable matter: perhaps the tannin, or some other yet undiscovered product of the oak tree. The more of this matter any species of tree con- tains, with the greater facility are truffles produced in its vicinity, and in greater numbers. He, therefore, who wishes to lay out truffle beds must endeavour to accumulate this matter in the soil where he intends them to be, and to introduce those circum- stances under which the production and thriving of this fungus are rendered possible and promoted. In laying out truffle beds a distinction must be made between wood land and garden land. ‘The former needs not much pre- paration, and promises a surer profit than garden land, with which must be artificially mixed those species of earth that, in the latter, have for several years been accumulated by nature. Vou, XIII. — No. 90. EE 418 Cultivation of Tru es. He, therefore, who can take for new truffle beds wood land, especially that which for centuries has produced the above-men- tioned trees, spares both time and expense. But, whether the truffle plantation be made in a wood or a garden, the first requisite is a somewhat moist soil in a low situ- ation. In level ground, such soil is generally found in the vicinity of brooks, rivers, lakes, and meadows. The ground itself, however, must not contain any sharp or sour component parts, but must be mellow and fertile. Least of all are adapted to the purpose situations in the neighbourhood of morasses or turf moors; and especially those low situations the subsoil of which is full of saline or sour matter. This is easily known by the reeds, horsetail (Zquisétum), coarse kinds of grass, and mosses, which grow upon their surface, and, whether green or dry, are rejected by cattle and sheep, or only eaten by them from excessive hunger. He who has no such mellow soil, in a depressed situation, upon his property, may most easily form it by art in the neighbourhood of springs, or at the foot of a rising ground; but the first plant- ation is thereby proportionally rendered more expensive. The ground designed for the cultivation of truffles must, in the first place, be dug out from 4 ft. to 5 ft. deep, and be lined at the bottom, and on the sides, with a stratum of clay or very fat loam of a foot thick, that the spring water which is conducted to itmay not strain through, and run off. If the subsoil be loam or clay, the thickness of the stratum of clay to be placed upon it may be diminished; but, if it be a dry sand, it must be more than a foot thick. This artificial depression is then filled with earth artificially prepared, and now the spring, or small brook, is turned upon it. ‘Truffles certainly require a moist soil, but they cannot endure boggy ground or standing water; a ditch must, therefore, be cut to carry away all superfluous water. This ditch is either opened or shut accordingly as a superfluity or want of water renders necessary. But if, in very hot dry summers, the supply of water should itself fail, the truffle beds must be sufficiently moistened with pure river water. This is the expedient to which recourse must be had in dry situations, that neither possess a spring, nor a small brook for watering a plantation of truffles. Since only small beds, and not large fields, are taken for the cultivation of truffles, the greatest care may be taken in the preparatory steps, the expense of which will, however, never be so considerable as to be much felt by the landed proprietor. He, therefore, who has upon his pro- perty no such mixture of earths as the growth of truffles re- quires, must endeavour to obtain it artificially. We find the most and finest truffles in a light, ferruginous, calcareous soil. Such a one must, therefore, also be given to Cultivation of Trifles. 419 the plantations. This is found naturally only in particular situ- ations; for which reason truffles do not grow everywhere. That which is accidentally in the new plantation is looked upon as a welcome present, and those materials only are mixed with it which the raising of truffles indispensably requires. A ferru- ginous calcarecus soil is generally too compact, seldom too loose, and frequently not sufficiently ferruginous. The first fault may be remedied by the addition of ferruginous sand; the second, by a mixture with loam; and the third may be remedied by beating ferruginous sandstone (which is to be had almost every where) to fine sand, and mixing a fourth, at the most a third, part of it, with the natural soil. If iron-stone is not to be had, the want of it must be supplied by iron shavings, iron filings, sparks and other cheap small refuse which falls from iron in manufacturing it: this must be added to the mixture of earths, and made to rust and dissolve by the addition of moisture. A calcareous or chalky marl forms the groundwork of all artificial mixtures of soils for the cultivation of the truffle. When this is to be had in the neighbourhood, it is mixed with the fourth part of iron sandstone. If this marl be not in the environs, then finely beaten calcareous stone or beaten chalk must supply its place: to this must be added from the fourth to the third part of ferruginous sand, and the whole mixed to- gether as uniformly as possible. With this artificial calcareous marl the truffle-bed (which has been dug out from 23 ft. to 3 ft. deep) is filled up a foot high, in the place of the natural earth. It is advantageous when the pit, which is dug out for that pur- pose, before it is filled with the new soil, is lined on the sides and bottom with unburnt calcareous stone. By this means, not only will mice, and several kinds of worms, be prevented from esta- blishing themselves in the new truffle beds, and preparing to destroy the young germs of the truffles, but sudden heavy rains will be prevented from occasioning an injurious mixture of the different kinds of earths. Where calcareous stone is not to be had, sandstone may be used instead of it, especially if it contains iron; or, at all events, either other natural stones, or artificial ones made by the hands of men, may be made use of. The bottom of the pit must not, however, be paved so as to be water-ticht, in order that the water may sink into the subsoil, and not cause an injurious bog, instead of the moist depression that is intended. If, when the pit is dug out, a compact subsoil is met with, for example, a loamy bottom, the paving of the bottom of the pit is supeifluous: it would obstruct the binding of the under strata with the new-laid bottom of the truffle plantation. It sometimes happens, that, in digging out the pit, a bed of clay is met with, which is impervious to water. In such a case, it is better to leave the place and choose another, than to spend EE 2 420 Cultivation of Truffles. money upon the plantation, and, instead of raising truffles, only to make a small bog. All the above preparations are necessary for wood lands, and for plantations in large gardens and English shrubberies ; but the further filling up of the pit is different for each place. In woods, the soil contains much vegetable matter; but that is not enough, especially when an artificial mixture of earths is undertaken. In order to obtain a very nutritious vegetable earth, let pure cow- dung be carried into heaps in the spring, and left to fall into earth in the course of the summer. ‘That is best which is col- lected as fresh as possible on pastures and commons. ‘That it may not lose its nutritious matter through drought and heat, the heaps must be made in a shady place, be turned from time to time, and, in dry weather, be often moistened with cow’s urine, or with soft river water. ‘This watering must not be so abundant as to allow the dung to become lixiviated, in which case its most valuable powers will be communicated to the ground underneath. In autumn, when the leaves fall from the trees, the dung is for the greatest part converted into earth. The fourth or fifth part of this earth is to be added to the natural wood soil; and of fallen oak leaves, or, if these are not to be had, of fallen horn- beam leaves, as much in bulk as half of the mixture amounts to: the whole must then be carefully mixed together. The pit is to be completely filled with the mixture, which is to be covered with a layer of oak leaves, of from 4 in. to 6 in. thick. A wood soil, with much vegetable earth from oak trees, requires a smaller addition of oak leaves, than a soil that contains less of it. ‘The greatest is required by the mixture of one half or the third part of natural wood earth with the before-mentioned fer- ruginous calcareous marl. In this case, which often occurs, as many leaves are added as the proportion of the calcareous earth occupies in space; and the pit, when filled, is covered over with a thick layer of leaves. There is no fear of this cover of leaves being carried away by the storms that prevail in autumn and winter, as the truffle plantations are made in low situations, sheltered by trees, and not exposed to a strong current of air. If, however, this were not to be avoided, the scattering of the leaves may be prevented by some earth taken from the mixture being spread over them, or by small branches of oak being laid upon them, and secured by stones. Such a cover of leaves is of great service to the planting of truffles; since by the moisture of the winter the most efficacious matter is extracted from it, and communicated to the soil beneath. For this reason, a new cover must be laid upon it every autumn. Early in the following spring, the upper- most layer, beg exhausted by the air, is to be taken away; but Cultrvation of Truffles. 421 the under and moister one lightly dug im, or, which is still better, raked flat, lest the tender germs of the truffles should be injured or destroyed; but, when the truffle plantation is first made, the whole cover must be deeply dug down. Every previous preparation is thus made for the cultivation of truffles. We now come to the mode of causing them to be pro- duced. Since they are neither sown, nor, like animals, propa- gated by eggs and young ones, the only thing that remains for us to do is, to cause the soil to produce truffles. We know from experience that many forms (viz. crystallisations) are easily pro- duced, when bodies of their own sort, already formed, are intro- duced into the mass of forming matter. ‘Thus, sugar easily forms in crystals, when crystals of the same sort are hung in a fluid mass saturated with saccharine matter. Fungi are also pro- duced in a similar manner, where living bodies of the same kind, or such as have not long been dead, or even parts of them lately pulled off, meet with a soil adapted to them. ‘Thus, mushrooms thrive well if horse’s or ass’s dung be mixed with pieces of this fungus. ‘The same takes place with truffles; only here greater circumspection is requisite, The mushroom raises its head above the dark earth, and lives and thrives in the open air, and in warm sunshine. When taken from its parent soil, neither the operation of the circum- ambient air, nor the gentle access of the sun’s rays, immediately destroys it. As long as its body contains sufficient moisture, it continues to live, and may, without much precaution, be removed from one place to another. If the journey does not last too long, it still retains the degree of vitality necessary to impart to the new soil the property of producing young mushrooms. On this account, good mushroom beds, that are carefully made, seldom fail, and the expectation of a good crop is constantly justified. Not so the truffle. It cannot bear the immediate access of the air, and still less of the sun’s rays, but dies when it is ex- posed to them, as quickly as a delicate fish when taken out of the water, or an intestinal worm when torn from the animal body which is its habitation. A dead body of a truffle, which, more- over, soon becomes putrid, cannot, even under the most favour- able circumstances, induce in the new habitat assigned to it a formation of young fungi of its own species. ‘This is possible only to the living truffle: but its complete vitality is hardly suffi- cient to give such a direction to the powers subsisting in the strata of earth, as to produce and form new truffles in a soil that had never produced them; but, if this power of production is once awakened, it is easy to retain it for years. If, therefore, truffles are to be transported from one situation to another, and to be promoted to be the ancestors of their EE 3 422 Cultivation of Truffles. species, the greatest precautions must be taken, lest they die on the journey, and become useless. ‘This is the greatest difficulty to be encountered in the planting of truffles, and thus the plant- ation may easily fail. If truffles naturally grow in the vicinity of the new plantation, the experiment may be repeated without much expense ; but, when truffles have to be sent a considerable distance, it is very unpleasant to lose both time and money. Truffles, at their full growth, must not be chosen for transplant- ing: at that time their vital powers are too feeble; they are then too near dying to cause the production of this species in their new situation. They are as little able to bear the violent re- moval from their ancient situation, and transplantation into a new one, as an old tree (for instance, a fir or an oak) that has arrived at its full growth. Most of the early attempts to remove truffles from one situation to another must have failed, because large, and consequently old worn-out, truffles were chosen for the purpose; and it was expected that they should survive this treatment, contrary to their nature, and combined with their transplantation. Already, during their journey, or even after being planted, they fell a prey to death; and their bodies, soon becoming putrid, were unable to operate efficaciously upon the vicinity assigned them. Equally injurious is the planting of tender truffle germs, or very smal] truffles. They also cannot be taken from their parental earth, and abandoned to their new situation, without being exposed to the same hazard of dying as a young hound which is taken from its mother’s breast and left to itself, even with heaps of meat and drink about it. How could it be even possible that the tender truffle germ should operate so power- fully upon the new soil, where truffles had never grown, as to collect about the tender plant the matter necessary for the support of the fungus, and to change it to its nutriment ? Let, therefore, truffles of a middle size, and in the full pos- session of their vital powers, be chosen for transplanting. There is no great difficulty in finding truffles in a place in a wood where many grow. ‘Truffles are generally found in groups; so that many, of all ages, are found near to fully grown ones. If the dog has found the place where such as are fully grown exist (for he can discover none but by the smell which is diffused around them, and the young ones have no smell), we only need carefully search the ground near to find more truffles, both young and fully grown ones. In the general search, the young unripe ones are mostly left unnoticed, but so torn from their situation, that they must soon die. Nevertheless, these half-grown truffles often greatly resemble the other before-mentioned truffles, that are not edible; and an experienced eye is necessary to distinguish them from such use- Cultivation of Truffles. 423 less kinds as are frequently met with near them, especially as, in doubtful cases, the smell decides nothing; for the edible truffle first receives, when it is become ripe, that smell which designates it, so as not to be mistaken. In order that no useless truffles may be brought into the plantation (viz. the swine truffles), not- withstanding “they would come quickly forward, let those be thrown away respecting which it is uncertain whether they are of the edible kind or not. If the place be known where half- crown truffles are, let them be taken up on a showery day, or at least a cloudy one, in such a manner as that they may remain completely enveloped in a ball of earth, and be as little as possible exposed to the access of the air. If the earth is very loose, so as not to hold firmly together; or if, through previous drought, it had lost its natural vicidity, which it has not fully recovered again through the last rain; the place where the truffles are must have a great deal of water poured over it a few hours before they are taken up. The fungi will then be easily taken up, together with the earth about them, and put into a wooden case, which must be filled with moist wood earth, from the place of growth of the truffles, and closely fastened down. ‘Truffles may thus be sent many miles, without any danger of their perishing. Only upon long journeys, which last several days or weeks, the case must often be opened, for an hour at a time, and the earth from time to time be moistened with fresh river-water, that the truffles may not be- come mouldy and putrid. This practice is necessary with respect to the white truffle, which has hitherto been considered to grow only in Upper Italy, but can, nevertheless, be transplanted, as well as the black sort. When the truffles have reached their appointed destination, the case must be immediately opened in an airy but shady place, and the earth moistened, if necessary; after which, they must be planted as soon as possible in the situation intended for them. It is not advisable to distribute the truffles over the whole of the bed; it is better to plant them upon a small part of it. As, upon a newly made bed, the matter in the earth has not taken the direction necessary to the production of this species of fungus, it is easily conceivable that a single truffle cannot act sufficiently to produce this direction, but that the united power of several is requisite. In the earlier attempts, it was, indeed, expected from a single fungus, or even from pieces cut off, that they should exert this power upon the new soil; but the expectation was continually frustrated. According to the nature of the soil, whether more or less moist, the tr uffles are set from 2 in. to 4in., or, at the most, 6 in., deep. The soil in which they were enveloped in their journey is left upon them, and the utmost efforts are made to prevent their being exposed EE 4 424 Cultvvation of Truffles. to the access of the air, or even to that of the sun’s rays. On this account, the planting of them must take place only in the evening, when the sun is gone down, or in very cloudy weather. Holes of the depth required must be made beforehand, the bot- toms of which must be strewed with soil out of the case; then each truffle must be carefully lifted up, with the soil that is about it, planted, and the soil that still remains in the case be distributed in the holes. If the holes are not filled with this, they must be filled with the soil of their new situation, which must be moistened with repeated sprinklings of water. The new plantation must then be amply covered with twigs cut from the oak or hornbeam; and the soil must be planted with young trees of these kinds, not crowded, but at such a distance as to give sufficient shade, so as to prevent the land from being dried up. . The best time for transplanting truffles is towards the middle of spring and in the beginning of autumn, about which latter season the greatest number of half-grown truffles is to be found. About this time, the land is usually moist enough of itself, so that it is not necessary to water it to prevent its being dried up. But, in case it should be dry from great drought, it must assuredly be moistened in this manner; in doing which, the water, never- theless, must not be poured on in streams, as the germinating brood would thereby be easily choked, or entirely destroyed. It has already been observed, that, in the succeeding autumn, the new plantation should be covered with a layer of oak leaves. The plantation thus remains undisturbed till the next autumn, only that it is to be freed from large plants that shade it too much, and exhaust all the strength of the soil; but small fine grasses must he suffered to remain, as they give the ground beneficial shade, and prevent too great exhalation. In general, at least in the first years, let endeavours be made to imitate the wood soil as much as possible, in order to obtain the sconer a rich return of truffles. In the first year, the truffles will be little increased. These fungi have, as yet, too little strength to act powerfully upon the environs, and to compel them to bring forth a large number of tubers. If the plantations have been made in the spring, there will be found in the next autumn some few young truffles, about the size of a nut, with a yellowish outer rind, and of a spongy consistence ; an indication that they must remain a longer time to attain their ripeness, and, along with it, their firm consistence and dark colour. In the mean time, these young truffles are the most certain indication that the plantation has succeeded, and that a well-furnished truffle bed will be obtained in the sequel. It is very advisable, in a large plantation, to renew the Cultivation of Truffles. 425 plantation in the succeeding year; and, for this reason, at the first planning, to divide the intended bed into two equal parts; and, in two consecutive years, to plant these fungi more towards the middle than towards the ends. If in one year the planting were to fail, the whole bed is not therefore quite uselessly pre- pared, but is at least duly arranged on one side, by which means it will be easy to furnish the second half in the same way. Hitherto, the question has been only respecting wood soil. As truffles are produced in this, so also they may be produced in artificial woods, and in English shrubberies. These have also - commonly moist low situations, and oak trees also grow in them; but places free from trees, and the deep stratum of fruitful wood soil which has arisen from decayed leaves, are wanting in them, From the continual clearing of the plantations, the leaves that fall in autumn are removed, and cannot be converted into that fertile soil above mentioned. Here, therefore, we must have recourse to art. In such English plantations, a somewhat moist place must be made choice of, in the vicinity, if possible, of a large oak, horn- beam, Spanish chestnut, or other deciduous tree with spreading boughs, which must be freed from the other trees and lofty shrubs. In such plantations, open grass-plots in the neighbour- hood of a lofty tree are the best calculated for the purpose. The tree, however, must not be one whose large leaves prevent every ray of the sun and current of air from penetrating, and which form a connected roof, as the different kinds of maples, horse- chestnuts, planes, and other trees do. A tall tree with small leaves must be on the south side of the place destined for a plantation of truffles, to screen it from the burning rays of the southern sun. In a large plantation, a single tree is insufficient, and more are requisite towards the south side; which, however, must stand so far apart as scarce to touch each other with the extremities of their boughs. The natural soil which is found upon this place must be dug out the depth before mentioned, and carried away, as it has too little resemblance to that of ancient woods to be used in the mixture of new soil for the truffles. If good wood earth of oaks can be had in the vicinity, the filling of the pit is not at all different from that of lofty woods previously directed; but very often there are no woods in the neighbourhood, or, at least, no oak woods; and, in that ‘case, soil produced from dung must be mixed with very rich vegetable mould. ‘This is found under groups of trees that have stood a long time, upon places that have been long planted with poplars, willows, or fruit trees, or even upon hills; but not in wet and marshy meadows and pastures. It often happens that this natural soil is too loose or too com- 426 Cultivation of Truffles. — pact. In the first case, it contains too much sand, and must be mixed with clay or loam; but a too compact soil has in its com- position too little sand, and requires an addition of loam or meagre clay. If marl is to be met with in the neighbourhood, especially calcareous marl, it much improves the mixture; but, if there is none at all in the vicinity, its place must be supplied by calcareous stone or pieces of chalk reduced to powder. All these species of soil must, at the same time that the earth from dung is prepared, be brought together in a heap, to which must be added as much of the parts of plants, viz. the refuse of the vegetables used in the kitchen, leaves, sawdust of oak or other deciduous trees (but not of pines), or wood earth from falls of wood, as the different soils occupy in space. Such a heap of soil must be turned over every week, and moistened in dry weather; and, if not in the shade, must be protected by a high wall from being suddenly dried by the rays of the sun. _ It is advisable, every time that it is turned over, to cover it with young oak leaves, and to mix them well with it the next time it is turned over. For want of the leaves of this species of tree, those of other trees (for instance, hornbeams, beeches, elms, hazels, and others) may be taken. The heap having been assi- duously and carefully wrought over, the earth, in the course of the summer, will have become very rich in vegetable soil, and in the autumn may be applied to the making of the truffle bed. The mode of making it differs from that which has already been de- scribed for soil in lofty woods, in nothing, except that, instead of the wood earth, which is there made use of, this artificial earth is taken. If all the precepts which have been given have been observed in planting the truffles, the proprietor of artificial groups of trees may enjoy the pleasure of raising fresh tubers, as well as the proprietor of wood soil. It is advisable not to make the first plant- ation too large, in order at first to have merely a nursery from which truffles may be taken at any time. When this is once upon an estate, larger plantations may be made, which are not restricted to the pleasures of the table, but also increase the income. Plantations of truffles in large gardens are combined with more circumstances and greater difficulties. Here is a want of wood soil, oaks, and hornbeams, which must be supplied or new- planted. It would be too tedious a process to plant an oak in a garden, and wait for its spreading so far as to afford the shade necessary to a plantation of truffles. An old pear tree, a high- trained apple tree, or several plum and cherry trees, will answer the purpose. In the south of Germany, sweet chestnut and almond trees attain such a height and spread of boughs, as to. supply the place of the oak, and are preferable to the before- Cultivation of Truffles. 427 mentioned fruit trees. Even in Italy, the delicate white truffle is reared under chestnut trees. In most cases, oak leaves, or, at least, the leaves of the horn- beam, are to be had in the neighbourhood, or, at least, at the distance of a few miles. If, however, they are not, which would certainly be a very extraordinary case, a small plantation of young oaks and hornbeams, that are not too weak, must be made a few years before, in a corner of the garden, that the ne- cessary foliage may be obtained from them; or nurseries of both species of tree be raised from seed, that there may be a pre- vious supply of young trees for planting the truffle bed. This, in most cases, will not be necessary, as the young trees may be obtained in the environs. ‘The preparation of the soil for plant- ations of truffles in large gardens is, when a sufficiency of oak leaves can be had, not different from similar plantations in pleasure grounds, only the earth is more abundantly mixed with oak leaves. When all the previous preparations have been duly made, the truffles are to be planted in the same way that they are in the tall timber woods; and the new plantation may be somewhat thicker planted with young oaks and hornbeams, so as that they may be the most numerous, viz. in the proportion of two thirds or three fourths. ‘This truffle bed must also, every autumn, be covered with a layer of oak leaves about a foot thick, that the earth may by degrees impart to the plantations a large quantity of the matter of the oak tree. For the same rea- son, it is very advantageous, if, instead of wood earth, pounded oak bark, or spent bark, that has already been used by the tanners, be made use of; nevertheless, the first is more effica- cious, two thirds or three fourths of it having more efficacy than when the whole is of spent bark. But a heap of soil consisting of a mixture of the two kinds of bark requires a longer time than the usual wood earth for complete decomposition, and for becoming a useful earth. It is necessary, therefore, that it should be prepared, not in the spring, but in the autumn pre- ceding, thereby to give it more time to moulder. The truffle beds made in gardens require constant attention, lest they should be overshadowed and exhausted by high-grow- ing plants. _ All such plants must therefore be early removed ; but the kinds of grass that do not grow too thick may be spared. The truffle plantation must occupy the lowest situation in the garden, that it may not suffer from drought; but, as soon as the ground becomes somewhat dry, it requires to be moistened by a moderate watering. Man, as in all plantations in wardens, fields, and woods, has te contend with many sorts of animals, which force their way into his possessions, and contend for the property which he has assumed. ‘Truffles are also sought for and con- sumed by many animals; and they are the more easily detected 428 Cultivation of Truffies. by these creatures, as they betray their place of growth by the smell which they diffuse around them. In a lofty wood, inhabited by wild swine, it is not advisable to make a plantation of truffles: the swine would easily discover and destroy them, especially as they are fond of low situations. Red deer and roes, which scrape out and eat them, are less danger- ous. Where, therefore, many red deer are in a forest, the new plantation must be secured from their attacks by a high hedge. This also keeps off the fox, which attacks them in the same manner ; so also does the badger, though this animal is become too rare, in many parts of Germany, to do much damage; and, if one should be desirous of breaking into the truffle plantation, it would be discovered and become the welcome prey of the game- keeper. More dangerous than these are the squirrels, which are very dexterous in scraping up the tubers and eating them: all the squirrels which are found in the vicinity of the new truffle plantations, must be shot. Mice also seek truffles that are ripe, at which time they betray themselves by their smell. If the plantation be surrounded by a hedge, the mice may be poisoned, which in one that is not hedged about cannot be done, lest the game should be destroyed. Mice live in woods gene- rally only in society ; and, by a little attention, may, in separate places, be easily dug out, caught, and extirpated. The security of truffles is combined with the greater difficul- ties in pleasure-grounds, which usually adjoin the open fields, from which they are visited by field mice. Here, catching and poisoning them is a security only when, at the same time, the whole of the environs can be freed from these voracious animals. Owls and crows are the greatest enemies of mice. If these birds, especially the first, can be habituated to dwell in the neighbourhood of truffle plantations (which, through com- plete protection, it is easy to effect), mice will not be able todo any great mischief, at least not greater than in every other garden and field plantation. Snails, both the red and the black wood snails, are only in wet weather injurious to plantations in which the truffles lie too shallow, or rise quite above the surface. Worms do much more damage, especially in such truffle plant- ations as are made in gardens or pleasure-grounds. The drawing here of worms from the environs cannot be avoided, as, from the cover of leaves, they lie warm in winter, and, from the quiet which the truffle beds enjoy, are not disturbed in sammer. The larvee of many species of beetle (viz. of the Melolontha Der- méstes pinipérda, M. horticola, M. solstitialis, A’pate capucina), the maggots of several flies, scolopendre, millepedes, &c., penetrate the truffles in all directions, give them a bitter taste, and often are the cause of their death. That new plantations sometimes fail is not to be attributed either to a process that is Cultivation of Truffles. 429 defective, or to the impossibility of completing a good one. These worms may be the cause that all labour and expense were applied in vain. That plantations which are new are the most exposed to these enemies is easy to be explained. «The earth is not yet sufficiently penetrated by the tannin of the oak, which is offensive to these kinds of insects, and drives them away. They are usually brought here by the dung-earth, especially when it contains parts that are not entirely converted into soil. For this reason, the frequent turning of the heap of earth is necessary. If, when this takes place, it be observed that many worms have established themselves in it, only let there be mixed in it some unslaked lime, or ashes that have not been lixiviated, which will speedily kill these animals. For this pur- pose, the heap must be strewed with a thin layer of lime or ashes, and then well stirred. The earth may also, some time before the making of the truffle plantation, be shot into a hot place, and be completely dried; by which means all the worms will be destroyed: but, in this case, before making the plant- ation, the earth must be sufficiently moistened ;' and, from the drying which it has undergone, it will be found to have lost a considerable part of its efficacy in manuring. If, by accident or mistake, the first planting of truffles should not succeed, there is only by this a whole or half a year’s time lost; but the bed itself has gained, since, by means of the de- cayed oak leaves, a richer matter has been imparted to the earth, so that the truffles removed to it in the succeeding autumn or spring will succeed better and produce greater numbers. It is advisable, before the repeated planting of the fungi, to dig over the place destined for them and to manure it well with oak leaves. If there be time enough from the moment of the dis- covery of the failure of the plantation, to the time of replanting it, this manuring with oak leaves may be twice, or oftener, repeated. ‘Too much matter from oak trees cannot be accumu- lated upon the plantation ; since experience informs us that the taste of truffles growing wild in the woods is more delicate and aromatic in proportion as they have stood nearer to oak trees, and have grown in their shade. ‘The same experience has been repeated in the case of artificial plantations of truffles. He who bestows much diligence and great care upon such plant- ations will secure to himself, in a few years, a rich harvest of well-tasted tubers, and may thank the author of this small treatise for having helped him to obtain them. [Our readers will find a short review of the French trans- lation of this work in our first Volume, p. 320; and some ob- servations on the culture of the truffle in Vol. II. p. 480., Vol. III. p. 102., and Vol. IV. p. 262.] 430 Floricultural and Botanical Notices, Art. IV. Floricultural and Botanical Notices on Kinds of Plants newly introduced into our Gardens, and that have originated in them, and on Kinds of Interest previously extant in them ; supplementary to the latest Editions of the ‘* Encyclopedia of Plants,” and of the ** Hortus Britannicus.” Curtis’s Botanical Magazine ; in monthly numbers, each containing eight plates; 3s. 6d. coloured, 3s. plain. Edited by Sir William Jackson Hooker, LL.D., &c. Edwards’s Botanical Register ; in monthly numbers, each containing eight plates; 4s. coloured, 3s. plain. Edited by Dr. Lindley, Professor of Botany in the London University. Sweet’s British Flower-Garden ; in monthly numbers, each containing four plates; 3s. coloured, 2s. 3d. plain. Edited by David Don, Esq., Professor of Botany in King’s College, and Librarian to the Linnean Society. RANUNCULA CE. 1631. CLE’MATIS 14472 florida [Pax. mag. of bot. iv. p. 147. *yar. 3 Sieboldii D. Don Siebold’s — or10 jn P.G Japan 1836 L s.l Swt. Br. fl. gard. 396. ; “This plant is one of the valuable additions made to our collections by Dr. Siebold, by whom it was introduced from Japan, of which interesting country he is now engaged in the publication of a complete account of the history, social state, and natural productions.” ‘¢ The present plant,” says Professor Don, “ appears to have been regarded as a distinct species; but, after a most carfeul comparison with the ordinary form of C. florida, we are satisfied of its being only a variety of that highly ornamental species. The leaves and branches are rather more hairy, and the petals suffused with violet spots; so that the flower has, in florists’ language, a dark eye. No plant, however, possesses stronger claims to a place in the flower-garden, from its graceful habit, ‘and from the size and beauty of its blossoms. The plant thrives best in a mixture of peat and loam, and is increased by layers.” (Swi. Br. Fl.-Gard., Aug.) Caryophigllee. 1415. LY'CHNIS 12006a *Bungedana Fisch. & Mey. Bunge’s y A) spl 12 s S China 1834 C p.l Bot. mag. 3594. Received at the Glasgow Botanic Garden (where it flowered in a warm open border) from My. Booth of Hamburg, under the name here adopted, and evidently intended to commemorate the services, rendered to science and botany in particular, of Dr. Alexander Bunge, who not only accompanied Professor Ledebour in his celebrated travels in the Altai, but was attached to the Russian mission which went to Pekin, during which he collected many plants in the north of China. It is nearly allied to L. grandiflora Jacg., and was found by Dr. Bunge in a garden at Pekin. (Bot. Mag., Aug.) supplementary to Encyc. of Piants and Hort. Brit. 431 Leguminose § Papilionacee. $392. HOSA’CKIA *stolonifera Lindi. creeping-rooted ~ A cu 3 jn R N. Amer. ?1830 S s.l Bot. reg, 1977. A stoloniferous, hardy, herbaceous plant, with a smooth taper stem. Among the last seeds sent from California by Mr. Douglas were some of this plant. It is much larger than any other known species of Hosackza, forming a stout bush about 3 ft. high, and multiplying itself readily by its creeping roots. ‘* Although its flowers are unattractive, it forms a good shrubbery plant, where it is desirable to give the appearance of undergrowth quickly ; for it resembles a shrub during the summer, and it spreads so fast as soon to extend far beyond its original station.” It pro- duces abundance of seeds in August. The embryo has some- times three cotyledons. (Bot. Reg., Aug.) { 1985. LUPI‘NUS *versicolor Lindl. party-coloured yy A or 2 ms B.Y.P California ?1831 S co Bot. reg. 1979. «¢ A very beautiful perennial lupine, introduced from Cali- fornia by the Horticultural Society, and hitherto but little known. It has been called in the Society’s garden a dwarf Lupinus rivuldris; but the affinity of the species seems to be less with Z. rivularis than with Z. nootkaténsis, for it has nothing of an arborescent habit. The decumbent habit of this species renders it well suited for a bed in a flower-garden: it produces a great profusion of its pale many-coloured flowers, breathing the sweet perfume of the field bean during all the months of May and June, after which it ripens its pods, and remains shabby for the rest of the year.” (Bot. Reg., Aug.) Onagrdacee. 1185. CLA’RKIA gaurdides Doug. MS.; D. Don in Swt. Br. Fl.-Gard., 379.; Gard. Mag., xiii. p. 216. Synonyme: C. rhomboidea Doug. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer., i. p.214.; Lindl. Bot. Reg., 1981. Composite. *BAERI4 Fisch. & Mey. (In honour of Professor Baer, of the University of Dorpat.) [Br. fl.-gard. 395. *chryséstoma Fisch. § Mey. golden-anthered © el 1 apjn Y California 1835 S co Swt. ** A curious genus of Compdésitee, raised from seeds received from M. De Fischer, director of the Imperial Botanic Garden at St. Petersburg, and recorded in the Appendix to the Catalogue of Seeds of that garden for 1835.” It is a native of the Russian colony of Ross, in New California, and is nearly related to the genus Callichroa. (Swi. Br. F.-Gard., Aug.) Ericacee. 1339. RHODODE'’NDRON 11012 arboreum var. cinnamdmeum Bot. Reg., 1982.; Arb. Brit., p. 1147. Synonyme: H. cinnamomeum Wall. Mr. Herbert informed Dr. Lindley that the old white variety of #. arboreum is hardy, and has stood twelve or thirteen years in the garden at Spofforth ; whence Dr. Lindley infers that this variety may also possess the same quality. (Bot. Reg., Aug.) 439 Covent Garden Market. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. Arr. I. Covent Garden Market. Tue market has been fairly, but by no means heavily, supplied during the last-month. The weather being generally fine and dry, all ripe fruits have met a steady and regular demand, at prices which may be considered remu- nerating to the growers. Since my last report, we have experienced two very high winds, and some considerable showers of rain: the former have caused a great influx of common apples and pears, blown frem the trees, which have been literally given away, and had the effect of temporarily depressing the market; otherwise, the ordinary fruits of the season being in demand would have been considerably higher in prices. Cherries were much damaged by the wind and rain; raspberries were almost entirely destroyed by the same cause. Early summer pears have not been very plentiful, nor have apples been furnished: very abundantly, in a general way. Of wall fruit we have as yet but little, nor is the crop generally good. Vegetables generally are in supply quite equal to the demand: the prospect for them is promising. Potatoes have been excel- lent, and continue to be supplied abundantly. —C.G. M. Aug. 24. 1837. The Cabbage Tribe. ee pao Ms Aes Mag 2 i Cabbage, per dozen : Marjoram, per dozen bunches| 0 3 0/90 0 O White - - - |0 010] 0 1 8\\Savory, per dozen bunches- |0 2 6/0 0 0 Red a = - |0 4 0]|0 O Oj/Basil, per dozen bunches - |0 3 0/0 0 O Plants, or Coleworts - - |0 2 0|0 3 0j|/Rosemary, per dozenbunches|9 4 0/0 0 0 Cauliflowers, per dozen - |0 8 0]0 5 Oj|/Lavender, per dozenbunches}0 3 0/0 0 O Broccoli, Cape, per bunch - |0 9 9]|0 1 O/|Tansy, perdozen bunches - |0 1 0)0 0 0 Legumes. Stalks and Fruits for Tavis, Peas, fPersieve - - 1/0 30/0 46 Pickling, &€¢. > Upersack - - |0 8 0] 012 0O|\Vegetable Marrow, perdozen|9 0 6/0 0 8 Kidneybeans, per half sieve Oph Ono a0, Tomatoes, per sieve = 08 01|0 00 Scarlet beans, per half sieve | 0 2 0/0 1 3|/Green Capsicums, perhund. |0 1 6 000 1 Tubers and Roots. Edible Fungi and Fuct. mex ton = - |315 0/4 0 O|/Morels, per pound - - |016 0;0 0 Potatoes ~ per cwt. - |0 3 6/0 4 Ol\iTruffies, English, per pound | 0 12 0/014 0 dper bushel = (0) #95 )-0)) 2) 0} : : New, perpound = - = 0) 0 2 0) 0-2) Fruits. Turnips, White, per bunch- | 0 0 2|0 0 3]|Apples, Dessert, per bushel|: Carrots, young, perbunch ~ | 0 0 4/0 9 5] Juneating 2 - |0 70/0 8 0 Red Beet, per dozen - |0 0 9]0 1 O}} Red Astracan o = 10 9 0/015 0 Horseradish, per bundle - |0 1 6/0 3 6] Baking - - - |0 30/0 40 : Pears, Dessert, per half sieve : The Spinach Tribe. Jargonelles = - |010 0/015 0 Spinach, per half sieve - |0 1 01/0 1 6/)| Citron des Carmes S10 So: O1O @ © New Zealand : - |0 1 6/0 2 0O)|Peaches, per dozen = 1012 0/1 00 5 x Nectarines, per dozen a O18 Ol wo © The Onion Trzbe. Apricots at 3 S08 O10 & C Onions, for pickling, per half 4 a Almonds, per peck ok dis 0 i 0;0 00 sieve - - - 3 0 4 0 er 2 sieve | 0 0;0 8 O Leeks, per dozen bunches - |0 1 0/0 1 6 Plums, Dessert, fee punnet|0 0 8]0 1 O Garlic, per pound - - |0 0 5/0 O 6||Green gages, per punnet - |0 2 0/0 4 0 Shallots, per pound - - 1|0 0 8]|0 010|| Baking, per halfsieve - |0 2 6/0 3 0 A Cherries, per pound : Asparaginous Plants, Dukes Z - So Ore OO 2 Salads, &c. Florence Heart ae IO2 Glo 3. Lettuce, per score: Mulberries, per gal. (2 pottles)) 0 0 8/0 1 0 Cos - - 0 1 0] 0 O 0)|Gooseberries, per half sieve O SOO 2 Cabbage’ - : - |0 1 0/0 0 O|/Currants, per half sieve : Celery, per bundle (12 to 15) 0 09/0 1 6] Black c - - ; 3 e 050 White - - - ORIG Pot and Sweet Herbs. Red, for wine é SO 1 ONO Oo Parsley, per half sieve os |O ! OO D & Dessert =) lee S10 8 BO & @ Tarragon, per dozen bunches | 0 4 0|0 0 0)|Filberts, English, per 100 Ibs. | 5 00/0 00 Fennel, per dozen bunches- | 0 2 0] 0 0 0j)|Pine-apples, per pound SO o ONG wy (0) Thyme, per dozen bunches 0 2 6]0 0 Oj|Grapes, hot-house, per poun 016/0 4 0 Sage, per dozen bunches 0 2 0} 0 0 Oj||Dutch Melons, each oO 1b Gi Os) 1) Mint, per dozen bunches - |0 2 0/0 0 Oj| English = = - |0 2 6/0 5 0 Peppermint, dried, per dozen Grapes, Lisbon, per pound - |0 0 9/0 1 O bunches - . - |0 1 0]0 O Oj|/Nuts, Barcelona, per peck 07 0\9 00 THE GARDENER’S MAGAZINE, OCTOBER, 1837. ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. Art. I. A Series of Articles on the Insects most injurious to Cultiva- tors. By J. O. Westwoop, F.L.S.; Secretary to the Entomological Society of London. No. 8. THE sMALL Ermine Moru. Tue injuries to which our fruit trees are subject may be di- vided into four kinds:— 1st, those by which the young shoots and buds are destroyed; @dly, those by which the leaves are affected or consumed; 3dly, those by which the fruit, in a more or less mature state, is destroyed ; and, 4thly, those by which the bark is damaged. Perhaps the second of these injuries is of the most ordinary occurrence, and of the greatest extent; for it must often necessarily happen, that, should the fruit remain unat- tacked, the destruction of the leaves will prevent its coming to due perfection. Of the leaf-destroyers, the most injurious species are those which live in society, enclosing themselves in a common web, which they either enlarge from time to time, or quit for the pur- pose of forming a larger domicile, in a situation where they can obtain a more abundant supply of food than in that which they have left. There are many species of these webbed caterpillars ; and their effect is sometimes so extensive, that not only is the fo- liage completely consumed, but the fruit entirely destroyed, and the branches enveloped in so strong a tissue of webbing, that the young shoots, which the tree may possibly possess the power of throwing out, are impeded in their growth, and unable to force themselves through the web with which the branch is enveloped. The apple tree appears to be more especially liable to this species of injury. At the commencement of the month of July last, I observed this devastation carried to a lamentable extent in the apple trees with which the road sides between Abbeville and Paris are planted, and which for miles were completely de- foliated. The branches were covered with webs, and not the least portion of green was to be seen; the webs were suspended Vou. XIII. -- No. 91. Fr 43.4 Insects most injurious to Cultivators : — from the branches in festoons reaching to the ground, which, beneath the tree, appeared carpeted with silk, in so remarkable a manner as to attract the attention of the most incurious pas- senger. Some kinds of apples, however, as well as the pear trees, escaped. It appeared, indeed, surprising, that certain trees should be untouched, whilst the rest were so completely de- stroyed that it was doubtful whether they would have strength to throw out fresh shoots. ‘This fact, however, depending upon the nice discrimination in the taste of the insects, might be bene- ficially employed, by inducing the planting of those varieties which appear to be most unpalatable to these destructive crea- tures. M. Audouin, in one of his lectures* delivered this season at the Jardin des Plantes, adverted to this circumstance, and regretted that the old law commanding the inhabitants to uncaterpillar (décheniller) the trees had been suffered to fall into disuse. I at first considered that this mischief had been done by the caterpillars of the barred tree lackey moth (Clisiocaémpa cas- trénsis), which, during the preceding month of June, had been very numerous on the apple and some other trees at Ham- mersmith; but M. V. Audouin informed me that it was the Yponomeuta padélla, or small ermine moth of the English col- lectors, that had attacked these trees; and, since my return, I have ascertained from Mr. Bainbridge, and some others, that this moth has been very injurious upon the apple trees round London. Fortunately, however, we can congratulate ourselves on its injurious propensities being far less extensive in this country than in France; for never did I witness in this country such wholesale devastation as that exhibited by the apple trees be- tween Paris and Abbeville, mentioned above. ee Lee (See art. Rose Moths, p. 386.) Family, Yponomeutidee Stephens. So named from the typical genus. Genus, Yponometta Fabricius; evidently derived from the Greek word hupo- nomos (feeding secretly, or a burrow); having allusion to the web- spinning habits of the caterpillars. Syn. of the genus, Phale‘na Jinea p. Linn.; Erminea Haworth; Nygmia Hubner. Species, Yponomeuta padélla. (So named from Prunus Padus, or bird cherry, one of the trees upon which it occasionally feeds.) Syn. Phalz‘na Tinea padélla Linneus; Erminea padi Haworth. (Fig. 117.: f of the natural size; and e the same magnified, with the wings expanded.) * I attended several of these lectures (the entire course of which consisted of about fifty, in which the professor especially treated upon the insects ‘injurious to vegetation) ; and I was gratified at observing the considerable number and respectability of the audience, whose interest in the subject was evinced by the copious notes made by many of them. Several ladies were amongst the number. Small Ermine Moth. 435 Anterior wings ordinarily of a leaden white, with about thirty remote minute black spots, disposed somewhat regularly in lon- gitudinal rows, but on the hinder margin they are more irre- gular, and tend to a transverse disposition: cilia livid. Pos- terior wings lead-coloured: cilia rather paler. Extremely variable: some examples having the ground of the anterior wings white; others with the costa livid, and the inner margin white ; some with a livid or pale lead-coloured central cloud; others, again, entirely of a pale or deep lead colour; and all interme- diate shades occur: the number of spots also varies. (Stephens Illust. Brit. Ent. Lepid., vol. iv. p. 243.) The caterpillar ( fg. 117., g, rather magnified) of this moth is of an ashy white colour, with a brownish head, and a number of small black spots, of which the largest form a series on each side of the body. It has sixteen feet, the three anterior pairs being articulated, and attached to the three an- terior segments. The four following pairs are membranaceous, false, ventral legs; and the terminal pair anal, and also mem- branaceous. ‘They are below the middle size, and the body is smooth. In regard to the predilection of this caterpillar for any particular kind of food, I have already noticed that only some kinds of apples were affected ; which is the more remark- able, because its principal food (whence its specific name is de- rived) is the bird cherry, although the white thorn is also even more subject to its attacks; whole hedges being sometimes en- tirely defoliated in summer, and covered with webs, The re- mark of De Geer and Réaumur (Mémoires, tom ii. mém. viil. p. 324.), that caterpillars, in general, prefer that particular kind of plant upon which they were produced, will enable us in some measure to account for this predilection; but, unless we suppose that the parent moth always chooses, in like manner, the kind of tree upon which it had fed whilst in the caterpillar state for the reception of its eggs, we can hardly account for the fact, that in one situation the white thorn alone is attacked, and the fruit trees untouched; whilst in another it is only one kind of apple tree that is injured. It is a peculiarity in the history of this insect, that it is not only social in the caterpillar state (7g. 118. a), but that it retains its sociality during the period of its pupation (d), the cocoons FF 2 436 Insects most ingurious to Cultrvators : — Ci / fe lac ed yf YY is WY WHOL G ye 7, sa 5 YYYA BZ being formed within the web which had served for the abode of the caterpillars. These webs are quitted from time to time, and new encampments established at short distances from each other ; hence, each brood constructs several webs in the course of its caterpillar state; the reason of which is, that the caterpillars do not quit their webs to feed, but only eat such leaves as are en- closed in each web. ‘The number of inhabitants in a colony varies from one hundred to two hundred; and, hence, the more numerous the colony, the more frequently is a change of resi- dence required. ‘These webs consist of a great number of threads not unlike spider webs, arranged somewhat irregularly, but sufficiently loose to enable the inhabitants to be seen through the covering. The caterpillars eat only the parenchyma of the upper side of the leaf; they also arrange their threads longi- tudinally, each, apparently, having a thread of its own, along which it moves either backwards or forwards without disturbing its neighbours, which, when in repose, are arranged side by side. The larger-sized nests include several of the smaller branches or twigs with their leaves; and some parts are of a firmer tex- ture than the rest, apparently for resisting the wet. When the parenchyma of the upper sides of the leaves enclosed in the web have been consumed, the nest is abandoned, and a new one made, enclosing a fresh bunch of twigs, each of the caterpillars spinning a considerable number of threads; and thus, each colony constructs as many as six or eight distinct webs, dis- figuring the tree, especially when, as is often the case, there are Small Ermine Moth. 437 many societies established upon it. The leaves, thus half con- sumed, wither up, as well as the young branches, for want of support, and the tree assumes the appearance of having been entirely scorched up with fire. The caterpillars rarely quit their nests; but, when alarmed or disturbed, they endeavour to make their escape by spinning a long thread, and dropping to the ground. When touched, also, they writhe about with great activity, and will run backwards nearly as fast as forwards. When full grown, about the beginning of July, each cater- pillar encloses itself in a long and nearly cylindrical cocoon of white silk (fig.117. d), of a leathery consistence; and these cocoons are arranged side by side at one end of the nest, forming a mass not unlike, only considerably larger than, a mass of ants’ eggs, as the cocoons of the ant are commonly called. As the whole of a colony has been reared from one brood of eggs, it is gene- rally the case that the entire number commence the construction of their cocoons at the same time, and the whole are generally completed in the same day. In this cocoon, the insect imme- diately undergoes its change to the chrysalis state (fig. 117. c); and its chrysalis, which does not materially differ from those of other small lepidopterous insects, is of a shining chestnut colour. It differs, however, from the chrysalides of the leaf-rollers, in want- ing the tranverse series of hooks with which the abdominal seg- ments of the latter chrysalides are furnished; and hence, when, at the expiration of about twenty days, the perfect insect is ready to come forth, the. insect being unable to work the chrysalis out of the cocoon, the escape of the imago is effected within the latter, and the moth, with its wings in an unexpanded state, makes its way out of one end of the cocoon, after which its wings soon spread to their full size. The perfect insects, owing to their very conspicuous appearance, and their great numbers, are to be observed in the greatest abun- dance flying over the trees of hedges. In this state, their only object is to perpetuate their kind. The manner in which the eggs are deposited, and the young caterpillars developed, ap- pears first to have been noticed by Mr. Major (Treatise, p. 51.) ; but subsequently, with more precision, by Mr. Lewis (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1. p. 22.). The former writer states that, on the 29th of July, he found the parent coating her eggs over, which she appeared just to have been depositing, with gummy matter (employing her tail in the operation), which, when dry, forms a thin shell or scale, about the eighth of an inch in diameter. On the 19th of October, on examining the scale, he found twenty- six caterpillars existing, which he was persuaded had never left their abode, as at that time all the parts were completely shut up, and, indeed, the edges of the scale were fast cemented to the 9 EF o 438 Insects most injurious to Cultivators. branch. He thinks it probable that they may derive some little support from the sap of the branch under the shell or covering where they reside; but it is quite clear that they never emerge from their birthplace to obtain food, or form any additional re- sidence, till they are influenced by the warmth in the following spring: —Mr. Lewis takes up the observation where it had been left by Mr. Major, and states that, about the time that the trees are coming into leaf, the caterpillars make their escape; but they do not commence spinning webs immediately : they cannot yet eat the epidermis of the leaves, and they require some protection from the cold and rain, which their tender frames are not yet fitted to endure: to effect this they mine into the leaves, ea ting the cellular tissue only, and leaving the epidermis untouched. Having acquired sufficient strength to withstand the vicissitudes of the atmosphere, and to devour the epidermis of the leaves, they make their way out; and the anxious gardener, who has hitherto only observed the brownness of the leaves caused by the mining, but which is by him attributed to the withering blast of an easterly wind, is astonished when he perceives myriads of caterpillars swarming on his trees, and proceeding with alarming rapidity in their devastating course. The fact of their mining sufficiently explains the reason of their sudden appearance: it shows how one day not a single caterpillar may be visible on the trees, and the next they may be swarming with larvee, of so large a size as to rebut the idea of their having been recently hatched. For the destruction of these insects, various plans have been recommended. Mr. Major says that nothing more is required than the application of strong soapsuds forcibly applied with the engine, so as to break the web, that the suds may reach the insects. Where the trees are not much infested, gather the webs including the caterpillars, by hand, and destroy them in any way most convenient. Care should, however, in these cases, be taken to kill, and not merely to disturb, the caterpillars. Mr. Lewis suggests the picking off and burning of the leaves whilst the caterpillars are in the mining state; the presence of the insects being indicated by the blighted outward appearance of the leaf: but prevention is always better than cure, and it seems to me easier, as well as more advantageous, to destroy the moths as soon as they are produced, and before they have had time to deposit their eggs. The generally simultaneous appearance of the entire brood in the winged state, together with the very con- spicuous appearance of the moth, will render this a matter of great facility. A sheet may be laid beneath the branches in the daytime, which should then be sharply struck with a stick; when the moths, which at that time are sluggish, will fall into the sheet, Gardens and Gardening in Durham. 439 and may be easily destroyed; and the destruction of one moth will thus prevent the injuries arising from one, if not several, colonies ‘of caterpillars in the following season. Art. Il. Some Account of Gardens and the State of Gardening in the County of Durham. By J. B. W. (Continued from p. 203.) DARLINGTON is a thriving town, a few miles on the Durham side of the Tees, which river separates the counties of Durham and York. Its prosperity is owing, in a great measure, to the coal trade, for which it is a central dépot, being connected by a railway with Wilton Park colliery and the port of Stockton, and by another railway with a village called Croft, whence an ex- tensive district is supplied with fuel. Several branches of manu- facture are likewise carried on at Darlington, but not to any great extent. Many of the principal merchants and bankers have villas on the outskirts of the town, to some of which neat gardens are attached. One of the best of these belongs to Joseph Pease, Esq., jun., M.P. This gentleman is a member of the Society of Friends, of whose creed it is well known to be a leading prin- ciple to abjure the “ glitter and glare of ornament ;” and the influence of this principle is as visible in the absence of archi- tectural embellishment from the exterior of their buildings, as it is in the simplicity and neatness of their dress. All the mansions that I have seen belonging to gentlemen of this persuasion have a great similarity of character: they are plain brick structures, with, in most cases, an equally plain portico at the chief entrance, and generally having roses and other flowering shrubs trained up the walls. Mr. Pease’s house and grounds occupy an angle formed by the junction of two public roads, which constitute the boundary line on two sides: notwithstanding this disadvantage, however, considerable skill is displayed in the laying out of this circum- scribed space, particularly in placing the plantations so as effec- tually to hide the view of the adjoining town, and in causing the paddocks in front of the house to assume something of a park- like character, by judicious planting, and the absence of con- spicuous fences. On the lawn, among many of the less common varieties of Quércus, Crataegus, &c., there is a fine specimen of the fern-leaved beech, which appears to keep pace in growth with the common species. ‘lhe hot-houses stand at the back of the lawn, between the mansion and the kitchen-garden. Stove plants are grown in one, and in the other is the best collection of pelar- goniums I have yet seen in the north; but, as the roofs of these FE 4 “jae then common, and have vines trained upon the valteis, wey are not well adapted for the cultivation of plants ; neither do the vines seem to succeed well. Some variously formed beds in front of and about these houses constitute the flower-garden, in which there is a good selection of herbaceous plants, and an excellent assortment of calceolarias, dahlias, and pansies. Mr. Stephenson, the gardener, is an inveterate hybridiser, and has raised several distinct and superior varieties of these flowers, and also of pelargoniums and petunias. In the kitchen-garden (which is separated from the flower de- partment by a screen of trees and shrubs), there is a wall of fine young peach trees, which, when I saw them (June 20.), were just recovering from the blighting influence of the late un- paralleled spring. The soil excavated from a pond contiguous to the flower-garden has been turned to good account in the formation of a small mound, upon the top of which Mr. Ste- henson has constructed an exceedingly pretty moss-house. At West Lodge, late the Residence of J. Backhouse, Esq., the pleasure-ground is, for a suburban place, extensive; and the trees it contains bear marks of greater age than those usually seen at such places. ‘The mansion, too, looks more ancient than any of the surrounding villas; and the whole place has an expression of solitude, which a visitor feels more forcibly from its proximity to a bustling and populous town. A large, but most unornamental, green-house stands in a corner of this lawn; and joining this house, at one end, there is a sort of home-made aviary, one division of which has been clumsily metamorphosed into a plant-house. But the green-house, although so uninviting in its exterior, contained, at the period of my visit (June 20.), a large collection of calceolarias most superiorly cultivated: in fact, previously to my seeing these plants I had no conception of the perfection to which the calceolaria might be brought by care and skill. The general collection of green-house plants is respectable ; and, among them, I was particularly struck with a beautiful light- coloured salpiglossis, called there S.striata. On the north side of the pleasure-ground, a square plot (formerly the kitchen- garden) is laid out as a geometrical flower-garden ; but the beds do not exhibit much variety or elegance of form. The divisions between the beds are of gravel, with box edgings. Herbaceous plants occupy most of these beds; a few, however, are planted with flowering shrubs, as roses and fuchsias; and others are devoted to bulbs, which are succeeded by dahlias or annuals. There is a small vinery in this department, which is fitted up for the reception of plants in winter: vines are also grown in the large green-house ; but, as is generally the case in similar places, the fruit they produce is not very good. In the melon-ground I noticed a fine-looking variety of cucum- Gardens and Gardening in Durham. 444 ber, called somebody’s white-spined. Of melons, the Egyptian green-fleshed is preferred to all others. In the kitchen-garden (which stands behind the flower-garden and the melon-ground) a highly picturesque Swiss cottage has lately been erected for the gardener, Mr. Lawson. The mansion is well situated on the brow of a gentle slope, looking to the east, and commands a fine view of the Cleveland Hills over the intervening vale. Here there is a very pretty lawn in front of the house, but no regular flower-garden; and the kitchen-garden is merely a narrow slip; it, however, can boast of a wall of the best peach and apricot trees that I have seen for some years. A few hundred yards from the last-mentioned place, and pos- sessing similar natural advantages, is Polam Hill, the residence of another of the Messrs. Backhouse. But the grounds at this place, in defiance of their natural capabilities, exhibit a wretched per- version of taste, or, I should rather say, a total absence of taste, in the laying out. Seen from a slightly raised grass terrace on the south front, the pleasure-ground greatly resembles a game- cover, in which the trees have been planted ‘ without end or aim,” except for producing shelter. The terrace is continued along the east front; and a gravel walk leading from it descends by a few steps into a small geometrical flower-varden on the north side of the mansion. The kitchen-garden here is of a good size, and two hot-houses in it contain the best-managed vines that have come under my observation in the neighbourhood of Darlington. These houses are heated by hot water, and, in winter, are filled with pelargoniums and other flowering plants, in the culture of which Mr. Byears, the gardener, is said to excel. When the convenience and cheapness of fuel are considered, it is rather a matter of susprise that the forcing of fruits and vegetables is so little practised round Darlington. Not one of the four gardens above described contains a peach-house; nor does the grape appear to form part of the dessert earlier than the end of June or the beginning of July. Floriculture, in its many- coloured mantle, is decidedly in greater favour than its more substantial relative, horticulture, although its claims to our con- sideration are unquestionably of a much weaker character. Ido not sympathise in taste with that celebrated personage who ex- claimed, ‘“‘ Of all the flowers in the garden, give me the cauli- flower ;” still the immense importance of fruits and vegetables, as articles of subsistence, leaving out of view the comforts and pleasures they afford us, assuredly demands for them the highest rank in our estimation. August, 1837. 442 On acclimatising exotic Plants Art. III. On acclimatising exotic Plants in British Gardens. By N. M. T. NotTwiTHsTANDING the small progress that has been made in acclimatising exotics, it is evident that a numerous class of these plants, when in proper condition, are capable of bearing the severity of our winters. Of this fact, the great numbers that survive the first winter after planting out afford a most convincing proof; and, by paying a little attention to the subject, we find that those that die are destroyed by the shortness of our summer, rather than the severity of our winter. We often find a plant that has stood several hard winters cut off in one that is comparatively mild; and, therefore, its death must be attributed to the condition of the plant, not to the great degree of cold to which it is exposed. At midsummer, I planted out several sorts: all of them had completed their growth for the season; consequently, they had the rest of the summer to ripen their wood, and form vigorous buds for next season. ‘Those planted out a year sooner are in a very different condition: they have merely begun to grow, and will scarcely have completed their growth before winter ; it will therefore be found that their shoots are green, full of sap, and altogether unable to resist any degree of cold. If they are not completely killed by the first frost, their shoots will be destroyed to a few of the first-formed buds, which will make an effort to expand, until the tree is completely worn out. ‘Two or three years, according to circumstances, will put an end to this stunted existence. That many plants, when planted out, will perish, even under the best management, is evident ; still I consider the rapid decline of many may, in a great measure, be attributed to the treatment they receive. At the approach of winter, while yet green and full of sap, they are cooped up in some sort of covering; where, in a close, putrid, rotting atmosphere, ready for every frost, they are compelled to remain (should they survive) until spring. On the first few fine days that may then occur, the covering is partly or wholly removed ; lest its shelter should induce the plants to precede the season. A plant thus deprived of protection, when it is most necessary to its existence, has its juices chilled and stag- nated ; the bursting bud, or young shoot, is destroyed ; and the plant, thus checked in its vegetation, is left to produce a few green and feeble shoots, late in autumn. Yet a plant, so plainly destroyed by its treatment in spring, is calmly placed to the account of the deaths occasioned by the severity of the succeeding winter. But this treatment ought not, in every case, to be laid to the charge of the gardener: his employer is often altogether to blame. The unsightly objects of protection in British Gardens. 4.43 become unbearable eyesores in spring; and, as such, they must .be removed, at whatever risk. The gardener, who is thus compelled to expose his plants, is often doomed to find those he left rich in foliage, a putrid wreck. If such a practice so materially shortens the duration of tender plants, might not one more natural do much to avert such a calamity ? As many of them are able to withstand our winters, protection, except in cases of extreme severity, is unnecessary. But it is of the greatest importance to call them into early and vigorous action, and thereby to lengthen the duration of summer, so that they may be able completely to establish themselves before winter. ‘To accomplish this, I would extend the winter protection to the roots and stems only ; and withold the rest until early in the spring. Exotics naturally commence growing much sooner than our climate, without some artifice, will admit. Protection, applied at the time they are thus excited, must be extremely grateful, and in some it will act like spring. Instead of being removed as the season advances, such protection ought to be augmented, and every stimulus applied and continued, until summer be finally esta- blished, and a recurrence of hard weather out of the question. Plants thus forwarded would be able to make the most of every gleam of summer, and would be ready to retire to rest at its decline. Such a system of protection would be attended with splendid results, were the portable glass structures that you have so often recommended in general use: nothing, but our bigoted adherence to that which 7s, could so long have kept them from occupying the station that they must some day hold in the establishment of the horticulturist. A fixed peach-house or vinery will probably be as great a curiosity in the next century as a curvilinear one would have been in the last. Who would raise an expensive fixed structure, that could be used only half the year, when a portable one would cost less, and might be employed to advantage every day? When such a revolution takes place, it must be a death-blow to curvilinears ; for, with all their docility, I do not think they could be adapted to the migratory system. Iam not by any means hostile to curvilinear houses: I know them to be well adapted to the culture of many things, according to the present mode; and, were I a pro- prietor regardless of expense, and anxious for something to look at, I should most probably raise one with more curves than ever graced yours at Bayswater. But, were I to erect what I consider would be most useful, I would not think of building a fixed glass structure for plants of any sort. I have by me plans of several of my proposed movable structures ; and, if you think that they can interest any of your 44.4 Propagation of the Conifere by Cuttings. readers, they are at your service. [We shali be exceedingly lad to receive these plans. ] Should my remarks in the preceding part of this paper meet your approbation, I hope that, in more forcible language, you will press them on the attention of your readers: there is something in the present practice radically wrong. Folkstone, August 4. 1837. Art. IV. On the Propagation of the Pine and Fir Tribe, and other Conifer, by Cuttings. By T. M. Linpsay, Gardener at High Clere. From some time previous to the summer of 1835, on to the present time, I have taken considerable pains to ascertain the best possible means of procuring plants of those species of Co- niferse which, at present, are extremely rare in this country, and yet very desirable; and of the seeds of which there are so many difficulties attending the procuring and importation, that it is absolutely necessary for those who wish to have such things, to devise some other means of procuring them than that of raising them from seed. Having been successful in raising a few of the scarcer species, and also some of the more common, by cuttings, and, with no great deal of trouble or attention, I have at last arrived at a con- clusion, that the whole tribe of Coniferge, in the absence of seeds, may be very advantageously raised by cuttings. The species that I have raised by cuttings are as follows : — Ta’xtnm& Richard. A’bie amabilis. Taxus baccata var. variegata. nobilis. Pichta. CuprRE’ssIN& Richard. Picea. Juniperus rectrva. eee Tournefértz. Lari ee expAnsa. arix microcarpa. maya: Cédrus Libani. Pp atas A a Deodara. ; Pinus excélsa. ABIE TINE Richard. mo nticola, Abies Morinda. Cémbra Douglasz. halepénsis. Menziész. sylvéstris. oN ot uke oN Webbiana. ‘ Araucaria imbricata. Clanbrasiliana. Cunninghamia lanceolata. I have found the autumn the best time to put in the cuttings ; and, though the early spring will answer the purpose, I have not found success so certain at that season. The sort of cuttings I prefer are the smallest I can select, from 2 in. to 3 in. long, of the current year’s growth, just as the wood has ripened; say about a re Lowering of the large Palm at Hale Hall. 445 the beginning or end of October. The cuttings should be taken off close, at the commencement of the season’s growth; or if stripped off, and then cut, so much the better. I have found silver, or pure white, sand, with asmall portion of peat or heath mould, answer the purpose better than sand alone. With re- spect to bottom heat, I have been successful both with and with- out it; but should certainly say that a little, at a certain season, was of service, although by no means when the cuttings are first put in. I would recommend the cuttings, for the first five or six weeks, to be covered with a bell-glass, and placed in a shaded part of any house or pit where the thermometer generally stands about 60°; after which they may have a little bottom heat, which may be increased until they are rooted. It is doubted by many, whether plants of Coniferze raised from cuttings will ever form leaders, like seedling plants, unless a leader be selected for the cutting. I can only say that all I have raised have formed good leaders, and many of them have grown 6 in. this season (1837). Itis well known to many that the common spruce fir and others will, in certain situations, layer themselves, and from the points, &c., of their lower branches throw up as good trees as the original. ‘In the statement of the “Whim Spruce” ({p. 249.), and also on this estate, we have instances of the common spruce performing exactly the same thing; and here, in many in- stances, they have formed the fourth tree from the original, the situation being quite different from that at the Whim, and an exposed place on a solid bed of chalk. When layers are found to form good leaders, I think cuttings are quite as likely to do so. Fiigh Clere, July 20. 1837. Art. V. An Account of the Mode in which the large Palm at Hale Hall, Lancashire, was lowered Five Feet. By Joun Nickson, Gardener to J. J. Blackburn, Esq., M.P., at Hale Hall. Tue following is the method in which the large palm at Hale Hall was lowered 5 ft. in April, 1834; and I shall feel proud if ou think it worthy of a place in your Magazine. The Sabai Blackburnidna (a description and history of which are given in Vol. V.) becoming too high for the house, I received permission to lower it, which I accomplished in the following manner : — For several months previous to the undertaking, the house was kept at a low temperature, and water was withheld from the roots, in order to suspend the growth of the tree, and enable it to withstand the operation. A drain was also cut, of suffi- cient depth to keep the foundation dry. I then commenced by 44.6 Mode of training the Sweet Pea. cutting a broad trench round the wall, which I expected en- closed the roots, but found they had penetrated through several fissures to the full extent of the house. Believing the destruc- tion of these might prove injurious, I had them carefully taken up, the wall removed, and the roots placed upon the ball, and covered with mats, to protect them from injury. ‘The trench was then continued 8 ft. deep, which left the tree upon a square base of marl, which I caused to be stayed on all sides to keep it upright. A cut, 18 in. wide, and 24 in. deep, was then made underneath the roots, from north to south, and one also from east to west, which reduced it to four pillars, that gradually gave way by the weight of the tree, as the base of each pillar was diminished. This was repeated until the tree was brought (without the least shock) to the required depth. ‘The wall was then rebuilt, leaving a space of 9in. round the wall, which was filled with fresh sandy soil, and the roots spread therein as the wall advanced. This being completed, the trench was then filled with warm oak leaves, diffusing a mild heat through the ball, which was watered by a gentle stream, until the whole mass becamne saturated; the house was then ‘kept warm and moist ; and the tree, thus excited, soon exhibited a growth at each extremity that removed all apprehensions for its safety. When the heat of the oak leaves had declined, and a renewal was no longer necessary, I had them removed, and the space filled with broken bricks, to keep it dry; upon these a walk is formed on a level with the surface of the roots, commu- nicating by steps with the front and back paths of the house. The sides are supported by rockwork, planted with moss, fern, and other umbrageous plants, which has certainly improved the appearance of the palm, and added novelty to the arrangement. I was informed by many for whose horticultural skill I have great respect, that I was running great risk of depriving this country of one of its greatest vegetable ornaments, or, at least, of bringing on a sickly appearance, if not sudden death ; but, with confidence in the above arrangements, which I had planned after long consideration, I persevered, and have now the satis- faction to see it flowering for the fourth time in its new situation, and growing as vigorously as ever. Hale Hall, Aug. 18. 1837. Art. VI. A Mode of training the Sweet Pea in Flower-Gardens. By Joun Fyrre, Gardener at Milton Bryant. THE sweet pea is esteemed by most lovers of the flower- garden for its rich profusion of flowers, and the delicate perfume which they put forth after a refreshing shower. We conse- a Riga wn Culture of an early Crop of Melons. 447 quently meet with it in most of our flower-gardens, either in rows or patches, supported in the common way by brushwood stakes; though this method is very unsightly to the eye of a lover of neatness and order, making the flower-garden resemble the kitchen department, from which it ought to be kept quite distinct. The method which I have adopted for training the sweet pea is this: — Having procured a quantity of straight hazel rods about the length of 6ft., I cut them down the centre, painting them with light green paint, and place them in the manner shown in Jig. 119.; fixing them firmly in the ground, and tying them at the top } with small twine. When finished in the above manner, they have a much neater and more agreeable appear- ance to the eye of a lover of floricul- ture, than rough brushwood stakes, which are so unsightly, and appear so unsuitable among delicate flowers. After the hazel rods are fixed in the above manner, I plant the peas among some rich stuff along the bottom, in a row (having previously forwarded them in a cold frame) ; and, by tying them neatly to the trellis with matting as they advance, they will have a neat and light appearance when the trellis is covered. I also think that fuchsias, helio- tropes, salvias, salpiglossises, eccre- mocarpuses, lophospermums, cobceas, tropzolums, maurandyas, rhodochi- tons, &c., would look very well trained in the above manner, the height of the stakes being regulated according to the growth of the different species. There are several plants trained in this manner here, and they have a good effect. The good taste which Mrs. Mansfield possesses for flowers, induces her to spare no expense in beautifying and adorning the flower-garden. Melton Bryant, July 17. 1837. Art. VII. On the Culture of an early Crop of Melons. By James CuTHILL. Ir is always my earnest wish to lay before my brother gar- deners, any improvement that it may be my good luck to find out, 448 Culture of an early Crop of Melons. hoping that they will do the same in return. Publicity has done much for our business these last ten years; but I am sorry to say that there are some gardeners who condemn all writers and books upon gardening, and who yet take in all gardening pub- lications, and very much profit by them, though they never make known their own improvements. I have been requested by several of my acquaintances to inform them if I had made any improvement in the culture of early melons; and I have taken the only way to inform them that all gardeners should take; that is, ina public way. The melons that I cultivate for the first crop are the early Cantaloup, not the golden. Its greatest weight is about two pounds; its flavour is good when grown with plenty of sun; but, like all other early fruits that are forced without much sun, the flavour cannot be ex- pected to be so good, and more particularly in such seasons as we have had of late. During the last spring, up to the 13th of May, we had only 150 hours’ sun altogether. ‘The seeds of my early melons were sown upon the 30th of January, once topped, and planted in the pit the 8th of March: they showed fruit April 1st, and set upon the 5th, which fruit they ripened upon the 5th of May; and upon the 13th of last May a medal was awarded for one of mine at the London Society. Now, the ‘grand secret (and when the idea first struck me I was quite enraptured, well knowing that it was good) is this: — As soon as the melon was the size of a walnut, I covered it with a propagating glass, which I filled with sand; and, at the same time, plunged a thermometer into the sand, which generally stood about 90°, while the atmosphere of the pit stood about 75°. Later than May, the plan will not answer, because we allow the lining to get low. ‘The great thing in my improve- ment is, that the gardener can get early melons whether there is sun or not. ‘To the above, I shall add a few useful hints. In the first place, I never top young plants more than twice: if topped more, they throw out more vine than is wanting; and then the knife is used, which they dislike above all things. Secondly, after the hills are first made, I do not add to them, but mould all over the pit; so that at each moulding the roots are starting upwards. Thirdly, watering is done in the middle of the day, in order to steam the plants and to keep down insects, but never upon the centre, for fear of canker. Fourthly, I prefer having the fruit a good distance from the roots; as, when the sap has to pass so many leaves and joints, the fruit are un- doubtedly better-flavoured. The compost I use is loam and dung, not too hard pressed. Dyrham Park Gardens, August 15. 1837. On the forcing of early Cucumbers. 449 Art. VIII. On the forcing of early Cucumbers in Pits heated by Fires. By J. Wicutron, Gardener to Lord Stafford, Cossey Hall. Turis method possesses a decided advantage over the old plan of beds made with manure, which are very uncertain, and at- tended with great trouble. Beds made with dung soon lose their heat, which must be renewed by linings of manure; and these often burn the roots of the plants. If great care be not also taken, the steam from the dung will make its way into the beds, and destroy the plants. ‘The heated vapour from the dung, when it penetrates the beds, is injurious to the plants; and, in dull weather, it keeps the beds in a wet state, so that the plants will become sickly, if they do not decay with damp. All this is prevented by forcing with fire heat; for the heated flue prevents the necessity of using linings of manure, and keeps the pits dry, and free from noxious vapours. ‘There is, also, no danger of burning the roots of the plants, as the flues are above the soil. The pits are filled with oak leaves, and thus keep their heat for a long time. One of my pits is heated by hot water. This I consider pre- ferable to brick fiues for pits; because the pipes occupy less room, the heat is more steady and uniform, and less fire is requi- site. I keep the pits up to from 60° to 75° of Fahrenheit ; and use no covering at night, unless the weather be very cold. I allow one plant only to a light; sprinkle the plants every morn- ing and evening with water a little warmed; and pour some on the flues, to produce a steam, which greatly promotes the growth of the plants. As old customs are not easily relinquished, various objections will probably be raised against this method. In the first place, it may be objected that the expense would be greater than the old method with manure; secondly, that the dry heat will en- courage the red spider; and thirdly, that it will never answer to set a large pit to work in order to raise a few plants. To the first objection, it may be replied, that, where a good deal of forcing is going forward, a supply of early cucumbers is highly desirable; and, if they are grown for sale, they will amply pay for the expense of firing. Tc the second, I have used the fire pits for eight years, and never found the red spider more common than in the old-fashioned beds. ‘They are kept off by the watering and steaming. To the third, I may observe that my plants are raised in one of the forcing-houses. Since this method of growing cucumbers has been adopted, I have been very successful, and have not had half the anxiety which was inseparable from the old plan of beds with manure. Cossey Hall, Feb. 10, 1837. Vou. XIITI.— No. 91. GG 450 On the Culture of the Pea. Art. IX. On the Culture of the Pea. By A. Forsytu. Tue best sorts that I am acquainted with are, the early frame, early Warwick, Bishop’s early dwarf, Spanish dwarf, Knight’s wrinkled marrow (tall and dwarf), blue Prussian, dwarf green imperial, Charlton. Peas are forced, in pots (about 12 plants in a 16-sized pot), placed on the shelves, or planted out in the area of the peach- house, or any other forcing-house where a mild temperature is maintained; and, if plenty of air can be given, without injury to the fruit trees, and the pea blossoms can be brought anywise near the glass, most of the early varieties will succeed well: early frame and early Warwick I should prefer. To obtain an early crop in the open border, the simplest and surest system that I have proved is as follows : — About Martinmas, sow a bed of peas, as thick as one seed can lie by another; say, nine seeds in a square inch: at this rate, a square foot of seed-bed will plant 54 ft. of row, at two plants to an inch; or, a bed 13 ft. long, and 5 ft. wide, will give plants for 20 poles of ground; and can be protected (see my article on strawberries) with four mats, erected on a few straight sticks, which any labourer may get up in one hour; and can be covered, or uncovered, in one minute. Early in March, they maybe planted out in drills, 6in. and 3 ft., alternately, apart ; and 1 in. lower than they stood in the seed-bed. About Christmas, another sowing may be made in the matted bed, for a succession, and treated as above; and a third, in the open ground, about Candlemas, in drills, as above, running north and south, about 3 in. deep, and three seeds to an inch, longitudally. A row of plants, of Bishop’s early dwarf, may be planted in the slip close to the wall, on a south border, early in March, without being injurious or unsightly, on account of their dwarf habits: it is a very common and sure-footed rule, to sow a successional crop as soon as the plants of the preced~- ing, are lin. above ground. As the plants advance, let the cround between the rows be frequently stirred, drawing it to- wards the rows of peas, which, when about 6 in. high, will re- require to be supported by sticks, corresponding in height with their respective habits of growth. Peas may be dwarfed a little, and somewhat forwarded into fruit, by topping their leaders a little before the blossoms appear. For late peas, take out trenches, 3 ft. apart, 9 in. wide, and 9in. deep; in the bottom of these, lay a layer of old hot-bed dung, 3in. deep, and over this a layer of soil, 3 in. ; then sow the peas as directed above, and cover them with about 1 in. of soil; give the whole a good drenching with water ; fill in the rest of the soil, and pass the roller over the whole square. ‘This stratum of dung, when thoroughly wetted, will retain a moisture under the peas, which x rh i Floricultural and Botanical Notices. 451 will prove of the greatest service at this trying season, which may be from the Ist of June till the middle of July; say three sowings, June 4. and 24., and July 14. The system of sow- ing peas onstr ips of turf, in a cold frame, to be planted out en masse in March, is a beautiful and workmanlike system, where it can be practised; but even turf, common as it is, is sometimes both scarce and dear in the suburbs. In ordinary cases, I should not sow peas in the open ground, where they are to remain, before February. Isleworth, January, 1837. ArT. X. Floricultural and Botanical Notices on Kinds of Plants newly introduced into our Gardens, and that have originated in them, and on Kinds of Interest previously extant in them ; supplementary to the latest Editions of the * Encyclopedia of Plants,” and of the ‘“* Hortus Britannicus.” Curtis's Botanical Magazine ; in monthly numbers, each containing eight plates; 3s. 6d. coloured, 3s. plain. Edited by Sir William Jackson Hooker, LL.D., &c. Eidwards’s Botanical Register ; in monthly numbers, each containing eight plates; 4s. coloured, 3s. plain. Edited by Dr. Lindley, Professor of Botany in the London University. Sweel’s British Flower-Garden ; in monthly numbers, each containing four plates; 3s. coloured, 2s. 3d. plain. Edited by David Don, Esq., Professor of Botany in King’s College, and Librarian to the Linnzan Society. The Botanist ; in monthly numbers, each containing four plates, with two pages of letterpress ; 8vo, large paper, 2s. 6d.; small paper, ls. 6d. Conducted by B. Maund, Esq., F.L.S., assisted by the Rev. J. S. Henslow, M.A., F.L.S., &c., Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge. Paxton’s Magazine of Botany, and Register of Flowering Plants; in monthly numbers; large 8vo; 2s. 6d. each. The Floral Cabinet ; in monthly numbers, 4to; 2s.6d. each. Con- ducted by G. B. Knowles, Esq., and Frederick Westcott, Esq., Honorary Secretaries of the Birmingham Botanical and Horticul- tural Society. RANUNCULA CEL. 1599. DELPHYNIUM 14154 intermédium *ceruléscens Lindl. downy-leaved Y A or] jl LB .. ?1836 D co Bot. reg. 1984. A very striking variety of D. intermedium, with the palest flowers of any that Dr. Lindley is acquainted with, and perhaps, also, the tallest stem. The leaves have their base decidedly truncate, as in D. palmatifidum B. #., 1963., which is another variety of D. intermédium. There are plants in the Horti- cultural Society’s Garden. (Bot. Reg., Sept.) GG 2 A452 Floricultural and Botanical Notices, Caryophillee. 1388. SILE‘NE 11627 compacta Synonyme : S. purpurea Knowles & Westcott, Flor, Cab. 42. A A hardy annual, growing to the height of about 3 ft., covered with a glaucous hue; branched towards the top, where the flowers, which are in dense heads on short pedicels, assume a livid purple colour, more or less intense. It is a beautiful and free-flowering annual, continuing in bloom from the beginning of June till the end of August. It requires no particular soil, and ripens seeds freely. If sown in the autumn, it will endure our ordinary winters, and come into flower in May; and, sown late in spring, the plants will continue flowering till killed by the frost. (Zor. Cab., Sept.) Oxalidee. 1414, O/X ALIS £398- *alba D. Don white-flowered § A pr 2 my W ? America 1836 O co Swt. Br. fl.-gard *“‘ Nearly related to QO. bipartita of the FZ. Brasil. Merid. of A. de St. Hilaire, but in that the scapes are dichotomous, bearing from three to seven flowers; the sepals biglandose at the apex ; the stamens monadelphous, with the longer ones toothless, and the styles combined at the base.” Its native country is not known; but it is probably American, being nearly allied to O. bipartita and divérgens. ‘The plant was received, by Dr. Neill of Edinburgh, from Mr. Lawson, seedsman cneres who had it from Messrs. Henry Storr and Sons, florists, Haarlem. The leaves have a singular appearance, being ternate, with the leaflets deeply bipartite, and the divisions linear and divaricate, and 2in. long. (Swt. Br. £.-Gard., Sept.) Leguminose. 1258 EUTA’XIA *Baxter? Knowl. & Westc. Baxter’s % t_] pr 6 .. Y N. Holl. 1830 C s.pl Flor. cab. 43. « An evergreen, and by no means handsome in its growth, being naked until near the top of the stem, when it sends off several long rambling branches; but, notwithstanding, its foliage and inflorescence form a pleasing addition to the green-house. The plants are rather disposed to run too high; to prevent which, and to form bushy plants, the leading shoots should be often topped during summer. Leaves opposite, or in threes, leathery, inversely Ounie. mucronate, veined. Flowers axillary, in threes.” (lor. Cab., Sept.) Rosdacee. 1535a. *COWA‘NIA D. Don. Tae Cowanra. (In honour of the late Mr. James Cowan, who, in th capacity of a merchant, had occasion to visit Peru and Mexico, whence he introduced a numbe of interesting plants, then new, to our collections.) *plicata D. Don plaited-/eaved pr 2 jn R Mexico ... D sp Swt. Br. fl.-gard. 400. Cowanraé. Calyx 5-cleft. Petals 5. Ovaries 5—14. Ovule erect. Styles terminal, continuous. Achenia awned with the plumose persistent styles. Kmbryo erect. Evergreen, leafy, much branched shrubs; natives of Mexico. Leayes lobed, co- supplementary to Encyc. of Plants and Hort. Brit. 453 riaceous. Stipules adherent. Flowers terminal, solitary, almost sessile; red, and very handsome. (D. Don.) Spec. Char., §c. C. plicata. Leaves wedge-shaped, oblong, pinnatifid, plaited. Ovaries 14. (D. Don.) “‘ A rigid, evergreen, decumbent, much-branched shrub, about 2ft. high, and furnished with a dark-brown bark. Branches copiously clothed with stalked glands, scaly below from the re- mains of past leaves. Leaves cuneately oblong, pinnatifid, plicate, half an inch or more in length, dark green; minutely glandular and shining above; white and downy beneath with adpressed cottony pubescence. The nerves prominent. Lobes varying from 5 to 7, short, obtuse; the margins revolute and occasionally toothed. Petioles very short, slightly channelled above, sheathing at the base. Stipules adherent; the free apices subulate, hairy, green, shorter than the adherent portion. Flowers terminal, solitary; when in the bud state, exactly like those of Aosa. Peduncles scarcely a nail long, cylindrical, thickened towards the apex, copiously downy and glandular, and furnished at the base with a single, linear, acuminate, chan- neled, glandular bractea. Calyx turbinate, hollow, copiously downy and glandular; tube glabrous, shining, and green within; limb 5-parted, spreading; segments ovate, acuminate, entire. Petals 5, obovate, double the length of the calycine segments, of a rich lilac. Stamens 72, disposed in many series. [*ilaments capillary, glabrous, white, pink at the base. Anthers cordate, yellow, bilocular; the cells parallel, and opening lengthwise. Ovaria 14, free, arising from the centre of the torus, which is seated at the bottom of the calyx; oblong, clavate, copiously silky. Styles continuous, short. Stigmas terminal, simple, yellow, minutely papillose. Achenia about 8, turbinate, silky, crowned by the persistent feathery styles, which are 13 in. long.” “We have seldom,” Professor Don remarks, ‘had an op- portunity of laying before our readers a subject of equal interest and beauty with the present, which is not only a new species, but an entirely new genus, to our gardens. It was raised by our zealous friend Mr. Thomas Blair, gardener to Mr. Clay, at Stamford Hill, from seeds picked from a specimen collected by Captain Colquhoun in the Uplands of Mexico. It promises to be sufficiently hardy to endure our winters in the open air; and, as it is an evergreen shrub, with a peculiar habit, and large showy blossoms resembling a small rose, it must be regarded as the most valuable addition made to our gardens for some years past. ‘The genus was originally founded by us in the 14th volume of the Linnean Transactions, upon another species, col- lected in the same country by Sessé and Mocino, and which is distinguished from the present one by its tripartite leaves with entire lobes. The genus is exactly intermediate between Dryas GE 3 454 HMoricultural and Botanical Notices, and Purshza; differing from the former in the quinary arrange- ment of the floral envelopes and definite ovaria; and from the latter, in the more numerous achenia, crowned by the persistent feathery styles.” (Swt. Brit. Fl.-Gard., Sept.) Loaseze. 2194. BLUMENBA‘CHIA [Bot. mag. 3599. *multifida Hook. wmultifid-leaved * © ori jln Gsh. R.and Y Buenos Ayres 1826 S r.m, This new Blumenbachza was first detected by the late Dr. Gillies at Buenos Ayres; and Sir W. J. Hooker noticed his spe- cimens, preserved in his herbarium, under the name of B. insignis, at t. 2865. of the Botanical Magazine. Since that discovery, Mr. Tweedie has gathered the same plant in the Pampas of Buenos Ayres, and seeds from him have been raised in the Glasgow Botanic garden. ‘The plants flourish extremely well in the open border, and preserve all the characters of native dried ones; so that there can be little doubt of the species being distinct from B. insignis. It is much the stronger growing plant of the two; and the leaves are much larger, 5-partite in a palmated manner ; the middle lobe the longest, but all of them bipinnatifid, and wrinkled upon the surface. (Bot. Mag., Sept.) 1478. MENT ZE‘LIA *stipitata Dec. stalked ye AJ or 2 o Y Mexico 1835 C s.1 Botanist, 34. The present species is a native of Mexico, whence it was sent by Mr. Bates to the Liverpool Botanic Garden, and flowered in the green-house there. The flowers of all the species hitherto known are orange-coloured, and only expand when exposed to strong direct solar light, and continue in bloom only a few hours, but follow each other in rapid succession. They are devoid of perfume. The hairs of many species, and of Blumenbachza insignis, secrete a pungent juice, much more potent than that of the nettle ; and, as it is probable that this property is possessed by some mentzelias, it is prudent to avoid touching them care- lessly. A mixture of sandy loam and peat seems to suit this plant best. Leaves alternate, exstipulate, petiolate, somewhat lobed or angular; pointed at the top, with large unequal teeth ; both surfaces hairy; upper surface deep green; under, lighter. Flowers large, orange-yellow, solitary. (Botanist, Sept.) Lobeliacez. 609. LOBE‘LIA 5103 syphilitica _var: *hybrida Hook, Y A or2 jn.0 B we oe C s.p Bot. mag. 3604. Synonymes : L, specidsa, and L. Millerz Hort. “‘ There are few more beautiful hybrid vegetable productions than the present, which, though known in our gardens by a | peculiar specific name, as if it were a legitimate individual, is now universally acknowledged to be the offspring of L. syphi- litica on the one hand, and of some scarlet-flowering species (L. falgens, or cardinalis, or splendens) on the other. It is quite hardy, growing, in the open air, to the height of 2 or 3 feet; supplementary to Encyc. of Plants and Hort. Brit. 455 blossoming through the summer months, and continuing in great beauty, till cut off by the autumnal frosts.” (Bot. Mag., Sept.) Gesneraceze. 1698. GE/SNERA *Lindleyz Hook. Lindley’s y (A) s.pl 2 jn.jl. S.Y Brazil 1825 C pi Bot. mag. 3602. Synonyme: G. rutila atrosanguinea Lindl., Bot. Reg., t. 1279. ** ‘This is a very striking plant, handsome in its foliage and in its flowers; which latter, though each is but of few days’ duration, are succeeded by others in the same whorl for a considerable length of time. Leaves alternate, entire, or laciniate, rarely fis- tulous. Flowers in racemes, terminal or axillary, solitary. Pedi- cels bibracteate or naked. (Bot. Mag., Sept.) Convolvuldcee. 492a. *PHARBITIS Chois. Tur Puarsitis. (From pharbé, colour; on account ‘of the elegance and variety of colour in the flowers.) *diversifolia Lindl. 3-lobed _4 10] pr 5 jn s B.R Mexico ?1836 R co Bot. reg. 1988. A very pretty little half-hardy annual, about half the size of the common Convélvulus major, of which it has very much the appearance. It differs, however, in constantly producing, at the latter part of the year, 3-lobed leaves, instead of entire ones; so that specimens of the same plant, collected at different seasons, would be thought essentially different. In the first stage of its growth, it is like P. hispida; at the next, it resembles P. hedera- cea, only that the calyx and inflorescence are distinct. Leaves cordate, acuminate. Flowers purple, with blood-coloured radii. (Bot. Reg., Sept.) Solanaceae. 588a, GRABO’WSKIA Schlech. 4694 boerhaaviefolia (Crabowskia G. Don.) Synonyme : L¥cium boerhaaviefoliwm Linn, ; Ehrétéa halimifodlia L’Herd¢. ; L¥cium heterophfilum UrTAY- ** A spiny scrambling shrub, with singular, fleshy, glaucous leaves, which give it a gray appearance, like triplex Halimus. It is hardy enough, in the garden of the Horticultural Society, to live out of doors against a south wall, where it does not suffer at all in moderate winters: even in the last severe one, it was not much injured. Notwithstanding the dull aspect of both leaves and flowers, it forms a pleasing appearance when mixed with other and greener plants. It is a native of Brazil, where Sellow found it in the fields and woods of the southern provinces, a common shrub, growing from 6 ft. to 10 ft. high. It is also found in Peru. Leaves obovate, somewhat wedge-shaped at the base. Flowers opposite, solitary. Calyx fleshy, rather irregular, often laterally cleft. Corolla pale, lead-coloured, im- bricate in zestivation; segments reflexed at the margin; veins green, reticulate at the base; 5 series of succulent articulated hairs occupying the neck, filaments, and tube of the corolla. Disk orange-yellow, fleshy, quickly absorbed by the growth of the ovary. Ovary fleshy, 4-celled; ovule solitary, spherical, ascendant in each cell; style simple, glabrous ; stigma thickened, Gat 456 Floricultural and Botanical Notices, green, bending downwards at both sides, scarcely 2-lobed.” (Bot. Reg., Sept.) In the Arboretum Britannicum, p. 1274., a plant is stated to have stood out, for several years, in the Epsom Nursery, in the open garden; from which it appears to be as hardy as Lycium europe um. Scrophularidcee. 1783. MI’”MULUS var. Harrison¢a@nus Paxt. «This showy hybrid is the result of impregnation between M. cardinalis and M. roseus, it having been obtained from seeds of the latter, the flowers of which were impregnated with the pollen of the former.” Raised by Messrs. Low and Co. of the Clapton Nursery; and is, in all probability, quite hardy. (Paz. Mag. of Bot., Sept.) ‘This, and M. Hédsonz, noticed p. 333., will probably form two valuable additions to the flower-garden, not only from the brilliancy of their colours; but because, by a little judicious cutting and watering the root in dry weather, they may be kept in flower all the summer. All the mimuluses will grow in any common soil, kept moist; but a sandy loam appears to suit them best. Labiate. £1693. SCUTELLASRIA 15290 alpina hes *sanguinea D. Don red Y A ori jno R ... 1835 D p.l Swt, Br. fl.-gard. 399. ** The plant is a hardy perennial, easily increased by division. Like the other varieties of alpina, it continues in flower for a considerable time; and, from the size of its blossoms, and its dwarf habit, it is equally entitled with them to a place in the rockwork, or front of the flower border.” ‘There are plants in the Birmingham Botanic Garden. Stems procumbent, 3 in. to 5in. long. Leaves ovate-oblong, crenated, 3 in. long. Flowers with large bracteas; the calyx and the bracteas both purple co- loured. On the whole, this appears a most valuable addition to the flower-garden. ‘The English name, skullcap, given to this genus, is a translation of the Latin word Cassida, the name ap- plied to it by Tournefort. (Sw. Br. £l.-Gard., Sept.) Primulacee. 451. PRYMULA *ventista Host neat ~ A or ap.my P Hungary 1833 D sl Bot. reg. 1983. Synonyme: P. Freyeri Hoppe. Brought from the Botanic Garden, Vienna, by the Hon. W. F. Strangways. It is distinguished from P. auricula by its smooth toothletted leaves, long-tubed calyx, and purple flowers. It is a native of the hilly parts of Hungary, and the crevices of rocks at Krain, near Idria. (Bot. Reg., Aug.) Orchidacee. 9554. EPIDE/NDRUM { [D_ p.r.w_ Bot. mag. 3595. *coriaceum Parker MSS. coriaceous-leaved € [7] orl ... Gsh spotted with P Demerara ... This plant was sent from Demerara, some years ago, by C. Parker, Esq., to the Liverpool Botanic Garden. It was at first supplementary to Encyc. of Plants and Hort. Brit. 457 considered a variety of E. variegatum Bot. Mag., 3151.; but Sir W. J. Hooker thinks that it is distinct. (Bot. Mag., Aug.) 9593. CYMBI’DIUM 22636 ensifdlium [reg. 1796. *estriatum Lind. streakless y [A] fra 22 jn.o Gspotted with R China ... D l.p Bot. *“‘ It is a very easy plant to cultivate, requiring nothing more than good green-house management, when it produces quantities of its slightly fragrant flowers in the spring. C. xiphiifolium, with spotless pallid flowers, is very near this species, and is, per- haps, a variety.” (Bot. Reg., Aug.) 2530a. MONACHA/’NTHUS discolor [mag. 3601. var. *viridiflora Hook. greenish-flowered & [A] orl au G Demerara ?1835 D p.r.w Bot. ‘“‘ Like so many of the epiphytal Orchidez, the present species is probably liable to considerable variation. ‘Three plants of it, received at different times from Demerara, have all proved dif- ferent in colour, and somewhat in the shape of the flowers. All are eminently singular, and deserving of cultivation.” (Bot. Mag., Sep.) 2580. CYPRIPE‘DIUM | i [ Bot. reg. 1991. *purpuratum Lindi. purple-flowered YY A orZ n P Malayan Archipelago 1836 R s.p Imported by Mr. Knight of King’s Road, Chelsea. Its leaves are most like those of C. ventstum ; but are more oblong, and far less rigid, besides having a pallid colour. (Bot. Reg., Sept.) *MACROCHI‘LUS Knowles & Westcott. Macrocuitus. (From makros, long, and chedlos,alip; in allu- sion to the unusual size of that part of the flower.) [cab. 45; *Frydnus Knowles & Westcott. Fry’s € (A) orl .. R.andG Brazil 1835 D pxrw Flor. This plant, which is perfectly new to this country, is a native of the Brazils, whence it was received, with many other rarities, by the Birmingham Botanical and Horticultural Society, in the autumn of 1835. ‘The flower is strikingly handsome; the deli- cate cream-coloured sepals and petals presenting a fine contrast with the unusually large and beautifully marked labellum ; and, upon the whole, it cannot fail to be regarded as an elegant and most valuable addition to our present stock of orchideaceous plants. It should be planted in rough sandy peat, mixed with a considerable portion of fine drainers, using, also, plenty of drain- ers at the bottom of the pot. ‘The creeping stems, from which the pseudo-bulbs grow, ought to be entirely upon the surface. To facilitate increase, the stems may be cut half through (which will cause young shoots to be sent out), and, finally, cut through a month or more before dividing. (for. Cab., Sept.) Amaryllidacese. 975. HABRA’NTHUS 28907 Andersonz *var. 5texanus Herb. Texian ¥ AJ orl .. Y Texas 1834 O s.1 Bot. mag, 3596. Of this pretty Habranthus four varieties are noticed by Mr. Herbert in the Botanic Register, all, apparently, from Monte Video. ‘The plant,” Sir W. J. Hooker observes, *“‘ must have an extended range. I possess specimens from Buenos Ayres, gathered by Tweedie; from Araucania, South Chili, by Mr. Reynolds; and Mr. Drummond sent the species from Texas 458 Floricuitural and Botanical Notices. which Mr. Herbert has pronounced to be the same,” (Bot. Mag., Aug.) Liliaceae. 1017. TULIPA [reg. 1990. *scabriscapa Strangways Yrough-stemmed § A or2 apmy R.Y Italy 1837 O rm Bot. The tulip, in its cultivated state, assumes appearances so un- like what are proper to it when wild, that it is only after long and patient investigation that garden varieties can be referred to their original species. Mr Strangways’s residence at Florence, and the enquiries he was able to institute on this subject, have enabled him to investigate the genus successfully; and he has characterised four varieites of 7. scabriscapa; viz. Z. s. primu- lina (Lady Hawarden’s tulip), Z. s. strangulata, Z. s. mixta, and J. s. Buonarrottidna, which might be taken as the wild or original of the Van Toll, or Dutch sweet-scented tulip. “¢ These four tulips agree in the form of the flowers, which are elegantly cup-shaped ; petals pointed, though less so than in 7. O’culus solis; germen prismatic; stigma overhanging, not so large as in Gesnerzdna ; bulb smooth; scape rough, pubescent, or even hairy in strong plants, in which they differ from all other tulips. The petals of all have two strong furrows down the middle. Their leaves are glaucous, more or less undulated. ‘They may possibly be the original stock of a tribe of second-rate garden tulips, neglected for the more showy varieties of T. Gesnerzana, which are met with in some of our gardens, and which betray their origin by their pointed petals, honey smell, and more or less pubescence on the stalk. Of these garden varieties, the Van Toll has been noticed. ‘Those that are in cultivation at Florence are either the improved 7. s. mixta, or a large very double sort of a mixture of white, pink, and green-pointed petals; short scape, smooth as far down as one or two green or party-co- loured leaves, like bractee, and rough below them, where the true scape begins ; the upper smooth part with its leaves (de- tached petals) being, in fact, a monstrous elongated fiower; also some English or Dutch pink or lilac, and white, with pointed petals, and stalks pubescent towards the base: that called the early Edgar is one of this set. In cottage gardens in the west of England are often seen two varieties that can only be referred _ to this class of tulips: one is exactly the strangulata of Florence, with a perfectly smooth stalk ; the other, a handsome variety of the same, having the black and yellow eye of 7. O. solis, from which, however, it differs in every important character. These pointed-petaled tulips are frequently introduced into Italian paintings; and in the gallery Gualtieri at Orvieto are six ob- long pictures of flowers, with the date 1614, in which many of these tulips are represented, besides other flowers, with the Italian names of that time.” (Bot. Reg., Sept.) General Notices. 459 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. Art. I. General Notices: ReEw’s new Hydraulic Engine (fig. 120., to a scale of 1in. to 1 ft.) — Our readers are aware of the important improvement made by Mr. Reid in the garden syringe, in 1819, by the introduction of the ball-valve, almost the only description of valve of which it may be said that it never goes out of repair; and that it will continue to act perfectly for a life- time, or till the materials of which it is composed decay. Mr. Reid has recently made a great additional improvement in this syringe, by which it is, in effect, turned into a garden engine; the difference between a com- mon syringe and an engine being, that the latter forces out the water in one continuous stream. Mr. Reid’s improvement consists in an arrangement by which a volume of air is compressed to an indefinite extent, by the working of the piston for forcing out the water, and without any sensible increase of Tin WY labour to the operator. The manner in which this effected ii will be understood by the diagram il Jig. 121.; in which a is the piston i and cylinder, as in the common syringe; 6, a case in which this syringe, and also the discharge- tube (c), are enclosed ; d, asmall hole in the side of the discharge- tube; and e, a valve at the bottom of the discharge-tube: f is a | valve to the suction-tube, by which the water is drawn up from a watering-pot, pail, or any 120. jill other vessel. On the motion of drawing up the piston (a), the il water enters by f; while, by Ht pushing down the piston, the valve at f is closed, and the : water is forced up the valve at e, : into the discharge-tube; but, as some more water is forced into this tube than can pass i through it, it escapes, by the small opening at d, into the vessel ofair in which the working barrel and the discharge- tube are encased. As the air cannot escape from this vessel, it is necessarily compressed by the water which enters through the small opening at d; and, consequently, when the piston (a) is drawn up, and no longer forces the water up the discharge-tube (c), the action on that tube is kept up by the expansion of the compressed air which shuts the valve at e, and, consequently, forces the water along c. A great beauty in this arrangement is, that no exertion of the operator is lost; nor can he exert himself without pro- ducing a corresponding result ; for if, by rapid and powerful action he drives much water into the air-vessel, the greater degree in which the air is compressed will force the water with the more rapidity through the discharge-tube (c). In this way, it may be said that the superfluous exertion of the operator is not only saved, but turned to powerful account in producing a continuous stream. Mr. Reid states that this saving of labour is one third as compared with other engines of the kind. Fig. 120. shows a general view of the engine, to a scale of 14 in. to 1 ft.; by which it appears to be 3 ft. in length; and the outer casing is 23 in. in diameter. It weighs between 5lb. and 6lb.; it works with remarkable ease, and is Ezz — iS) a 460 General Notices. warranted by Mr. Reid to last a lifetime. By the addition of a flexible tube of 4ft. in length, it becomes an excellent veterinary syringe, and, as such, will be nearly as useful to a farrier as to a gardener. Like Mr. Reid’s common syringe, it is also valuable for aiding in the extinction of fires newly broken out : for which purpose we have recommended it in our Suburban Gardener, to be kept in every house, in a particular place, familiar to all the occupants of the house ; and we keep one ourselves, at the back of our entrance door. — Cond. Mr. Gowan’s Mode of grafting the Vine. — After relating my success inthe herbaceous grafting of A\bies Smithidna (Morinda) on A’bies excélsa, I cannot omit noticing the important discovery of grafting vines by Mr. Gowan, at Cadder House, by Glasgow. He is a most unassuming man ; and, in my opinion, has not yet had that attention paid to him that his merit deserves: indeed, I was a little sceptical in my opinion of the matter; but, in March, 1836, J had a few kinds grafted, and two of them bore fruit the same season ; and that year, on application to the Horticultural Society of London, a few cuttings of vines were sent to this place, and grafted at the end of March. Some of the shoots are now 10 ft. long, and will be in fine condition for bearmg next year. Is this not of importance in old established vineries, where any new sorts are wanted ? The success in grafting vines depends on the time, which appears to be when the young shoots of the stocks have advanced from 15 in. to 18 in. long; but, as Mr. Gowan has given a particular description of his method (p. 117.), it would be improper for me to advance any thing more upon the subject. — James Smith. Hopetoun House, July 1.1837. Heracleum perénne. — The Scotch newspapers, particularly those of Ayr, are directing public attention to a new species of Heracléwm, or cow-parsnep, introduced from Siberia, by our amiable and intelligent friend Mr. Smith of the Ayr Nursery. “ Its qualities for feeding, especially dairy stock, have been proved by many respectable individuals to be very superior; and its bulk of herbage far exceeds that of any vegetable yet known in Brita. It is very hardy, and from 4:to 5 weeks earlier than any other plant in cultivation in this country; which alone adds to its value beyond price. Such an acquisition of early feeding in backward springs will prove of incalculable benefit, as it grows freely upon any soil, and is easily managed. Mr. Smith sows it im drills, and treats it in the same manner as lucerne. It is a true perennial, and the older the plant, the more vigorous is its growth, and the greater the bulk of vege- table matter which it produces.” (Ayr Advertiser.) Rhubarb Jelly. — At the Caledonian Horticultural Society’s show, held on July 12., a new and interesting article of confectionary was exhibited in the Council Room, and tasted by many of the company. This consisted of jelly and jam made from the tender leat-stalks of a peculiar variety of red rhubarb, cultivated in the Society’s Garden. The flavour was considered equal, if not superior, to that of currant jelly, and it may be prepared in the spring, three months before currants are ripe. The Society’s honorary silver medal was unanimously voted to Mr. James Macnab, who has the sole merit of introducing this novelty. (Scotsman, July 19.) Rhubarb Wine. — The leaf-stalks of the giant rhubarb, cut into pieces as if for tarts, and bruised with a wooden mallet to express the juice, will make a delicious wine, quite equal to green gooseberry, and very closely resembling champagne. — J. W. L. Keeping of Filberts.— This being the nut season, I may as well inform ou that a dish of filberts, the growth of 1835, was exhibited in our garden, on the 2d of this month, by J. Johnson, Esq., of this town. His experiment was most successful, for the kernels of most of them were sound, and of good quality. A prize was awarded to Mr. Johnson on the occasion. The filberts, when perfectly ripe and dry, are packed, with their husks on, in earthen jars ; a layer of salt is spread over the surface ; a piece of brown paper is fastened on to exclude the air ; and they are kept in a dry cool cellar. The Turkish method of preserving filberts (Gard. Mag.,iv. p.307.) is somewhat akin to the above. — A. Campbell. Manchester, August 15. 1837, Foreign Notices : — France. 461 * The Wood of the Phillyrea is, perhaps, next to box, the best for wood-en- graving. Ihave used it for this purpose with entire success, with the advan- tage that blocks of large size can be had of it, without joining. It works quite as well as box; and, for hardness and durability in printing, seems to be but little inferior. — Samuel Hassell, Littleton, near Somerton, August 1. 1837. Fibre of the Pine-apple Plant.— At an evening meeting at the Gallery of Practical Science, M. F. B. Zincke explained the advantages that would be derived from the use of the fibre obtained from the leaf of the pine-apple plant in the textile fabrics of this country. The fineness and strength of the fibre was shown by experiment, and specimens of it prepared, both plain and dyed of various colours. M. Zincke also advocated its cultivation, as giving a new value to West India property, which, he said, was now suffering, and was likely to suffer still more, from the dislike evinced by the emancipated negroes to engage on any terms in the sugar cultivation. M. Zincke explained that the cultivation of the pine-apple plant required but little labour or expense ; that it was but little affected by the casualties of weather, which so often prove so detrimental to other crops; that the machinery necessary for preparing the fibre from the plant was of the simplest kind; that every part of the process could be managed either by Europeans or negroes ; and he calculated that it might be delivered in England, exclusive of profit or duty, at 4d. per pound. (Atheneum, June 17. 1837.) The foregoing paragraph being copied into L’ Echo du Monde Savant, a French periodical, has had its meaning quite altered, from translating pine-apple plant by the term Coniferes. To render Fuci and Lichens edible. —'The Royal Society of Arts for Scot- land, among their prizes for 1837-8, have offered the silver medal, value five sovereigns, “ for a mode of depriving the mucilage of fuci and lichens of its disagreeable taste and odour.” (See Scotsman, August 9. 1837.) Plants rich in Potash can never be petrified. — Hence, only trees and shrubs occur in a fossil state, and never herbaceous plants. Shrubs occur more rarely than trees ; because, though they contain less potash than herbaceous plants, yet, when calcined, they yield more than trees. (Goppert on Fossil Plants, and on the Process\of Petrifaction, as translated in Jameson’s Journal, July 23, 1837.) Art. II. Foreign Notices. FRANCE. Paris, July 4. 1837.— I send you herewith a Monograph on the Genus Ca- méllia, by my friend the Abbé Berléze, under secretary to the Horticultural Society of Paris; and I think you will agree with me, that this little work 1s one of the best that has been published for guiding both amateurs and gar- deners as to the choice and culture of that beautiful shrub. Secondly, I send you three polemical letters of mine, relating to the encouragement given in this country to agriculture. It was in consequence of these letters, and another addressed to the king, and which was sent to the ministers, that the Minister of Public Works decided on offering a prize for the best elementary works on agriculture, for the use of children educated in the public schools in the French provinces. [also send a chapter on the parterres in old French gardens, extracted from an Encyclopedia of Gardening, which some of my friends and myself have undertaken to publish in France, in imitation of your English one: but we are not here seconded, as you are, by the rich proprie- tors. The taste for elegant horticulture is absolutely extinct in France; ana, as a proof of this, there is not one single stove or green-house in or near Paris that deserves the name, except those of M. Rothschild. There is no knowledge here of the beautiful plants necessary to form the collection of an amateur; and to this is joined a parsimonious spirit, which thinks every thing “too dear.” The Parisians preter using their fuel to cook palatable dishes, rather than to keep rare plants; and, when the price of any one of these exceeds a crown, they will not even look at it. — Soulange-Bodin. 462 Foreign Notices : — France. Summary of Subjects proposed for Prizes by the Agricultural Society of France at their Meeting in July, 1837.—{ i. To be decided in 1838. For the introduc- tion of organised and mineral manures. For the translation of useful works on agriculture, written in foreign languages. For biographical notices of per- sons who have rendered benefits to agriculture. For works, essays, or practical observations relative to veterinary surgery. For essays on practical irriga- tion, and information respecting the statistics of irrigation in France. For information respecting the cultivation of apples and pears for perry and cider, in France. For an essay on the uses which may be made of the dead bodies of animals, killed by accident, or which have died of diseases in the field. For a hand threshing-machine, which, without breaking the straw more than the flail, shall separate the corn and winnow it with the greatest economy. For the best method of forming Artesian wells. For a rasp for preparing potatoes for making flour and starch. For a system of a rotation of crops without a fallow. For plantations of mulberries, and for rearing silk- worms, in those departments of France into which they have not yet been introduced. For the extraction of sugar from the beet-root, in small esta- blishments. For the discovery of a simple method, which might be practised by small cultivators, for preserving corn from insects ; for stopping the ravages of insects when the corn is already attacked; and for good observations on the natural history of the msects which attack corn. For the draining of wet clayey soils. For the composition of elementary works on agriculture, for the use of children in the national schools. § il. Zo be decided in 1839. For the imitating, in France, of the best Dutch, Cheshire, and Parmesan cheeses. For the best method of prevent- ing or curing the diseases of silkworms. For observations, founded on ex- perience, on the best method of harnessing oxen. § iii. Zo be decided in 1845. For plantations of cork trees on sandy or bad soil, in the south of France, made before the end of 1838. § iv. Zo be decided in 1848, For the propagation of good kinds of fruit trees by seeds. §v. Zo be decided in 1850. For plantations of any of the three follow- ing kinds of oak, all of which may be employed in dyeing : — 1. Quércus tinc- toria, the quercitron, or yellow oak, a native of North America (see Ard. Brit., p. 1884.) 2. Q. infectoria, the gall-nut oak, a native of Asia Minor (see Arb. Brit., p.1928.); and, 3. Q. AZ’gilops, the Valonia oak, indigenous in Greece. (See Arb. Brit., p. 1861.) Insects destructive to the Vine. — The mayor of the commune of Argenteuil has written to the Academy of Sciences on the subject of an insect which, for many years, has devastated the vines in that commune. This insect, or maggot, was observed in the year 1783, and disappeared some years after- wards. Twenty-four years later, it reappeared, and caused like ravages during from six to ten years. It has recently returned, and increased so fast, that at present it occupies about three fifths of this territory, leaving complete deso- lation behind it. This insect, after having gnawed the leaves, and injured many of the grapes, envelopes itself in one of the leaves, and there under- goes itsmetamorphosis. The damage done by it this year cannot be estimated at less than from 500 to 600 francs. The larva changes into a moth in July, and deposits its eggs on the vines in September, which come forth in the May of the following year. MM. Duméril and A. Saint Hilaire, being appointed by the Academy to verify the damages stated in the letter of the mayor of Argenteuil, visited this locality, and have made a report of their examination. For a considerable space, they saw all the vines stripped of their leaves, and dried up. The greater part of this destruction is caused by a well-known Pyralis, which, in the caterpillar state, rolls up and twists the leaves, and causes them to wither. M. Duméril placed before the Academy this insect in the state of larva, chrysalis, and moth, as well as the eggs: but two other insects have also attacked the grapes, and contributed to the destruction of the vine in this place. (L’? E’cho du Monde Savant, Aug. 2.'1837.) Acclimatising Plants at Hiéres,in the South of France.— M. Rantonnet, hor- Foreign Notices :— France. 463 ticulturist at Hiéres, has published some curious observations on the inten- sity of the last winter’s frost, and on the damage which it has caused in Provence. The frost commenced December 26. The thermometer already indicated 2° below zero; on the 29th, it fell to 5°; and on the 31st, to 42°: there was then a little snow, which lasted three days. The frost diminished to the Ist of January; and, from the 6th to the 10th, the weather set in fair, and continued so until the 23d of March. The frost then returned, and there was tolerably thick ice. On the 10th of April, there was snow still seen on the mountains, at three leagues from Hiéres. At Hiéres, the lemon trees, the bergamottes, the citron tree, the great lemon, the mellarossa, the lumies, limes, &c., all suffered so much, that it was necessary to cut them down to the roots. Among the exotics which perished, are noticed the Echi- nus candicans, Clethra arborea, Visnea Mocanéra, Acacia lophantha, Cassia tomentosa, Phlomis Leontrus, Eucalyptus diversifolia and obliqua, Solanum betaceum, Gréwia orientalis, Linum trigynum, Cineraria platanifolia, Ficus elastica, and all the date trees from the age of three to six years, The Ery- thrina Crista-galli also died, as well as the climbing plants trained against the walls; such as the Técoma capénsis, Jasminum grandiflorum and azéricum, Cobe‘a scandens, Phaséolus Caracélla, and Délichos lignosus. The Casuarina equisetifolia, Melaleuca linarifolia, Nérium spléndens and Album, and Schinus Molle, scarcely suffered at all; but the young plants of these latter mentioned were completely killed. The bamboo, the Acacia farnesiana, Pittésporum nanum, Salvia formdea and mexicana, Solanum auriculatum, the guava (Psidium pyriferum), and Brugmansia suaveolens, nearly all died. As for Acacia latifolia, Hibiscus mutabilis, Lantana Séllowi, Citrus bizzaria and myrtifolia, they scarcely suffered at all. The tubers of the Jerusalem artichoke, which are harvested generally in January and February, were frozen, Usually, they sell at 10 or 15 centimes the dozen; but there are so few this year, that they are 1 franc 80 centimes the dozen. The following plants escaped without suffering any injury :— Menispérmum Jaurifolium, Cistus créticus, Baddlea salvifolia, Ceanothus czrileus, Vibirnum sinénse, Cassia corymbosa, Daphne Delphinw, Hakea australis, Acacia flori- banda, Yucca aloifolia and gloridsa, M/¥rtus communis flore pléno, Tarentina variegata, Nandina doméstica, Eriobétrya japdnica, Correa alba, O‘lea fra- grans, Phormium ténax, Convélvulus olezfolius, C. Cnedrum, and Andropogon squarrosum, cultivated in the open field, which, on the 6th of April, were visibly growing. At Toulon, the winter was more destructive than at Hiéres. Many vege- tables, which resisted the cold at Hiéres, died in the Botanic Garden of the former town. At Draguignan, Trans-Brignolles, places situated fifteen leagues from the sea, the thermometer fell to 70°, and some olive trees were damaged : but this tree can support 8° of cold. To conclude, at Nice they had snow for eight days. The oranges were frozen upon the trees ; but the trees themselves did not suffer: only some feet of lemons, bergamottes, and lumies (kinds of Citrus), were a little hurt. M. Rantonnet saw there, in the governor’s garden, on the 5th of January, a cobcea covered with fruit and flowers, (L’ E’cho du Monde Savant.) Paris, April 9. — My journey on the Continent having taken up more time than I anticipated, I shall be unable to pass through England on my return home, as I intended when I left London. I went from Holland (by the Rhine), through Prussia and Baden, to Geneva, and found Switzerland much better cultivated than I expected. The peculiarity, and, I may say, the ex- cellency, of the agriculture in that country consists in good ploughing, great care, judicious application of manure on the crops, and irrigation of meadows and pasture grounds. I found France, also, much better cultivated than I had a right to expect, from the article I read in a late number of the Ldinburgh 464 Foreign Notices : — Germany. Review. The wheat especially in France, looks uncommonly fine. It appears to me that France is emphatically a wheat country.. Their mode of ploughing on the Continent, as far as I have travelled, seems to me, however, to be any thing but economical : it is the same as that I saw in some parts of England ; that is, a wheel plough, and from three to five horses en suite. But the Swiss and French farmers turn up a very good furrow ; the plough itself (aside from its ridiculous appendages) being well adapted to its purpose. I really wish it were proper for me to notice this ridiculous part of European husbandry in a way it deserves. It is possible I may give it a passing notice on my return to the United States. I regret exceedingly that I must forego the pleasure of visiting London again, and spending a day or two with you.— 4d. D. Spoor. Nepénthes distillatoria. — A plant in a stove at Montmartre was observed to have one of the pitchers half full of water, which the gardener, having tasted, found sweet, with the flavour of honey. A statement of the fact was sent to the Paris Horticultural Society, m August, 1837. (L’ E’cho du Monde Savant, Aug. 5. 1837.) GERMANY. MM. Tischke, son of the court gardener to the King of Saxony at the Japan Palace, Dresden, is now in this country, and has already made a general tour, including Scotland and Ireland, with the great advantage of recommendations to the nobility and gentry, procured from the ambassador of his country, resident in London. M. Tischke, like M. C. Rauch, M. F. Rauch, M. Rosenthal, M. Antoine, and other German gardeners, lately or now in England, has not only taken time to see all our best gardens, but has taken pains to acquire a competent knowledge of the English language ; so that when he returns, by means of English books, he will always be able to keep himself aw fait at what is going forward in the gardening world in Britain. , MM. Wolf, the curator of the Botanic Garden of the University of Wurlz- burg, one of the most scientific gardeners, as Dr. Martius informs us, of the south of Germany, has lately spent upwards of a month in this country, and visited, in company with M. Antoine of Vienna, all the principal garden establishments in the neighbourhood of London, Edinburgh, Glasgow, and Dublin, as well as the botanic and horticultural gardens at Birmingham, Sheffield, Manchester, Liverpool, and the gardens at Eaton Hall, Chats- worth, Woburn Abbey, and various others. He returns home through France and Belgium; and we hope to hear from him, from time to time, with the gardening news of his country. M. Sckeil, the director-general of gardens to the King of Bavaria, has lately published a description of the royal gardens and pleasure-grounds under his direction, accompanied by a beautifully lithographed plan of the gardens of Nymphenburg, with all the latest improvements. Counsellor Von Hazzi, who may be considered the father of modern agri- culture in Bavaria, who was in England in the summer of 1836, has lately published his Tour in this country, in two thin 8vo volumes. M. Hazzi is a highly enlightened and benevolent man, and of the most unwearied activity in the publication of works calculated to improve the agriculture and domestic economy of his country. — Cond. Koller’s History of Insects injurious to Cultivators, and to the Proprietors} of Forests and Plantations.—I rejoice at being able to send you a book which will be the more interesting to you, and other horticulturists, as it contains an elaborate account of insects injurious to vegetation, the injury they commit, and the most practicable modes of destroying them; for which a wish has been expressed in several numbers of your Magazine. This work is the joint labour of three gentlemen, who have great practical knowledge, and par- ticularly M. Schmidberger, a priest of St. Florian, near Linz, who is one of the first pomologists in Austria, and perhaps in Germany. Had I a little Foreign Notices : — Holland. 465 more time than I have at present, I should be most happy to communicate what little knowledge I possess on this subject; and also to send you speci- mens of those insects which have been so injurious to our gardens round Vienna this spring. The Curctilio pyri, C. pomorum, and Péntia cratze‘gi, appeared in such numbers, and destroyed every bud so immediately atter its appearance, that, until the middle of May, the trees were without bud or leaf. Even now these butterflies are so plentiful, that there is a bad prospect for next year, although we searched for them in all their various metamorphoses, and still catch thousands of them in the mornings and evenings, when they are crowded together on different flowering plants, especially on Valeriana rubra, Delphinium Ajacis, and Philadélphus sp. I intend making a collection of all these injurious insects, and putting them into a frame and glass, for the in- spection of those who may be desirous of knowing them. This will enable young gardeners to know them at once, and at any time; and, by reading their different distinctive qualities, any one may easily remember their forms; which would not be the case, if a person were left to observe them in their different states and seasons alone; therefore, I would recommend such a collection in every garden. — C. Rauch. Rennweg, near Vienna, July, 1837. The very interesting and valuable work above referred to by M. Rauch was published by the Agricultural Society of Vienna, who have also sent us a copy of it. It is now being translated for us, and will very shortly be pub- lished, in as cheap and convenient a form as possible, for the use of young gardeners. M. Rauch’s idea of forming collections of destructive insects, in glazed cases, for the use of gardeners, is excellent, and we hope to see it adopted by many of our readers. — Cond. HOLLAND. Prizes offered by the Academy of Sciences at Haarlem, which held its eighty- fifth annual meeting on the 20th of May last. The Academy’s gold medal, and a gratuity of 150 florins (12/. 16s. 3d.), were awarded to Dr. C. F. Gaertner of Calew in Wurtemberg, for a Memoir in German, on hybrid plants, obtained by the fecundation of certain species with the pollen of others. The Academy proposes the following Questions to be answered before January 1. 1839: —What are the different species of marine animals which destroy piles, and other wooden structures, by perforating them? According to certain botanists, some algze, of simple structure, if placed in favourable circum- stances, will develope themselves, and be changed into vegetables quite dif- ferent, and belonging to genera much higher in the scale of organisation, though these same algae, if not in favourable circumstances, would be fecun- dated and reproduce their primitive forms. The Academy is desirous that these observations should be extended to other vegetables, which have not yet been examined under this point of view; and that the truth or falsity of this transi- tion of one organised body into another be proved by exact descriptions and detailed figures. It has often been observed that some plants, in certain cases, give out a phosphorescent light, such as Tropze‘olum, Caléndula, Lilium bulbi- ferum, TYagétes, Huphérbia phosphorea, Rhizomérpha, &c. The Academy wishes that, from researches made on purpose, this phenomenon may be ex- plained; that it may be determined how much of what has been said on this subject is to be admitted as true; under what circumstances the phenomenon takes place; and what is the cause? The following Questions were last Year proposed by the Academy, to be an- swered before January 1. 1838 : — How is wood formed ? Does it take its origin immediately from the sap, or from the cambium under the bark; or is it formed by the vessels which descend from the buds and the leaves, as the observations of M. Du Petit Thouars, and of M. Giron de Buzareingues, seem to prove ? What application can be made of a knowledge of the true manner in which wood is formed, to the culture of useful trees? The Academy desires, Ist, an explanation, illustrated by figures, of the metamorphoses of at least fifty species of coleopterous insects, the metamorphoses and economy of which Vou. XITI.— No. 91. Wu 466 Foreign Notices: — Denmark. are not yet known or described; 2dly, a methodical arrangement of coleop- terous insects, founded upon the metamorphosis of the structure of the larvee and chrysalides; 3dly, instructions, based on a knowledge of the metamor- phoses, for preventing the too great increase of these noxious insects. How much has been proved, by experience, with respect to the utility of a circular incision, in form of a ring, made in the bark of trees, for the purpose of aug- menting their fertility ? How far can this manner of augmenting the produce of fruits be explained, conformably to the actual state of vegetable physiology ; and what rules does this explanation furnish for effecting the process, without endangering the trees, or running the risk of losing them ? What is the nature of chlorophylle (phyllochlore, chromule) in vegetables ? What is its form and composition ; and in what character does it differ from other vegetable matters ? Ts it different according to the kind of plant ; and what constitutes this dif- ference ? What are the circumstances by which, during vegetation, it is pro- duced, or changed, or modified, in plants ? The prize for each of these questions is a gold medal, value 150 florins, and a gratuity of 150 florins, when the answer shall be deemed worthy of it. The answers, written in Dutch, French, English, Latin, or German, are to be addressed to M. Van Marum, the secretary to the Academy. (L’E’cho du Monde Savant, July 15. 1837.) DENMARK. M. Petersen, gardener to the King of Denmark at Rosenburg, who made a tour through England, and part ef Scotland, in the year 1831, was in this country during great part of the month of July last, and has returned home through France, Belgium, and Germany. M. Petersen having spent five or six years in this country, before he was appointed court gardener to his sove- reign, not only acquired a thorough knowledge of all the newest gardening practices in the neighbourhood of London, but such a knowledge of the English language as enables him, while in his native country, to keep pace with the progress of improvement in England by means of English books. When M. Petersen returned to Denmark in the year 1827 (see Gard. Mag., Vol. III. p- 346.; and Vol. IV. p. 274.), gardening was in such a backward state, that an inhabitant of Britain now hardly credits the facts stated by M. Petersen, at that time, in the Gardener’s Magazine ; viz. that tart rhubarb was not known there as a culinary vegetable ; that not a single pine-apple had been ripened on the 3d of September, 1827,but some were expected to be ready by about the middle of that month. The first melon was cut on August 30., and the first grapes only a tew days sooner; mushrooms and sea-kale were not at all cultivated; most of the New Holland plants were unknown, even in the botanic gardens; and the only new North American annual grown there at that time was the Callidépsis tinctoria. Such was the state of gardening of Denmark in the year 1827. In the course of 10 years, things have been entirely changed. Every culinary vegetable grown in English gardens is now produced in the royal kitchen- gardens at Copenhagen; many of the best varieties of hardy fruit trees have been not only introduced in the royal gardens, but even propagated in the public nurseries; almost all the fine herbaceous plants, annuals, and perennials, sent home by Douglas, have been introduced, and some of them are beginning to appear in the gardens of merchants. Pine-apples are cut in the royal gardens every month in the year; and some of them of such a size (M. Petersen being a disciple of the late Mr. Shenan, and keeping his plants, as all plants without buds ought to be kept, in a continually growing state), that we are afraid to state the weight; and, finally, a horticultural society has been established at Copenhagen. All this has been effected through the agency of M. Petersen, than whom we do not know a single individual, in any country, who (without the advantages of birth, rank, or fortune, and simply on account of his holding a public situation, and being a lover of his country, and enthusiastically attached to gardening) has effected so very remarkable a change in so shorta time. The greatest reward which such a man as M. foreign Notices: — North America. 467 Petersen can receive is, doubtless, the consciousness of having done so much good: but we trust his royal master will, by some means, be rendered aware of the very extraordinary merits of M. Petersen; and how much he, in com- mon with his subjects, is indebted to him for the introduction of what will eventually prove of so much real good to the country. There is no one who does not benefit from the introduction of new and improved culinary vegetables and fruits, from the peasant to the prince; or any garden, whether that of a cottage or a palace, that will not be increased in beauty by new flowers. Besides this, there is a moral influence in gardening improvements, of far greater importance than the mere physical enjoyments that they afford. A taste for peaceful occupations is created; reflections on the works of nature are induced ; man begins to enquire and to read; he becomes humanised, and so far cultivated as to look upon his fellow creatures in other countries as his brethren ; and, as a consequence of this, he will soon learn to loathe that scourge of the human race, war. — Cond. NORTH AMERICA. Carouie, near Quebec, the seat of William Atkinson, Esq., is mentioned in Vol. TX. p. 161., by our valued correspondent Counsellor Hart of Montreal. The proprietor, Mr. Atkinson, is now in England, after having made the tour of France, Italy, and Germany, and collected every where plants, seeds, sculp- tures, pictures, books, and other objects for enriching and ornamenting his beautiful seat. He describes Carouie as situated on a piece of table land on the top of a precipice 200 ft. high, and flanked by a wooded mountain range. From the windows of the balcony of the principal front of the house, the shipping in the harbour of Quebec is distinctly seen. A part of the grounds, called Spencer Wood, was occupied by the troops under General Wolfe when he attacked the town. The trees in the park, from what Mr. Atkinson stated to us, appear to be chiefly the white and red oak, and the hemlock and white spruce. The house is built of hemlock spruce ; and the walls are so constructed as to admit of a free circulation of air from the bottom of the masonry to the eaves. Though built upwards of a century ago, the interior of the walls is as fresh as if they were newly put up. It seems the hemlock spruce begins to rot at the centre of the trunk; and, to prevent this, the trees were sawn up the middle, so as to expose the centre to the air. After placing one tree on another, to the height of the wall, in the usual manner, both the inside and the outside were battened with pieces of quartering from 1 in. to 6 in. in thick- ness; and to these the weather-boarding outside, and the laths for plastering inside, or the wainscoting, when that mode is employed, are nailed in the usual manner. A concealed opening is left under the lower weather-board, and at the eaves of the roof; in consequence of which, there is a constant cir- culation of air between the outside weather-boarding and the inside wains- coting, or plastering. Mr. Atkinson, from whom we hope to hear frequently, has an excellent Scctch gardener, Mr. Melville, who, we trust, will be induced by his master to become a regular correspondent. The principal botanist in the neighbourhood of Quebec, Mr. Atkinson informs us, is Mrs. Shepherd. Mr. Atkinson’s kitchen-garden is 4 acres in extent, and contains a range of glass 300 ft. long. The dwelling-house, a beautiful lithographic view of which, and the surrounding scenery, was presented to us by Mr. Atkinson, is connected with a splendid conservatory. Shell-bark Hickory Nuts and the Black Wainut. — You did net mention the receipt of the large hickory nuts I sent you in the summer of 1835 ; and, there- fore, I send now a few real shell-bark hickory nuts, which are double the size of any I ever saw before. These grew in New Jersey. The hickory nuts I pur- chased in the Pittsburg market, in September, 1834. The shell-barks, large or small, are delicious; whereas the meat of the black walnut, as you remark in the Arboretum, is “ scarcely eatable.” The reasonis, that the kernel abounds with oil ofa strong taste. I think that the remarks you have quoted (p. 1429.) from Michaux, of the black dye from the walnut husks, and of the oil obtained HU 2 “468 Domestic Notices : — Lingland. from the kernels, refers to the Jtglans nigra solely. In Pennsylvania, many mills are employed in crushing these nuts to make oil for painters, who use it for mixing up with paint for inside house work. I know, also, that the husks are extensively used for dyeing brown and black, by the German farmers, and others in the interior, who think it more economical to make their clothing from their own wool than to purchase foreign cloth. The Washington Chestnut. — Having engaged, last autumn, a plant, from the tenant of Belmont (the former seat of Judge Peters), of the sweet chestnut the growth of the tree the nut of which was planted by President Washington, I went, a few days since, and brought it away, with another growing beside it. The man assured me that he found two nuts under the original tree, in June last, in a state of vegetation, and planted them in a safe place; and that from these came the plants I purchased. I must keep them until a vessel offers direct for London from this port. Washington planted the nut the day after his period of service as President expired; viz. March, 1797. He attended the inauguration of President Adams, his successor, and dined the same day with Judge Peters. ° The Silk-Grower’s Manual. — IJ also send the Stik Manual, published by Congress, in 1828, which I prepared for Mr. Rush, then Secretary of the Treasury, who was charged with the duty of procuring one. I thought I had previously sent it; but I suppose I did not, as I find that no notice is taken of the many facts it contains on the genus /Zorus, in Nos. 30. and 31. of the Arboretum ; or of the culture of silk in this country while colonies of England. Maple Sugar. — I send, also, some maple sugar, made from the sugar maple of which tree there are whole forests in the United States, though it is not ‘‘ cultivated”? there, as was said by Dr. Kidd in his Bridgewater Treatise. — James Mease. Philadelphia, April 17. 1837. AUSTRALIA. Elizabeth Bay, near Sydney, the residence of Alexander M‘Leay, Esq., for many years secretary to the Linnzan Society, is described in a work recently published at Sydney, by the late Mr. Shepherd, a landseape-gardener and nurseryman there, as one of the finest places he has seen either at home or abroad. Mr. Lawrence, a surgeon, who has just returned from Sydney, speaks of it to. us in raptures. We hope, in some future Number, to be able to give a plan and views of Mr. M‘Leay’s residence; and, what will be particularly interesting to European readers, a catalogue of the trees, shrubs, and plants, including even grasses, which form its verdant scenery. We regret to observe, that Mr. M‘Leay is no longer Government Secretary ; but, as he appears to have lost the office in consequence of some misconception of the Governor at Sydney, we have no doubt that the government at home will speedily restore it to him, should he be inclined -to remain in Australia. We are gratified by.observing it stated in the letters which passed between the government and Mr. M‘Leay on this subject, and which are printed for circulation among the friends of the latter, that he enjoys as good health as ever he did at any period of his life. To those who know the extraordinary activity, both of body and mind, of Mr. M‘Leay, while he was in this country, and his now advanced age, this will be considered as no small recommendation of the climate of Sydney — Cond. Art. III. Domestic Notices. . ENGLAND. M. EvcE\NE MELINON, who has been two years in this country, -chiefly under Mr. Paxton, in the gardens at Chatsworth, has lately made a tour in the North, and been with Mr. M‘ Nab, and Mr. Stewart Murray. He will shortly return to the Paris garden; and, as he understands English thoroughly, will have great advantages there. MM..Le Roy, sons of the nurseryman of that name at Angers, are now BET Ee Domestic Notices : — England. 469 in this country on a working tour, to acquire gardening information, and the language. The Gardens of Buckingham Palace are undergoing great improvements and alterations by direction of Her Majesty. Upwards of 200 workmen are em- ployed in diversifying and planting the grounds from the rear of the palace to the triumphal arch entrance at the top of Grosvenor Place. (Newsp.) It would indeed be contrary to nature, if an amiable and enlightened young woman were not fond of flowers: and attachment to gardening follows as a matter of course. We trust that, under Her Majesty’s auspices, a general re- form will be commenced in the royal parks and gardens, and that in these will be included the substitution of an open iron railway for the present unsightly wall which forms the northern boundary to Kensington Gardens. This wall is a very great public nuisance, from a little way to the west of the Victoria Gate, Bayswater, all the way to Silver Street, Kensington Gravel Pits. We trust that it, and also the present kitchen-garden attached to Kensington Palace, will not be lost sight of by the Commissioners of Woods and Forests. The kitchen-garden ought, undoubtedly, to be joined to the pleasure-ground ; and as to the forcing-ground, as there is no part of the royal family would ever think of walking into it, we would have that and the adjoining barracks thrown into the gardens also. It is now just as easy to purchase pine-apples and melons to any extent which the royal family, or any other, might want, from the London shops, as it is to purchase apples or oranges: witness the numbers that are produced on the occasion of any public dinner. Mr. John Aiton, the present kitchen-gardener at Kensington, would, of course, receive a compensation for the loss of his situation in the event of our wishes being realised. Kew Gardens. — The illiberal system established at Kew Gardens by Sir Joseph Banks, whereby the rare plants collected there were hoarded with the most niggard jealousy, and kept as much as possible out of the sight of any enquirer, led, in the first instance, to a feeling of satisfaction whenever it was known that the garden had been plundered, and some of its hidden treasures brought into circulation ; and the indifference with which such thefts were regarded, if they were not actually winked at, by cultivators, led to such great laxity of conduct, that, until the practice was stopped by a prosecution, every private collection became exposed to like depredations; and the false- hoods that were told to cover the theft occasioned a great deal of confusion concerning the native habitation of plants introduced at that period. It was the narrow-minded doctrine of Sir Joseph Banks, that he could only render the king’s collection superior to others by monopolising its contents ; and by so doing he rendered it hateful and contemptible; whereas, if he had freely given and freely received, and made its contents easily accessible to those who were interested in them, it would have been a pleasure and a pride to the nation. It is now near twenty years since I have visited that odious and useless establishment. Formerly, I went there often, but always in vain; for, if I enquired for any rare plants which I had reason to believe were in the collection, except those which, from their size, could not be concealed, my conductor always denied any knowledge of them; and, if I asked whether I could speak to a person better acquainted with the plants, I was told that I could obtain no further information. The multitude of rare plants that have flourished and perished there unobserved I believe to be very great. 1 owe no thanks to that establishment, but for the mere permission to walk straight forward through the houses. I must do Mr. Salisbury the justice to say, that he repeatedly remonstrated with Sir Joseph Banks in vain on the subject. (Herbert's Amaryllidacea, p. 247.) When I spoke (p. 247.) of the evil consequences which flowed from the bad system pursued there, tending to loosen the ties of morality, and to create a feeling of satisfaction when it was known that cuttings had been stolen from the large plants hoarded there, by which the public were enriched without any perceivable loss to the collection, I should, perhaps, have stated HH 3 470 Domestic ‘Notices : — England. for fear of misconstruction, that, far from justifying, I much lamented such a feeling ; and I observe that I have incautiously admitted a stronger expression concerning the unpopularity of the principle on which that earden has been conducted than I should wish to have used. (Herb. Amar. p. 410.) A Zoological Institution, Museum, and Garden, for the County of Kent, is, we rejoice to observe by an advertisement i in the Mor ning Chronicle of August. 23., about to be established. The situation is about half a mile to the westward of Gravesend. A handsome new pier has already been erected by the pro- prietor of this and the adjoining ground, to be devoted exclusively to the visitors of Rosherville. None but ‘houses of the first respectability are to be built in the neighbourhood. The gardens are encompassed by chalk cliffs of a vast height, around which a splendid promenade is to be made for the visitors. The animals, plants, &c., will be procured under the direction of gentlemen, most competent and experienced judges of zoological and botanical science. The grounds will be laid out by a most eminent artist. A capital of 10,0007. is to be raised by debentures of 20/. each. Dr. Mac Fayden, President of the Horticultural Society of Jamaica, whose name our readers must have frequently seen in this Magazine, is now in this country, superintending the printing cf the Flora of his adopted island. The doctor has been the means of successfully introducing the aracacca plant to the Glasgow Botanic Garden, where it is growing vigorously. Dr. Mac Fayden is of opinion that this vegetable will, in all probability, soon be added to the number of our culinary esculents. The root is about the size and colour of that of the parsnep; and it has nearly the same flavour. We hope to receive some account of the mode of treating the plant in the Glasgow Botanic Garden from our friend the curator, Mr. Stewart Murray. Mr. Charles H. J. Smith, landscape-gardener, Edinburgh, is now on a tour in France, Belgium, and Germany, for improvement in his profession. Vicinity of Trees to Highways. — An important decision, under the General Highway Act, was given at the Guildhall, Canterbury, on Monday, May 11., before the mayor, aldermen, &c. The surveyors of the highways had given notice to Mr. Sandys to remove certain trees which he had recently planted in front of his dwelling-house in Bridge Street, Canterbury. Mr. Sandys contended that the trees were planted on his own freehold ; and he produced a grant from the corporation in 1812, which comprised the land in question ; and, although he had dedicated the footpath to the use of the public, yet he had retained, by posts and chains, the line or boundary upon which the trees were planted. Mr. Sandys pointed out a great number of other places where the trees were within 15 ft. of the centre of the road. The mayor, having con- ferred with the other magistrates, stated that they were unanimously of opinion that Mr. Sandys’s trees are within the act, which makes it illegal to plant trees within 15 ft. of the centre of any road. (Kentish Gazette, May 17.) New Plant-Houses at Woburn Abbey and Trentham Hall.— A correspondent informs us that Mr. Clark, the hot-house manufacturer of Lionel Street, Bir- mingham, is now at work at a very extensive range of flower-houses for the gardens at Woburn Abbey, which, when completed, will form one of the most spacious and magnificent range of houses in the kingdom. He is also at work at a conservatory, to be erected at Trentham, for the more immediate use and recreation of the Duchess of Sutherland, and which is altogether upon a novel and greatly admired mode of construction. Black Grub of the Turnip Saw-fly. — An arrangement has been made be- tween the Entomological Society and the Agricultural Association of Saffron Walden, whereby the sum of ten guineas has been proposed as the prize for the best essay (to be drawn up from personal observation) upon the natural history and habits of the turnip saw-fly, the larva of which is known under the name of the nigger, or black Jack ; to be illustrated by figures ef the insect in its different states; together with the result of actual experiments made for the prevention of its attacks, or the destruction of the imsects themselves. The essays are to be accompanied by testimonials of the success Domestic Notices : — Scotland. 47] of the remedies proposed by the writers, and must be forwarded to the secretary of the Entomological Society, No. 17. Old Bond Street, London, with fictitious signatures, on or before the fourth Monday in January, 1838 ; when they will be referred to a committee, to stand upon their respective merits ; after which, with the permission of the writers, both the prize essay, and any others of value, will be published. The essays must be respectively accompanied by a sealed letter, indorsed with the fictitious signature adopted by each author, and enclosing the real name of the writer. — J. O. W. Victoria regilis. — This is the name given, by permission of Her Majesty, to a new plant allied to the water lily, discovered in the river Berbice, in Janu- ary, 1837, by Dr. Robert H. Schomburgh. A description of it was read at a meeting of the Botanical Society, held September 7., by which it appears that the leaves are orbiculate, from 5ft. to 6 ft. in diameter, bright green above, and bright crimson below. The stem of the flower is | in. thick, and the flower itself is 15 in. in diameter, consisting of many hundred petals, passing in alternate tints from pure white to rose and pink. When the flower first Opens, it is white, with pink in the middle, which spreads over the whole flower as it advances in age; and the second day it is generally found of a pink colour. The flower is sweet-scented, and, like the genera Melimbium, Nymphee'a, &c., it possesses a fleshy disk, with the petals and stamens passing gradually into each other. (Atheneum, Sept. 9. p. 661.) [We hope this splendid plant will soon be introduced; and that an aquarium worthy of Her Majesty, and of the present advanced state of horticultural science, will be formed in the Botanic Garden at Kew for its reception. — Cond.] Eucaljptus alpina. — Enclosed, I send you a specimen of Eucalyptus alpina, gathered from a plant which has had no protection this winter. It has been planted out only one year (it is now three years from the seed), and is 2 ft. high. It appears to be of a slower growth than any other species that I am acquainted with, and is of a bushy compact habit, of which the specimen sent will give some idea, sending out laterals at almost every joint. I think I mentioned before, that it was sent me by James Backhouse, from Van Diemen’s Land, who describes it as a tree growing on the highest parts of Mount Wellington, where the climate is very similar to that of England. Frederick Mackie. Norwich Nursery, May 4. 1837. Pavia macréstachys ( fig. 122.) at the Vicarage, Rickmansworth, is 16 ft. in height, and consists of numerous branches from the same root, overhanging a space of 29 square yards. I purchased it about twenty-eight years ago, when the plants of the late Emperor Thelluson Woodford, Esq., of botanical celebrity, were disposed of on his quitting Spring- well Place, in this neighbourhood. It stands within a few yards of a rivulet, in a dark porous soil, en a bed of fine gravel, about 2 ft. below the surface ; and which is very evidently such a soil as suits it. I have given numerous layers and suckers to different friends ; but, though © many of them have flourished, none have done so in a degree equal to that of the parent plant.— Ldward Hodgson. [This appears to be the largest plant of Pavia macrostachys in England; the next largest is that at White Knights, 15 ft. high. See Arb. Brit., p.474., where, among other information, it is stated that the fruit of this plant, in America, is eaten boiled, or roasted. —Cond.] SCOTLAND. Allanton Park, the seat of the late Sir Henry Steuart, author of the Prac- tical Planter, is now in the possession of Sir Henry’s daughter, Lady Mac- HH 4 472 West London Gardeners’ Association. donald Steuart. A correspondent, who has lately visited the place, informs us that she is as enthusiastically devoted to arboriculture and landscape- gardening as her late father. That part of the Park, he says, “ which has been planted a /a Steuart astonished me not a little. I took out my tape and book, and made measurements and notes, and I shall endeavour to put them together for you as soon as I have leisure.” [We trust our correspondent will bear his kind promise in mind; for we are sure any information respecting Allanton Park must be interesting to our readers. — Cond.] ‘The Marriage Beech at Inverary. — 1 have been always on the look out for any thing particular in our fine, and have stumbled across nothing but a cu- riosity in the shape of a beech at the Duke of Argyll’s, Inverary, called “ the Marriage Tree.’ It has two stems, which are united, about 20 ft. from the ground, by an arm in a very singular manner, which I hope a drawing I have made will render quite comprehensible. I measured every requisite, and was extremely particular with my pencil, not only in giving the general appearance of the tree, but also the junction at large. — W. A. N. Edinburgh, Aug. 5. 1837. [The portrait of this tree will be given in the Ard, Brit. — Cond.] Singular Oak in the Western Highlands. — Near the waterfall at the head of the river Leven, which runs into the salt-water lake of that name, is the trunk of a decayed oak, rotten within, but alive on some parts of the outside. From one of these, a shoot grows out, about 15 ft. from the ground ; and this shoot has protruded from its lower part a root, which, after haying reached the ground (8 ft. below, and a bare rock), runs along the rock in a horizontal position, about 30 ft. further, till it reaches a bank of earth in which it has taken root. This remarkable tree was seen, in 1819, by Mr. Mackay of the Trinity College Botanic Garden, Dublin, who gave us the above account. The waterfall where the tree stands is about 10 miles above Ballyhulish, opposite to Glencoe. This remarkable oak was pointed out to Mr. Mackay by the Rev. Mr. Brown of the Episcopal chapel, Aberdeen. If any of our readers have seen the tree lately, we shall be very much obliged to them for an account of its appearance at the time they saw it. The moisture of the atmosphere in such a situation accounts for the root running to such a distance above ground ; in a dry and warm atmosphere, it could not have done so. — Cond. Art. 1V. The West London Gardeners’ Association for mutual Instruction. FEB. 27. 1836. — Mr. Ayres read an essay upon the propagation of plants by cuttings, and referred chiefly to the practice of allowing the leaves to remain on the cuttings, or not, according to the situation in which they were placed, as liable to, or prevented from, evaporating their juices ; also to the system of cutting the shoots of some hard-wooded green-house plants half through, for some time before inserting them in the cutting pots; and the propriety of allowing all cuttings to remain in the same temperature as that in which the plant was placed from which the cuttings were taken, until the base of the cuttings gave evidence that a callus was formed, when they might be placed in bottom heat, for the purpose of expediting the protrusion of roots. Mr. Ayres left the construction and general management of the propagating-house to another opportunity. Mr. Fish corroborated the general propositions of Mr. Ayres. Mr. Gibbs instanced a case, in which he lost a considerable num- ber of pelargonium cuttings, from putting tham at once into bottom heat. Mr. Russel mentioned a successful mode of propagating the Zlichrysum proliferum ; namely, taking off the shoots of the previous year close to the stem ; inserting them in fine silver sand under a bell-glass; watering them moderately, and setting them close to the glass in a hot stove. March 13. — Mr. Leyton gave a lecture upon mineral waters, illustrated by many chemical experiments. After urging the Society to persevere in the West London Gardeners’ Association. 473 praiseworthy cause they had taken up, and having pointed out the emulation which companionship in study calls forth, Mr. Leyton pointed out the neces- sity of using soft and pure water for the more delicate botanical productions ; showing how it was reasonable to suppose that mineral waters would injure plants in various degrees, according to the circumstances in which they were placed; and giving it as his decided opinion that mineral waters would be poisonous to vegetables, unless the mineralising portion of them could be proved to be a necessary ingredient in the plant to which they were applied. He then showed the distinction between rain water, sea water, and mineral water ; and, by means of prepared waters, and various chemical tests, he practically ex- plained how any substance, hitherto found in mineral waters, could be de- tected and recognised. He also showed experimentally that, at most, not more than eight of the various substances he had enumerated, and produced tests for, could exist in any one water at the same time, on account of the several double decompositions which they cause amongst one another, by which some of their component parts would be precipitated in the shape of insoluble compounds. After the lecture, the meeting was addressed by Mr. Keane, Mr. Caie, and others, with respect to the motives and usefulness of the institution. March 27. 1837. — A letter was read from Mr. Aiton, stating the impossi- bility of his being present to give his essay upon the cultivation of the pine- apple; when it was resolved that the subject should nevertheless be discussed. Mr. Fish opened the discussion, by referring to the importance of gardeners, when cultivating tropical fruits, proportioning the temperature to the pre- sence of light, as the effects of heat upon a plant would,be very different, when growing in our stoves in winter, to what it would when the same plant was exposed to heavy dews at night, and the full influence of a tropical sun by day. He detailed some experiments, some of which had been unsuccessful, but the results of which convinced him that if, in the winter months, the roots of pine-apples were kept in a temperature of 50° or 60°, the top of-the plant would receive no injury at 40°, provided the leaves were kept dry. In con- nexion with this, he also referred to the great saving of time, and expense for fuel, that was the result of keeping a low temperature at night, and a high temperature, with little air, during the day. He also adverted to the different methods of supplying heat. The varieties which he recommended for cultiva- tion were, the queen, Otaheite, and Providence, for summer; and the black Jamaica, and globes, for winter. The soil, fresh loam, or a year old, but never turned previously to bemg used; mixing sand and leaf-mould when too ad- hesive, and old mushroom dung if not rich enough. He also adverted to the system of propagating from old stools, and the different methods of shifting, before placing the plants in the fruiting pots; preferring keeping the best of the roots of nursery and succession plants, after shaking the earth from them, to either potting them with balls entire, or cutting all the roots away. Mr. Russel corroborated the leading ideas of Mr. Fish, but considered one great point had been overlooked; namely, the means of destroying insects, and he gave the recipe which he had found most effectual; viz. the pouring of boiling water on two ounces of quicksilver, in a six gallon pot, and using it when milk-warm. He, however, mentioned a gardener who was very success- ful in growing good pines, and yet whose plants were foul, and who had never tried to make them clean. Mr. Ayres approved of the general statements advanced ; recommended the true Montserrat, as the best pine for winter fruiting ; ridiculed the prevalent notion of black pines being so long in fruit- ing; detailed an instance, in which the fruit being taken from the plant in autumn, the suckers were removed from the stools in February, and brought excellent fruit in November following ; and also an instance, in which a few good queens were cut in six months after being moved from the parent plant. He attached little importance to insects, contending that, under good cultiva- tion, they would soon disappear; and asserted that the remedy proposed by 4.7 4 West London Gardeners? Association. Mr. Russel failed even under Speechly, the originator of it. He then adverted to a case in which a gardener, who had a beautiful stock of pines, intended to shake them out of the pots, and repot them when they had done flowering ; and mentioned a method of making plants start into fruit ; namely, the watering them with a solution of pigeons’ dung. Mr. Judd stated that he had seen fine fruit from plants grown in a temperature of not below 70° in winter, and 90° in summer; but ultimately agreed in the correctness of Mr. Fish’s statements upon this point, though he considered he had been very unfortunate in select- ing his winter fruiters. He recommended the Jamaica and smooth Havannah. The remedy for insects which he had seen prove most efficacious was, washing the plant in a solution formed of three pounds of yellow soap in a gallon of water. He had known old and fresh soil used with equally advantageous results, and recommended enriching the soil with deer dung; noticing that black pines delight in light soils, and thrive well when a little peat is added to the loam. Mr. Keane considered that, in cultivating the pine, we should imi- tate nature; but he thought that the low temperature at night, and in winter, which was recommended, was not natural to the pine. Mr. Caie contended, that, although we could command the heat of Jamaica, we could not command its sunlight, and that therefore a uniform degree of temperature in this climate was not natural ; illustrating his remarks, by detailing an instance, in which the attempt was made to imitate closely the temperature of a tropical climate ; but, though the plants grew remarkably well, the fruit were like buttons. A number of other members addressed the meeting; but no new idea was elicited. A letter was read from Mr. Main, containing some wise parental advice to the Society ; expressing his anxiety and his willingness to clear up, as far as lay in his power, any knotty question which came before them, Mr. Leyton was unanimously elected a member of the Society. _April 3. — Mr. Caie read an essay upon the grouping system of flowers in flower-gardens, with a coloured plan; and referring, amid a number of other facts, to the importance of planting naturally luxuriant plants shallow, and in poor soil, for the purpose of insuring a profusion of bloom. All united in expressing their high approbation of this essay: but an animated discussion took place on it, from Mr. Fish expressing his doubts if ever the system would become prevalent, unless in small places, and under liberal employers, owing to the extra expense attending it when a reserve garden was kept ; and, when one was not kept, the unsatisfactory results of attempts at grouping, the flower-garden being quite useless till the month of July; or the young plants being to be observed in it groping their way through masses of the decaying herbage of bulbs, &c.; or, what was worse, the leaves of the bulbs must be cut down prematurely, and thus their flowerimg injured for a following year. Also, that there was a discrepancy among the supporters of the grouping system; some contending that it was the highest perfection of the art; and others, that it was the closest imitation of nature, as, in reality, while the form on the clumps indicated art, the mass of flowers in the clumps showed that, after the plants had been put into the soil, little more art had been put in requisition ; and that, as gardening was universally allowed to be an art, the application of that art ought at all times to be perceptible, &c. Mr. Judd considered that bulbs would suffer little from being cut down a little too early ; made some remarks upon unity of idea; and contended that it was quite unnatural to see plants standing as isolated specimens. Mr. Russel contended that an industrious gardener would always find time for the grouping system, if he were disposed. Mr. Ayres showed how the form of the garden should be in accordance with the point of sight, and the form of the clumps, such as to constitute a whole. He also adverted to several plans in the Gar- dener’s Magazine, and to the striking deficiencies in the arboretum and flower- garden of the Horticultural Society ; and concluded with hoping that gardeners would imitate Mr. Caie, and show such an acquaintance with the subject, that they would no longer be obliged to succumb to the ideas of architects, and * ° . hm West London Gardeners Association. 475 would-be landscape-gardeners, however inconsistent with the principles of design and true taste these ideas might be. April 17. — Mr. Leyton gave an introductory lecture upon chemistry. He commenced by tracing the rise and progress of chemistry from the earliest ages. He first treated of the great progress it must have made before the time of Moses, from the curious manufactured articles mentioned in the sacred writings. He next viewed the profound depth which the Egyptians must have penetrated, into this science from the relics yet extant, and the ap- parent miracles which their adepts in the science were able to perform. He also touched upon the chemical improvements introduced by the Persians, the Pheenicians, the Arabians, and the Chinese. Mr. Leyton then explained, at considerable length, the false notions of the alchymists, in respect of their doctrine of the philosopher’s stone; the panacea, or universal remedy, the universal dissolvént, and the universal ferment. He also showed how several useful discoveries were brought to light in the midst of these wild schemes of infatuated deception, and finished by enumerating what great men, what great discoveries, and what altered notions of philosophy, brought about the change from alchymy to a rational system of chemistry. May |. 1837. — Exhibited. Three rose plants, from the Duke of Devon- shire’s villa at Chiswick, very full of buds, which had been taken out of the ground, and potted the same spring. Mr. Judd read an essay upon the pre- paration of the cherry tree for forcing, with hints upon the construction and general management of the cherry-house. Mr. Judd approves of the May duke variety ; recommends purchasing the trees from the nursery two years before forcing them ; planting them, at first, in the open ground ; taking them up and potting them early upon the following autumn; plunging the pots in an open space of ground; covering them with old dung; watering them liberally during summer, and pinching off any blossoms that appear ; giving plenty of air on removing them to the forcing-house, commencing at from 40° to 50° Fahr.; shading the house when the fruit are stoning; raising the temperature when beginning to colour; and using tobacco-smoke and tobacco-water for thrip, black fly, and caterpillar. A great number of members delivered their sentiments on this essay; the only objection made being to the accompanying plan ; some considering that it was rather flat for early forcing ; and that, as two fires were used, two small houses might have been as serviceable. Mr. Temple recommended syringing with water, scarcely so hot as the temperature of the house. Mr. Ayres disapproved of animal manure for stone fruit ; which was met, and remet, by instances and facts corroborative of its favourable and unfavourable tendencies. A discussion took place with respect to clearing cherry trees from insects; washing or painting them all over with various so- lutions, in winter, being considered the best method; and various remedies were mentioned for the destruction of the thrip, though it was allowed no effectual mode of destroying that insect has yet been discovered. May 15. 1837. — Mr. Leyton gave his second lecture upon chemistry, and commenced by exemplifying the theory of Phlogiston, invented by Stahl, which was supported for nearly half a century by all the greatest chemists of the age. He then proceeded to elucidate its overthrow by the more rational theory of Lavoisier (after the discoveries of Priestley and Black), who esta- blished oxygen as the universal acidifying and alkalising power, as well as the supporter of life, and combustion. He then referred to the overthrow of the latter theory, by the sublime discoveries of Sir Humphry Davy in respect of chlorine, iodine, &c.; showing that the most powerful of the acids (muriatic acid) was destitute of oxygen, &c. Mr. Leyton, dividing his subject into three divisions (the simple substances, the compound substances, and the laws of decompositionand recomposition ), expatiated upon the simple gaseous elements, and the peculiar compounds they form with each other. He then pointed out the remarkable contrasts effected by the combination of some of the gases, such as in nitrous and nitric acid, which are composed of the same substances as form atmospheric air, but in different proportions, showing that a greater 476 Retrospective Criticism. volume of oxygen than that existing in the atmosphere is unrespirable and destroys life. He also alluded to the undisputed fact, that water is a compound of the elements of fire, and that, during the action of burning, it is actually produced ; with many more chemical phenomena of equal importance. ArRv. V. Retrospective Criticism. Errata.—In Vol. XIL. p. 445., in the Botanical and Horticultural Tour in Lombardy, there occur several errors of the press, which I should be much obliged to you to correct. In page 445. line 24., for “ La Casino,” read “ La Cusani;”’ in lines 28. and 30., for “‘ Casani,” read “ Cusani;” in line 29., for “ 200,” read “300.” In page 446. line 12., for “scopra,” read “ scopre ;” in line 36., for “ Ni strepito,” read “ Né strepito ;”’ in line 38., for “ Ancor turbo,” read “ Ancor turbo ;” in line 42., for “ scorza de faggi,” read “ de’ faggi;” in line 43., for “ Segnio,” read “ Segno.”’ In page 447. line 4., for “ Sien volto,” read “Tien volto;” in line 10., for ‘ Piranesi,’ read ‘“ Piermarini;”’ in lines 18, 19, and 20., for “ Villaresi,’ read “ Villorese;” in line 23., for “ Pelagi,” read “ Palagi.” In page 448. line 21., for ‘ Cabrisi,” read “ Cabrini;”’ in line 23., for “ Bartolotti,” read “ Bertolotti.” In page 449. line 8., for “via spuona,’ read “ vix spinosa.” —G. Manetti. Monza, January 4. 1837. Grafting Oranges on the Pomegranate.— The American Consul at Malta will write to you to confirm the fact I mentioned in my paper on the influence of the stock on the graft, that oranges are ingrafted on the pome- granate, to give the flesh ared hue, The practice is common in Sicily and Malta. —J. Mease. Philadelphia, July 28. 1837. Grafting the Plum on the Fig, §c. (Vol. XII. p. 52.) — There are axioms in horticulture, which have been inculcated by the poets of antiquity, by which it was established, that the graft will grow on any tree chosen, provided the bark of the stock resembles that of the graft; and I remember having read in a work written on horticulture by Abu-Zacaria, an Arabic Spaniard, of grafting the vine on the plum, the peach on the willow, the rose on the pomegranate, and the almond on the vine: but what made me laugh the most heartily was, that, when the vine is grafted on the broom, the grapes are bitter. You know that we were for a long time governed by the Spaniards ; and, in leaving their superstions behind them, it is natural to suppose that they also left these admirable maxims in horticulture. There is little doubt but that what I am about to relate to you is a superstition left by the Spaniards. You know that, in Italy, the greater number of the houses in the country front the south, and are generally covered with vines and other kinds of fruit trees, which (as may naturally be supposed) are of the best kinds. Mice and rats abound more near the houses than in the fields; because they find food there without much trouble; and, as soon as the fruit begins to ripen, they do exactly as I would do myself; that is, they eat as much as they can of it. To prevent this mischief, the peasants prune their vines or other fruit trees oa the vigil of the Annunciation, that is, the 24th of March ; hoping by so doing to obtain a curse on these poor animals from the Virgin, and a blessing on the vine, and by this means to preserve its fruit. Do you think that, because the vines are pruned on the vigil of the Madonna, the mice refrain from tasting them? Yet the good peasants (though not all of them, as there are some who laugh at it) believe in this practice, and continue it, attributing a failure in the crop to their ss! Among the gardeners, there are some, and those not few in number, who persist in doing what their fathers did before them, who still believe that the moon has a great deal of influence on vegetation; and who still stand with a watch in their hand waiting for the time of the full moon in March to sow the seeds of the violet; but there are, I believe, no longer any who believe that, if the pith be taken out of a branch of a fruitful tree, that branch will produce fruit without seed. — G. Manetti. January 4, 1837 Queries and Answers. 477 Encyclopedia of Agriculture. —-I have been lately perusing, with much pleasure, the new edition of your Encyclopedia of Agriculture. — Before you publish another edition, you ought to get more correct information from this colony, which is becoming a much more interesting country than you seem to be aware of. It is certainly the most prosperous part of the British dominions. — Alexander M‘Leay. Sydney, March 13. 1837. The Manchester Botanic Garden.— Your correspondent Mr. Thomas of Prestwich remarks that our garden has “a remarkably flat surface.” I consider it a raised uneven platform in the centre of an extensive plain, which, in clear weather, is seen bounded on the east by the huge hills of Yorkshire, and on the south by the agreeable undulations of the hills of Cheshire. The view from the terrace walk in front of the range is varied and delightful. — A. C. Manchester, August 13. 1837. The Yew and the Smalt-leaved Elm.—n your Arboretum Britannicum, you seem to doubt whether the yew and the small-leaved elm are natives of Britain. These trees are both found (the latter in abundance) buried deep in the bogs of Somersetshire, which I think conclusive evidence of their being both indigenous. I have also found the remains of our common small- leaved elm in the foundations of Roman villas. This elm will sometimes ripen its seed in this country ; and I can point out at Jeast one variety which must have been so produced.— Samuel Hassel. Littleton, near Somerton, August 1. 1837. Lhe Fungi of the Oak.—In your history of the oak in the Arboretum Britannicum, you notice my discovery of Urédo Quércus in this neighbourhood, which I conclude you had from the Rev. Mr. Berkeley, to whom I have sent all the #ungi [ have collected; and I also conclude that he has furnished you with notices of all the others, which he might have received either from me or his various correspondents. In your last number of the Arboretum, under the hornbeam, you say Sphee‘ria fimbriata and carpinea on the leaves have. not been observed in this country. S. fimbriata is very abundant in this district, especially on the Norfolk side of the river; and I have sent Mr. Berkeley a great number of specimens: indeed, I could, if necessary, send him any number. It is published in the English Flora, and also in his (Mr. Berkeley’s) first fasciculus of specimens, which came out, I think, in the early part of last year. — Daniel Stock. -Bungay, August 4, 1837. Art. VI. Queries and Answers. Two Villas at Stanmore. — Can you, or any of your readers, inform me if the following description, translated from the original edition of Piickler Muskau’s Letters, be real or imaginary? It is many years since I passed through the beautiful village of Stanmore on my way to Cashiobury; and I certainly do not recollect any villa at all striking. —J. A., Chester, July, 1837. “ We setout this morning early, unfortunately a very wet day. At ten miles from London, we already began business in the pleasant village of Stanmore, by seeing two villas anda large park. The first villa was in the Gothic style throughout, with ornamental pointed tile roofs ; a style in which the English architects are very fortunate, and which, I may almost say, is their favourite. The interior was most delightfully arranged in the same style, yet perfectly habitable and comfortable. Even the doors in the walls which surround the kitchen-garden had painted old windows above them, which had a striking appearance amongst the flowering shrubs. The small flower-garden was also laid out in Gothic-formed beds, ornamented by gravel walks; and the effect was very good. l “The second villa presented a very different appearance; it was in the Italian taste, with large vases in front, in which, instead of flowers, were seen small pumpkins, and yellow and green scooped-out oranges, towering upwards. Somewhat too many wooden and white-painted statues adorned, or rather - disfigured, the garden ; amongst which was a lion in the attitude of suddenly 478 London Horticultural Society and Garden. rushing forth, and meant to inspire terror, but in vain. In like manner, a Cupid, in the branches of a tree, was threatening to shoot his arrows at the passers by.” (Briefe einers Verstorbenen, vol. ii. p, 205.) ’ The Gothic villa alluded to in the above letter was built by Dr. Hopper; the other by Mr. Orme, the printseller of Bond Street, after he had retired from business; a proof that familiarity with fine pictures does not always improve the taste. — Cond. A fine Elm, in a field close by the road leading towards Woburn Sands, and about half a furlong from Woburn, was struck by the electric fluid on Thursday last (Aug. 24.), ‘‘and the bark stripped from the top of the highest branch down to the root. The strip appeared very narrow at the top, and gradually increased to about 8in. in breadth near the bottom, where the electric fluid entered the earth. Another elm, near the residence of Capt. Hoare, in the parish of Waverden, was also struck, and split from top to bottom, the rent towards the bottom penetrating about a foot into the solid part of the tree.” (Morn. Chron., Aug. 28.) [We should be glad to know from any of our readers in the neighbourhood of Woburn, whether there were any pines or firs in the immediate vicinity of the elms, and of equal height ; and whether these escaped unhurt? Our object is to confirm or disprove the hypothesis, which states that resinous trees (resin being a non-conductor) are less liable to be struck with lightning than broad-leaved trees. — Cond.] Art. VII. The London Horticultural Society and Garden. JULY 18. 1837.— Exhibited. Balsams, dahlias, Gnaphalium eximium, Ne- pénthes distillatoria, Oncidium papflio, Hrica bruniades; Clerodéndrum fra- arans, double; Amaryllis sp., Pimeléa hispida, Alstroeméria pelegrina, Catasétum liridum, Gardoquia Hodékeri, and Alstroeméria psittacina; from Mr. Dunsford, gardener to Baron Dimsdale. A collection of heartsease, pinks, and two picotees, from Mr. Thomas Hogg. Peaches, nectarines, grapes, a new green-fleshed melon (Windsor prize), and two dwarf crimson coxcombs, from Mr. P. Flanagan, F.H.S. Peaches and nectarines, from Mr. Errington, gar- dener to Sir P. G. Egerton, Bart. Apples of 1835 and 1836, from Lord Ww. Fitzroy. From the Garden of the Society. Phacélia tripinnatifida, Quisqualis indica, Combretum purptreum, Zychnis Bungedna, Lilium japonicum, Gilia tenui- flora, Alstroeméria pulchélla, Chelone nemorosa, Spirz\a arieefolia, Philadél- phus Gordonanus, P. grandiflorus (from Mr. Gowan), Chinese, Noisette, and garden roses; dahlias. Awarded. Avsilver Knightian medal to Mr. Errington, for nectarines. A silver Banksian to Mr. Flanagan, for Grapes and to Mr. Dunsford, for Ca- tasétum luridum. Aug. 1.— Dr. Henderson in the chair. Dr. Lindley read a copy of an address which had been delivered to Her Majesty by the Duke of Devonshire, requesting her royal patronage, which was accorded, A paper was read “ On a simple and effective Mode of killing the Red Spider, Green Fly, Thrip, and Scale, without injury to Plants.” It merely consisted in putting the pots or plants into a frame, well closed, and then laurel leaves, well bruised, between them ; when, in the course of one hour, the whole of the spiders and flies would be destroyed by the odour, which, of course, is that of prussic acid ; while the thrip and scale would be destroyed in about eight hours; the night time being most favourable for the experiment. For a house 20 ft. by 12 ft., two bushels of leaves would be sufficient. It is known to entomologists that a bruised leaf of the common laurel, put into a pill-box, along with a humble bee, will kill it in a few seconds. As there is a good deal of prussic acid in the leaves of the peach and nectarine, when these trees get their summer prunings, perhaps some use might be made of the bruised leaves, by laying them in melon-frames, in which the plants London Horticultural Society and Garden. 479 were infested with the red spider; or the acid might be procured, and the plants watered with it in a diluted state ; after which the frame should be shut closely up. - Exhibited. Stanhopea insignis, Zygopétalon rostratum, Gongora atropur- purea, and Acropéra Loddigési, from Mr. P. N. Don, gardener to J. Bate- man, Esq. Stanhopea insignis var., and Cattléya crispa, from Mr. Paxton, gardener to the Duke of Devonshire. Twelve varieties of Verbéna, Onci- dium sp., Campanula fragilis hirsita, Zacsdnia pinnatistipula, and Clarkia élegans var., from Mrs. Marryat. Stanhopea insignis, from Mr. Pratt, gar- dener to W. Harrison, Esq. Dahlias from J. Salter of Shepherd’s Bush, Picotees and roses, from Mr. F. Hogg of Paddington. Roses from 8. Hooker. Strawberries from the Rev. W. Cobbold, Vicarage House, Selborne, near Alton. A collection of heaths, Campanula Carolini, Cleome sp., Mymphz'a cerulea, Clerodéndrum speciosissimum, &c., from Mrs. Lawrence. A dian- thus, a seedling petunia, and an orchideous plant, from Mr. J. Moore, gardener to the Misses Garnier, Wickham, Fareham, Hants. From the Garden of the Society. Lupinus ornatus, mutabilis, and lucidus ; Lilium longiflorum, Godetia rubicinda and vinodsa, Mddia floribtinda, Malope grandiflora; Phl6x acuminata, and seedlings; Bartonia atirea, Clématis Hen- dersoni, Caprifolium hispidulum, Matricaria grandiflora, Digitalis; from Mr, Bevan. Roses, dahlias, royal duke cherries, grapes; Windsor scarlet-fleshed melon, 3 lb. 14 0z.; planted out Feb. 15. cut July 29. Awarded. A large silver medal to Mr. Paxton, for Cattléya crispa. A silver Knightian to Mr. Kedding, for Oncidium carthaginéuse var. ; and to Mrs. Lawrence, for heaths. A silver Banksian to Mr. Hooker, for roses; to Mr. Pratt, for Stanhopea insignis; and to Mr. Hogg, for carnations and picotees. Aug. 15.—Read. A paper “ On the Culture of the Randinculus, by Mr. Wm. Dunstord, gardener to the Hon. Baron Dimsdale. Exhibited. Evica cerinthdides, Ewerdna, ampullacea rubra, Bowiedna, &c.; Cychnoches Loddigész, and Poinciana pulchérrima; from Mrs. Law- rence. Gooseberry pippins of 1836, from Sir Henry Rycroft. Vanda mul- tiflora, Myanthus deltdides, Astélma eximium, Amaryllis Sweéti, dahlias, stocks, and China asters, from Mr. Dunsford, gardener to the Hon. Baron Dimsdale. Hybrid melon, from Mr. J. Duncan, gardener to J. Martineau, Esq. Balsams, marigolds, and morello cherries, from Mrs. Nichols of Hammersmith. Seedling and other dahlias, from Mr. J. Salter of Shepherd’s Bush. Tarnera érioniflora, Peristéria péndula, Acropéra Loddigész, Pan- cratium Amdncaes, Epidéndrum ciliire, Lantana Séllowi, Vailota purpurea, and dahlias, from Mr. Glenny. Black Hamburg grapes, balsams, and three vars. of heaths, from J. Alnutt, Esq. Oncidium Lanceanwm and Eu- lophia guineénsis, from J. Bateman, Esq. A collection of dahlias, from Messrs. Chandler. Otaheite, or Anson’s pine, green-fleshed melon (Hamp- ton Court), early Cantaloup melon, black Hamburg and muscat of Alex- andria grapes, white spine and black spine cucumber, from Mr. P. Flana- gan, gardener to Sir T. Hoare, Bart. Varieties of Indian corn, from P. A. Browne, LL.D. rica Ewerdna, eximia, jasminiflora var. Lee’s tricolor, ampullacea, &c., from Mr. J. Fairburn of Clapham: Roses and dahlias, from Messrs. Paul and Son of Cheshunt. Dahlias, from Mr. Mountjoy of Ealing. Model of an apparatus for preserving fruit from the attacks of wasps and other insects, from Mr. Masters, gardener to Lady Maria Finch, Bexley Abbey, near Maidstone. From the Society’s Garden. Quisqualis indica, @nothéra Drummond, Petz - nia violacea supérba, Diplopappus incanus, Physianthus undulatus, dahlias, and gooseberries. Awarded. A silver Knightian medal to J. Bateman, Esq., and to Messrs. Paul, for the Oncidium Lancednwm. A silver Banksian to Messrs, Paul, for roses ; to Mr, Flanagan, for cucumbers; to Mrs, Lawrence, for Hrica Ewer- dna; and to Mr. Alnutt, for Hrica ampullacea. 480 Covent Garden Market. Art. VIII. Covent Garden Market. In consequence of the rains which have so generally prevailed in the early part of the present month, the market has been supplied liberally with all sorts of vegetables usually prevalent at this season of the year ; more parti- cularly with turnips, coleworts, &c. French beans were, for a time, rather short in supply, but have become more plentiful. Peas are nearly out, but some few are occasionally furnished. Potatoes are very abundant, and gene- rally of good quality : the crop, throughout the country, is represented as being heavy ; consequently, if harvested in good condition, for which the weather is at present very favourable, we may expect the supply, throughout the season, to be good at very moderate prices, especially as all other vege- tables are expected to be equally abundant and good. Of fruits generally we have had considerable quantities: apples and plums in great abundance. It has been remarkable, that apples have been actually sold at less than potatoes. Wall fruit has been more plentiful than was expected. Grapes from the houses very plentiful. Walnuts, as yet, but in moderate supply, except from Holland, whence several cargoes have been imported. Filberts are scarce and dear, and of indifferent quality. —C.G. MZ. Sept. 27. 1837. é From To From T The Cabbage Tribe. £ 5.d.\£5. a. Ls. d.|£_s. d. Cabbage, per dozen : Stalks and Fruits for Tarts,| White - - - |00 9/01 8 Pickling, Be Red = - =O 2 On OR SO : Plants, or Coleworts - - |0 1 6/0 2 Oj/Angelica Stalks, perpound |0 0 6/0 0 0 Cauliflowers, per dozen - | 0 4 0{| 0 7 O||Sea Samphire, p. small punnet]® 1 0/0 0 0 Broccoli, Cape, per bunch - |0 O 91] 0 1 O/|Vegetable Marrow, perdozen|0 1 0/0 1 6 Tomatoes, per sieve SOR Oy) OO. @ Legumes. Capsicums, per hundred : Peas, per sieve - 0 2 6/0 3 6! Ripe : Z - |0 4 0/0 6 O Beans, per half sieve - |0 4 0/0 1 6) Green - = St Oo a OO Le Kidneybeans, per half sieve 03 6/0 0 0 Scarlet runners, per half sieve} 0 19/0 2 Q Edible Fungi and Fuci. Mushrooms; per pottle a (Oo 2 OO Oo Tubers and Roots. Morels, per pound = - - |014 0/0 0 0 Potatoes, per ton = S WO O Bo 0) Truffles, English, per pound 0 12 0. 0 Turnips, White, perbunch- |0 1 6|0 2 0 g Carrots, per bunch - - |0 2 6/0 + 0 Fruits. Parsneps, perdozen = - |0 1 0/0 O O)|Apples, Dessert, per bushel : Red Beet, per dozen - |0 1 0/0 O O} Kerry Pippin = SOOO” Or @) Horseradish, perbundle - |0 2 6/0 4 0O| Ribston S S - 10 9 0/0 0 0 Radishes, white turnip, per Ingestrie = a SOR ON OW @ bunch 2 : - |0 0 1/0 O O} Baking - - ONO 1 OO 26 : : Pears, Dessert, per half sieve : The Spinach Trzbe. Williams’s - e100 5: O10 7 O Spi h ee sieve - |0 0;|0 1 6) Marie-Louise = o O12 ON OmOmO pinach, per halfsieve - |0 0 9!0 1 O| Brown Beurré - - |010 0/012 0 p , Peaches, per dozen =| Omoan On iO mmemO The Onion Tribe. Nectarines, per dozen - |0 3030 5 0 Onions: Almonds, per peck =.= 105-4 O10 70r 0 Old, per bushel - - |0 4 0]}0 5 0Q)|Plums, dessert, per sieve : For pickling, perhalf sieve |0 2 6|0 3 6| Green Gages - o = Ord 01 hOMOmO Leeks, per dozen bunches - |0 1 0/0 1 6] Orleans - S S PO OW OQio B © Garlic, per pound 6 - |0 0 6/0 O 8} Mussell - 2 - 10 8 0/0 40 Shallots, per pound - - |0 0 8|0 010 Damsons, per bushel - |0 8 0/0 4 0 Mulberries, per gallon (two Pot and Sweet Herbs. pottles) - = = Of OF a OMe Parsley, per half sieve 5 0 1 0/0 1 6|Walnuts, per bushel - - |0 8 0/010 0 Tarragon, per dozen bunches | 0 3 0|0 O 0/Filberts, English, per 100lbs.|5 0 0/9 0 O Fennel, per dozen bunches- | 0 2 0/0 O O0j|Hazel Nuts, per peck SO 2 Cio sO Thyme, per dozen bunches 02 0/0 3 0, Pine-apples, per pound - |0 5 0/G 6 0 Sage, per dozen bunches 0 2 0}0 3 0|Grapes, hot-house, per pound |0 1 6/0 3 O Mint, per dozen bunches - |0 2 0/0 O O|Figs, per dozen - - |0 0 6/0 2 0 Peppermint, dried, per dozen ||Melons, each : -|/016/036 bunches - - = 01 6/0 0 O Oranges § PEt dozen - ONO Or Sard Marjoram, per dozen bunches} 0 2 6/0 3 0 8 per hundred = Oe Zane el Ona0) Savory, per dozen bunches - OY | Oe 0) Lemons § Pet dozen SS OF 0 EOP Sha0: Basil, per dozen bunches - | 0 3 0/0 0 0 per hundred SO: Ze OPO W- © Rosemary, per dozenbunches | 9 5 0|0 O 0O/Sweet Almonds, per pound 02 3/0 26 Lavender, dried, perdoz.bun.| 0 2 0|0 0O 0O|Nuts, Barcelona, per bushel 17030) 50 300 Tansy, per dozen bunches - | 0 1 010 O O/|Spanish onions, per 100 - }018 0/110 O TE GARDENER’S MAGAZINE, NOVEMBER, 1837. ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. Art. I. A Series of Articles on the Insects most injurious to Cultiva- tors. By J. O. Westwoop, F.L.S., Secretary to the Entomologicai Society of London. No. 9. Tue stimy GRUB OF THE PEAR AND OTHER FRuIT TREES. In my last article, I gave the history of an insect which, in the larva state, feeds upon the leaves of the apple, devouring the entire leaf. On the present occasion, I have to describe the pro- ceedings of another leaf-feeder; but in this case the insect ex- hibits the singular instinct of eating only the upper surface of the leaf, leavi ing the under parenchyma with all the fibres and veins untouched. Such is the habit of the larvee of several species of saw-flies, composing Professor Hartig’s subgenus -Blennocampa, and which has obtained this name in reference to the unsightly appearance of the larve, which are ordinarily covered with a slimy secretion, giving them a resemblance to minute black slugs. In America, indeed, the name of slug- worm is given to one of these insects inhabiting that part of the . world, and which, towards the close of the last century, became so prevalent as to threaten the destruction of the cherry, pear, quince, and plum; all of which trees were infested with it: the smnall trees being covered with insects, and a breeze of air through those on which they abounded becoming charged with a very disagreeable and sickening odour. ‘Twenty or thirty were to be seen on a single leaf; and many trees, being quite stripped, were obliged to put forth fresh foliage, thus anticipating the supply of the succeeding year, and cutting off the prospect of fruit. (W. D. Peck, i ata Fitstory of the Slug-Worm. Boston, 1799.) The peculiar odour mentioned above was evidently emitted by the slimy secretion with which the insect clothed itself, and which might be supposed to have the effect of repelling the attacks of parasites. Professor Peck, however, has figured a small hymenopterous parasite, apparently belonging to the genus Encyrtus (fam. Chalcididee), peculiar to it. Vou. XIII.— No. 92. 1 i i 482 Insects most injurious to Cultivators : — In our own country, for several years past, the same fruit trees, but more especially the pear, have been attacked by a species of these Blennocdmpee. In my father’s garden, I have observed them both on the cherry and pear, and have, therefore, had opportunities for studying their habits. Mr. Loudon, also, has received complaints of its attacks from various correspond- ents, from whose letters the following paragraphs are selected. Mr. R. Glendinning, under the date of the 20th of July last, forwarded from Bicton, leaves of the beurré Capiaumont pear, infested by these slimy grubs, which, “at first sight, present an appearance similar to that which has been so destructive to the turnips (described in Vel. XIII. p. 193.); but, on closer inspection, differing very much. It first attacks the epidermis of the upper surface of the leaves, which it lacerates, or almost wholly clears ; although not always entirely so (_/ig.123. a), as some of the pores, or stomata, appear untouched. ‘The only antidote I have ap- plied to this (to me) new enemy, is hand-picking them. Their ravages are astonishingly rapid, and leave the trees as if scorched with lightning.” Mr. John Clavier of Compton Gardens, near Sherborne, Dorset, on the 5th of September, forwarded some leaves with the larvee, from a tree in that neighbourhood, on which were some thousands of the latter. Such had been the case for the last ten years, “the tree having a very bad rusty appearance; and the leaves every season prematurely dropping off. Nothing similar to this has ever come under my notice before.” Mr. John Fox also forwarded from Little Dalby Hall, Leices- tershire, on the 14th of September, pear leaves with the larve, ‘‘which latter, when they become numerous, soon render the trees leafless. I saw several pear trees in a garden in this neigh- bourhood, which, on the Ist of September, were completely de- foliated. ‘The insects were first observed here about three or four years ago, and since that time their numbers have rapidly increased. I could not ascertain that any remedy had been ap- plied for their destruction; but, if no means is obtained to gain that end, it is very evident that it will soon end in the destruction of the trees. I gathered three leaves with insects upon them, and dusted them liberally with quicklime, which had no other effect than causing them to cast off their outer skin and assume a yellow appearance. In four hours from the operation, they had fixed themselves as firmly to another part of the leaves as if nothing had been done.” When full grown, these larvae (jg. 123. a) are nearly half an inch long, with the body somewhat cylindrical, but thicker towards the head; the anterior or thoracic segments having the power of inflation over the head. Except at the time of casting the skin, the body is covered with a viscid secretion, Slimy Grub of the Pear Tree. — 483 of a dark greenish-black colour, with the belly dirty clay- coloured. Whilst feeding, the front of the body is inflated (fig. 123. 6, the ventral aspect of the larva whilst inflated), and the hinder segments narrowed; so that the insect somewhat re- sembles a minute tadpole, or, rather, the excrement of a swallow or sparrow accidentally dropped upon the leaves, which is in- creased both by its colour and slimy coat. On denuding it of this covering, the body appears of a fleshy consistence and wrinkled surface (fig. 123. c, magnified). It is furnished on the under side with twenty feet, a pair being attached to each of the thoracic segments: the fourth segment is footless; and each of the seven succeeding segments has a pair of fore legs, the ex- tremity of the body being destitute of these appendages. The head (fig. 123. d, seen in front) is somewhat convex, of a trian- gular form, with the angles rounded. Neck narrower than the thorax, of a pitchy-brown colour, with the mouth dirty buff. The upper lip gibbous and semilunar. The mandibles (fig.123. e) with three teeth. The lower jaws (jg. 123./) furnished with very short 3-jointed palpi; and the lower lip (jig. 123. 2) small, flat, bipartite, and furnished likewise with very short palpi. The antennze minute, inserted near the sides of the clypeus, and of a conical form. The eyes lateral, globose, and placed above the antennz. The breathing-pores brown. ‘The viscid fluid with which the body is covered appears to exude from the articulations of the joints of the body, since, on rubbing it off, the insect swells itself out at the joints, and shortly afterwards a fresh secretion is seen to take place. After casting its penultimate Jarva skin, the power of secreting this liquid appears to be lost ; the body, also, becomes of a conical-cylindric form, without the inflation of the thoracic segments. It also assumes a clay colour. Dahlbom (Clavis Nov. Hym. Syst., 1835) mentions Pyrus, Prinus, Cratz gus, and Salix, as being liable to the attacks of this larva. During the day, it remains quiet on the leaf, with Il 2 ASA - Insects most injurious to Cultivators : — the head retracted within the prothorax; but, during the night, it crawls slowly about from branch to branch. The exuvize of the larvee (jig. A 123. 0) remain at- tached to the leaves, and appear like a short slender black thread with a shiny head. Some of these larvee, from the white thorn, collected pre- viously to the middle of August, underwent their penultimate change of larva skin on the 16th of that month, and enclosed themselves in their cocoons on the 18th of the same month; the perfect insects not being produced until the following June and July. The cocoon ( fig. 124. h) is very similar to that of the turnip saw-fly; being brown, and externally covered with particles of earth, fastened together with silken threads. ‘The retraction of the head within the prothorax is of service to the insect whilst feeding, since it is thereby enabled to move its head in various directions, without changing its situation; and hence it remains stationary until it | has eaten every part of the surface of the leaf within reach; when it moves a little further on: its movements, however, are ex- tremely sluggish. The last segment of the body is generally elevated; so that when the insect discharges its excrement, it is compelled to employ considerable force, whereby it is shot upwards to some height. I have seen them occasionally fall upon the slimy back of the insect; but the grub has immediately removed them by twisting its body in various directions, fasten- ing them with slime upon the leaf. When about to change their skin, they retire to the under side of the leaf, where they remain until they have acquired their new coat of slime. Immediately after they have changed their skin, they are of a clay colour, and destitute of slime; at which time they will occasionally bend their bodies, so as to make the head and tail meet. The secretion is rather glutinous, and has a strong scent, somewhat like that of red ink. De Geer states that some of these larvae, which he examined, enclosed themselves in cocoons at the beginning of October, the perfect insects appearing at the end of the following July; having thus passed nearly ten months in the inactive state. The female deposits her eggs on the upper surface of the leaves, by the assistance of her curiously formed ovipositor; and, in a few days, the young are produced. This insect was known to Linnzeus, by whom it was described as the saw-fly of the cherry, Zenthrédo cérasi; which name, as Slimy Grub of the Pear Tree. 4.85 giving the erroneous idea of its being restricted to the cherry, has been rejected. It is now systematically known under the following names : — Order, Hymenéptera. Section, Serrifera. I See Vol. XIII. p. 195. Family, Tenthredinide. Genus, Selandria Leach. (Synonyme of the genus Allantus Bouché.) Subgenus, Blennocampa Hartig. Species, Selandria (Blennocampa) /E‘thiops Fabricius, Ent. Syst., ii. p. 121.5 Klug, Mag. Berlin Nat. Fr., viii. p. 279.; Stephens, Illust. Brit. Ins. Mand., vol. vii. p. 51. F%g. 124.: 2, natural size; %, magnified. Synonyme of the species Tenthrédo cérasi Linneus, Syst. Nat., il. p. 923. ; Réaumur, Mémoires, tom. v. tab. 12. f. 1—6.; De Geer, Mémoires, tom. ti. part 2. tab. 38. f. 16—25. Smooth shining black. Four anterior legs with the femora black, yellowish at the tip. The tibiae testaceous. Posterior legs dusky black, with the knees, or tips of the femora, and base of the tibize, yellowish. Wings obscurely hyaline, with the nervures, costa, and stioma black; and a dot on the second submarginal areolet. Length of the body, 24 to 2} lines. Ex- panse of the wings, 5 to 54 lines. (Stephens, loc. cit.) There are many species of this group very closely allied to- gether; which, in all probability, are similar in their habits during the larva state: indeed, it is, perhaps, not improbable that the larvee found on so many different trees as are mentioned above may belong to various species, hitherto confounded with the Yenthrédo cérasi of Linnzus. One species, indeed, has been separated by Schrank, under the name of ZJenthrédo fuliginosa. The genus Selandria, here illustrated, is very closely allied to Athalia, described in Vol. XIII. p. 195.; differing chiefly in having only nine, instead of ten, joints in the antennze. For the destruction of these insects, Mr.Glendinning recom- mends hand-picking; and Bouché, in his work on garden in- sects, gives the same advice. Mr. Major recommends dusting the trees, when dry, with quick lime; the exuded matter produced by the insect retaining a sufficiency for its destruction. It will be seen, however, that Mr. J. Fox mentions the inefficiency of this mode of proceeding; it is nevertheless evident that the specimens upon which he operated were, at the time, ready to throw off their skin. Had the lime, on the contrary, been applied to those which had re- cently undergone their transformations, a different result might have been effected. ‘This insect, however, affords a good op- portunity for a few chemical experiments, which would doubtless insure a certain means for their destrution. ‘The secreted viscid matter is so powerful, that any person acquainted with the prin= 113 486 Mode of destroying a Moth ciples of ordinary chemical analysis would be able to ascertain its real nature and properties, and, consequently, to propose a proper remedy. Art. II. Notice of a Mode of destroying a Species of Moth injurt- ous to the Vineyards of the South of France, employed by M. Audouin, Professor of Entomology in the Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle. (Extracted from L’ E’cho du Monde Savant, Sept. 9. 1837.) Tue Société Royale d’Agriculture, having been consulted by the Minister of Commerce and Public Works, as to the best means of arresting the ravages caused by a well-known species of Pyralis in the vineyards of Maconnais, appointed M. Audouin to proceed thither, in order to gain the requisite information for stopping the progress of the evil. M. Audouin arrived in that country on the 5th of August. He soon perceived that the reports addressed to the minister had not been exaggerated ; and found the cultivators so much discouraged, that no steps whatever had been taken to free themselves from the pest. “This,” says M. Audouin, “was the first difficulty met with, which I have been fortunate enough to surmount, with the assistance of a few enlightened individuals, who conceived the happy idea of forming a union of proprietors, which has had the best effect.”’ In fact, on the day after this union, the greater number of the assistants set themselves to work in earnest to adopt the measures recommended by M. Audouin. ‘The season was too far advanced to allow the author of the Mémoire to study these insects in all their different stages of developement; but he had already, in 1836, observed some individuals sent to Paris from Romanéche, a territory of which the vineyards, as well as those of Thorins, occupied almost the centre of the ravaged country. At these places he had been able to examine at leisure the chrysalides, to watch the coming forth of the moths, the laying of the eggs, and their developement, until the appearance of the caterpillar, - which takes place in August, at the time when the vines are covered with new leaves; but the insect does not commence its ravages till the spring of the following year. The learned professor described two methods which he had used with success. It is known that one mode of destroying these injurious insects is the lighting of fires, to which they are attracted, and burn themselves. He has taken advantage of his former experience to modify this process in a very ingenious man- ner. He places a flat vessel with a light on the ground, and covers it with a bell-glass, besmeared with oil. ‘The pyralis, attracted by the light, flies towards it ; and, in the midst of the circle which it describes in flying, it is caught and retained by the glutinous enjurious to Vineyards. 487 sides of the bell-glass, where it instantly perishes by asphyxia. Two hundred of these lights were established in a part of the vineyard of M. Delahante, about four acres in extent, and at a distance of 25 ft. from each other. These fires last about two hours ; and scarcely had they been lighted, when a great number of moths came flying around, and were speedily destroyed by the oil. The next day the deaths were counted. Each of the 200 vessels contained, on an average, 150 moths. This sum, multiplied by the first number, gives a total of 30,000 moths destroyed. Of these 30,000 insects, we may reckon one fifth females, having the abdomen full of eggs, which would speedily have laid, on an average, 150 eggs each. This last number, multiplied by the fifth of 30,000, that is to say, by 6000, would givefor the final result of this first destruction the sum of 900,000. On the 7th of August, 180 lamps were lighted in the same place, each of which on an average destroyed 80 moths, or a total of 14,400. In these 14,400 moths there was reckoned to be, not only one sixth, but three fourths, females: but, admitting that there was only one half females, or 7200; and, multiplying this by 150 (the number of eggs that each would have laid), gives a total of 1,080,000 eggs destroyed. ‘Two other experi- ments were made on the 8th and 10th of August, which caused the destruction of 9260 moths. The expense attending this process is a very great objection ; but M. Audouin had recourse to a less expensive mode, namely, that of hand labour. These moths, as already observed, lay their eges in clusters of about 150 each, on the upper side of the vine leaves. Each cluster contains a greater or less number of eggs; but 60 may be taken as the average. It is these eggs which give birth to the devastating insects. If the eggs were destroyed, the source of the evil would be totally arrested. On the 7th of August, 20 vine-dressers, women and children, were set to work, under the direction of M. Audouin, in the vineyard of M. Delahante; and this operation was continued till August 11. inclusive. The following is the result obtained : — 186,900 clusters of eggs were collected, which was equal to the destruc- tion of 11,214,000 eggs. ‘This operation was continued from the 12th of August to the 18th of August, by thirty persons, during which time 482,000 clusters of eggs were gathered ; which, multiplied by 60 (the average number in each cluster), gives 28,920,000. ‘Thus, in twelve days, from 20 to 30 workers destroyed 40,182,000, which would have been hatched in the course of from 12 to 15 days. M. Audouin related several other experiments of the same kind which had been tried in various places. He thinks that collecting the eggs is superior to any other mode that has been proposed or put in practice; and, if used conjointly with the 11 4 488 Moth injurious to Vineyards. lamps, it would be the certain means of annihilating this injurious insect. ‘These two modes are far superior to the tedious and imperfect operation of destroying the caterpillars. It would not be prudent, however, to neglect the latter operation, which must only be considered as the resource of the improvident vine cul- tivator, who, in the preceding year, has neglected to remove the eggs from his vine leaves. M. Audouin believes that he has found out a method of de- struction superior to those just described, but he is desirous of making more experiments before laying it before the public. From the above paper, the practical gardener may derive two very valuable hints. In the first place, he will see the powerful results that attend the seemingly minute and unimportant practice of hand-picking; a practice so often recommended by Kirby and Spence, and by Mr. Westwood, and yet, we fear, too generally neglected by cultivators. Much might be done in gardens by the employment of women for picking off the eggs of insects ; one woman would be sufficient for an ordinary-sized kitchen- garden, from March to November; and a little experience with the net would soon enable her to catch and destroy many insects in the perfect state. The late Mr. Willmot of Lewisham em- ployed one woman for upwards of 100 acres of nursery ground, solely for the purpose of keeping his trees clear of the woolly aphis; and he succeeded. The Rev. Thomas Williams of Hen- don Rectory (whose garden, though less than an acre in extent, is yet, in point of culture and high keeping, equal to that of Mrs. Lawrence at Drayton Green, and, in the gardenesque dis- position of a collection of the most rare and valuable trees and shrubs, superior to every other garden that we have seen) keeps one man during summer for the sole purpose of detecting and removing insects. on his collection of pines and firs. The second hint which gardeners may take from M. Audouin’s paper, is that of employing, during the whole summer, moth-traps of the kind used by him. Cocoa-nut oil, as being the cheapest, may be used for the lamps; and any cheap sweet oil for coating over the outside of the bell-glasses; which glasses may be the same as those used for striking cuttings, the larger green kind used for covering cauliflowers, or even common hand-glasses. Perhaps coating the glass with gum and water might, in England, be cheaper than coating it with oil. The traps should not be set till it is nearly dark, and no more oil need be put in the lamp than what will keep it burning till daylight returns. Traps of this kind can, of course, only be effectual with winged insects which fly about during the nighttime, such as moths, cockchafers, &c.; but, perhaps, some kind of trap might be de- vised for creeping insects, such as the wood-louse, the ant, the earwig, &c.,. as effective as M. Audouin’s moth-trap. There is a Woody Fibre of the Palm. 489 trap sold in the shops for beetles and cockroaches, which is very effective; and frogs, toads, and hedgehogs, are exceedingly useful in gardens for devouring insects.— Cond. Art. III. Remarks on the Origin and Direction of the woody Fibre of the Stems of Palms. By JAMEs Main, A.L.S. I am induced to offer a few remarks on a paper read to the British Association for the Advancement of Science, at Liver- pool, on Tuesday, Sept. 12. 1837. The paper is said to be, “Some Observations on the Origin and Direction of the Woody Fibre of the Stems of Palms.” Among other particulars relative to their habitat and dimensions, it is added, that ‘In longi- tudinal sections of the stem of a large species, the bundles of woody fibre were distinctly seen passing from the sears and bases of the leaves downwards and inwards, gently curving at an angle of 18°, till they nearly reached the centre of the stem; then, changing their direction outwards, they continued their downward course with greater obliquity than before, till they approached the external surface of the stem; after which they still descended in a line parallel with its axis, ultimately be- coming so much ramified, that it was impossible to trace them. “To Dr. Lindley’s supposition, that the hardness of the exterior cannot be owing to the outward pressure of new matter from within, but to some cause analogous to the formation of heart wood in exogens, Mr. Gardner replies, that a longitudinal section of a palm stem, with leaves attached, clearly shows that the ligneous substance is formed by the leaves; and this affords collateral evidence of an analogous formation of the wood in exogens. ‘The only difference between the formation of these two kinds of stems seems to be, that in the exogenous tribes the woody fibre always remains between the bark and the last- formed layer; while, in the palms, the bundles of woody tissue first pass downwards and inwards to the interior of the stem, then curve outwards, and finally run down parallel with the axis, through the previously formed tissues which constitute the column.” The gravamen of the above quotation certainly appears to be this; namely, that the woody fibres of both exogens and indo- gens are formed by the foliage of the former, and the fronds fo the latter. I know well that this hypothesis has been embraced by many eminent men; but it really appears to have been pro- pounded withont reference to the phenomena it was employed to explain. That leaves can acquire existence before the parts to which they are so intimately attached, from which they sprang, and which nourish and support them, is rather illogical ; and why 490 Woody Fibre of the Palin. should the observer, in seeking to find out the connexions of the different members of a stem, begin his tracing at the wrong end ? Surely, the base of a stem had existence before the leaves, or fronds, on the top. ‘The tracing should be according to the natural growth. See, first, where any member had or has its origin, and trace it upward as far as it extends; but do not pro- ceed the contrary way, merely because it is stated in books that the accretion of a monocotyledonous stem is internal; which, by the by, only means that all new growth proceeds from the centre of the system. Observe the annual stem of asparagus: on its first appearance it is as large in diameter as it is when the seeds are ripe. Its growth is nothing but simple elongation : each of its attenuated leaves, and each of its capsules, is attached to the fibrous tissue; but who can assert, with reason, that each of these members sends down special fibres to compose the bulk of the stem? It is the same with the perennial trunks of palms: they are as large when only one foot high as when they are fifty. The fronds are, no doubt, all attached to, and proceed consecutively from, the base; each new, or youngest, one having a longer petiole than the preceding, and each oldest one, in its turn, dying off, but leaving a part of its base to form, collectively, the fibrous stem. That fibrous tissues of the fronds curve inwards towards the centre, is perfectly true. It cannot be otherwise ; because these, rising erectly in the middle, fall subsequently sidewise. “A knee is formed on the footstalk at the point of flexure; but, though this curvature remains in the grain of the wood, it is every day becoming more straight by the lateral pressure of the central growth. It is very evident that, if Mr. Gardner had never heard that there were such circumstances as sap and fibres running down the stems of palms, and if he had not been afraid of differing from authorities at home, he would have given a far more rational ac- count of the ligneous structure of the stems of those majestic trees. Thus, however, it is with every hypothesis relating to natural phenomena, which is adopted without due reflection and careful examination. Every appearance of the object to be considered is bent and twisted, in order that it may dovetail with the reveries of our learned leaders. Hence, we see Mr. Gardner drifting with the current, and fixing the capital high in air, before one stone of the pedestal or column is laid ! That the living embryo exists in a seed before its roots are protruded, is a fact; and that a living cutting is destitute of roots until it is placed in a medium favourable to their developement, is no less evident; but both these are very different from the connexion between the leaves of dicotyledons, which are arti- culate with the fibrous membranes, and those of monocotyledons Growth of Trees at Flasby Hail. 491 which are not. It is, moreover, true, that some leaves of exogens emit fibres from the costa, when placed in moist heat; but this cannot be done with any dissevered part of a palm: its consti- tutional unity forbids all subdivision, except by seeds. There are no articulations among the members of a palm, except, per- haps, among those of the inflorescence. The fronds, from their intimate connexion with the stem, as described by Mr. Gardner, are only foliar expansions of that member; and, therefore, it appears much more reasonable to say, as well as believe, that they are parcel of the stem, rather than the contrary. Chelsea, September 20. 1837. Art. IV. Notes on the Growth of Trees at Flashy Hall, near Gar- grave, in Craven, Yorkshire. By Grorce WINTERSGILL. , My employer, with whom I have now been upwards of fifteen years gardener, and who has long been observant on most subjects relating to natural history, having lent me his notes in full upon the growth of trees here, I am induced to forward a copy of part of them to you with his permission, trusting to your dis- cretion in their use. The Dimensions of some particular Trees at Flashy Hail, in Craven, Yorkshire, first taken in December, 1806; with some Remarks thereon. — ‘Those on the house side of the water are chiefly growing on limestone diluvium; and those on the other side, on the shale beds of Flasby, which have been so ably eluci- dated by Professor Philips of York; and are the beds which contain the Ammonites figured by him in the second part of the Geology of Yorkshire; the debris of which is a strong yellow clay, covered with hazel loam of the same colour. Awych elm (UJImus montana), near the south-west corner of the house, planted in 1789, 16in. from ground, measured, in 1806, Dec. 1., 42in. circumference; 1816, 64in.; 1823, 70 in.; 1830, 803 in.; 1836, Sept. 12., 86in. This tree is upon a deep soil, advantageously situated for growth, one side open to the flower-garden. In 1823, one large branch was obliged to be cut off, comprising, probably, one third of the branches; and it is even now not above half covered over. The beech near the approach road, planted in 1788, 3 ft. from ground, 1806, 213 in.; 1816, 373in.; 1823,46in.; 1830, 55 in.; 1836, 653in. ‘This tree is in the midst of others. The whole of the trees are selected, as those most likely to be left as standards eventually, and are all not very far from the house, or in its approach. This tree is just upon the edge of the singular sand and gravel bed upon which the house stands, on the angle formed by the bend of the valley changing north and 4.92 Growth of Trees at Flasby Hall, south to east and west. In this sand-bed have been discovered great quantities of human skeletons. The only bones hitherto discovered in situ are those of the water-rat, which prove it of alluvial origin, although it is upwards of nine yards thick, and 60 ft. above the water. A beech near the last one particularised, 21 in. from ground, planted at the same time, in 1806, 21 in.; 1816, 34in.; 1823, 444in,; 1830, 564in.; 1886, 68in. ‘Trees, in general, on the limestone diluvium of Craven, reach water within the yard. They grow well whilst young, therefore, but are not healthy when once they have touched the waters. On the limestone rocks there is seldom much soil; and, although dry, it is too solid to admit their roots. The ash, however, at the foot of these hills, where a greater depth of soil prevails, grows luxuriantly, and has been called the Craven oak. The oak near the garden, planted in 1787, at 3 ft. from ground, in 1806, 16in.; 1816, 28}in.; 1823, 33}in.; 1828, 391 in.; 1830, 412in.; 1836, 52in. This oak is situated so near the level of the water, that it may probably partake, in some measure, of the debris of the shale which causes it to grow well; for I have observed that the oak never thrives well on the limestone, unless it happens to be near the shale bands which occur more or less through the whole great limestone forma- tion; and asingular fact I should wish to mention here : — The common laurel (Cérasus Laurocérasus) could never be got to grow on the house side of the water; and, thongh it shot well when first planted, in a short time it as invariably cankered away and died. By carting a few loads of clay, we have got it to grow well, and have now some good specimens. A larch near the last oak, at 4 ft., now cut down: in 1806, 34in.; 1816, 394 in.; 1823, 474 in.; 1828, 4924 in. The last- named oak, situated so near this larch, had increased 6 in., whilst this tree made only 2 in. during the same period. A larch in the drive to the house, planted in 1786: in 1830, 66in.; 1836, 714 in. The following are all situated across the water: — A larch at the back of the lodge, planted in 1785: in 1830, 73 in.; 1836, 794in. These two last-named trees grow well: both are - on the brook edge, upon alluvial gravel. Soil a fertile, light, sandy loam. At the entrance from Meatherfield Foot, in the Low Wood, stand two wych elms on each side of the path, planted in 1787: at 4ft. from ground, upper one, 1806, 265in.; 1816, 42 in.; 1830, 552 in.; 1836, 614 in. Lower one, 1806, 234 in.; 1816, 394in.; 1830, 503 in.; 1836, 57in. The wych elm, although indigenous to the soil here, does not appear, in general, to grow so well as on the limestone side ; and, were it on the lime- near Gargrave, in Craven, Yorkshire. 4.93 stone debris never to reach water, it would arrive at a great size. On the alluvial gravels in the vicinity it grows well. ‘The elm, above all trees, once touching water, rots at the heart. All plants, in excessive droughts, shoot downwards after moisture; the next winter rains, raising the bottom level of the water, rot the lower fibres; and a great length of time is necessary for healing them again. It is upon this principle we have acted, by bruising, not cutting, in successfully destroying weeds very dif- ficult to eradicate, such as equisetums and the two tussilagos. The larger one, with its enormous leaves, often invades our low mea- dows. A roller, applied in spring, when the plant is in vigorous sap, destroys it. ‘This was discovered from observing that the plants were completely destroyed by the summer tread of cattle. The oak, near the pond, close to the aged oak, planted in 1782, at one yard from ground, in 1806, 322 in.; 1816, 41 in.; 1830, 51iin.; 1836, 57in. This oak is, of course, more or less. af- fected by the superior strength of the old one in depriving it of nourishment. Probably, the death of trees under others is more caused from the greater vigour of the large one depriving the weaker of food, than shade. Seedlings soon die awey unless of a different genera. Another oak, which stands near the ditch from the pond to the cascade, planted in 1787, at one yard, measured, in 1806, 174 ft.; 1816, 273 ft.; 1830, 364 ft.; 1836, 41 ft. The larch oak, at one yard, planted in 1782: 1806, 344 ft. ; 1816, 444 ft.; 1830, 532 ft.; 1836, 60 ft. This oak, so named from its spiral growth, by Mr. Dixon, of Leith Walk, Edinburgh, who visited it on the day of the jubilee, 1809. The soil here is hazel loam, of good depth, on a flat, showing the shale beds to be soft above, and deep. The corner oak, at one yard, and planted in 1787: 1806, 18 ft.; 1816, 313 ft.; 1830, 442 ft.; 1836, 54 ft. The average height of all these trees above the level of the sea is from 380 ft. to 390 ft. Most of the trees were two years old transplanted plants when first planted out. These notes, on the increase in size of trees, perhaps demand some short description of their locality. Craven is naturally a cold and wet country, from its elevation above the level of the sea, its contiguity to mountains, and, above all, its short grass, being wholly a grazing land. ‘The effect of all this is a greater radiation into space, which tends to cool its atmosphere con- siderably. Flasby, the place from which these admeasurements are derived, is situated in the parish of Gargrave ; and the ap- proach commences immediately on crossing a bridge leading from that place over the Eshton brook. Bending on the right, is the Flasby brook, there flowing in a close wood before its junction at right angles with the other. This water is a clear trout stream, 494 Growth of Trees at Flasby Hall. passing over a rough stony bed. On leaving the thicket, a level plain appears, bounded nearly all round by woods; on the left the flat is covered with single trees planted in groups. Across the brook is a steep wooded bank, covered with some ancient oaks, thorns, hazels, &c. ‘This bank, with the water at its foot, ex- tends along the side of the road till it begins again to ascend, and which it does till it reaches the level of the house, during which space it is always enclosed in wood. On nearing the house, the road turns sharply to the right; when all at once the mountain Sharpah bursts upon the view, 2000 ft. above the level of the sea, with its expansive cove, from which the mountain takes its name; its broken ground, with its zones of different woods completely clothing its steep sides ; the larch alone creeping in places towards the top, which is too exposed and elevated to allow the trees to attain their upright growth, they being there only dense shrubs, though quite old. ‘The whole of this wood shows no fenced outline, and on that account encloses a con- siderable tract of open heath, which has become old and strong from the great number of years it has been unused. Amongst this, various exotics have been from-time to time introduced in experimental patches, the particulars of which I could give you if desirable. A large portion of the lower part of the wood consists of indigenous oak and aged trees. The ground on the sides is very much broken with rock and deep ravines, down which the mountain torrents pour; and there are several most singular slips of several acres in extent, producing nearly flats on the mountain side. ‘T'wo of these, which lie together, have been called dead eyes, with nose between, and brows above. ‘The usual heaths of the north are common. Of rare plants, I have found Campanula federacea near the top; and in the lower wood (for I forgot to mention that the first wood is half a mile or more from the commencement of the continuous ascent on the hill, a second valley or stream intervening) are found O’rchis bifolia and Cypripedium Calcéolus, though now become excessively rare; and in the meadows near the house, O’phrys muscifera and apifera. The floral arrangement here is various, by reason of three distinct formations; viz. mountain limestone, shale, and millstone grit, in addition to the great difference in elevation. From what I have written, it will appear that there must be much variety within a small compass; and that this place com- mands a fine outline of hill and rock, and that that hill is clothed with a strong contrast of colours, produced from the brown and purple of the heath when in flower. Above the wood, the light green of the larch, the blue green of the Scotch pine, and the massive round tops of the oak, intermix with the deep green of the alder, and elegant foliage of the birch. The situation of the hall, also, is good, backed as it is by plantations, and placed Wilton Shrub-lifter. 495 upon a gentle declivity sloping to the south on an angle formed from the bend of a valley running east and west in front, and turning nearly north on the left ; though on that side the valley is completely filled with wood. Such, then, is the picture I have been endeavouring to describe to you, and which, I trust, you will view some time or another; for I can assure you that you will find several fine mansions in the neighbourhood, well worthy of your notice. Art. V. Notice of the Wilton Shrub-lifter. By its Inventor, Harry ALcock. Ir you think the accompanying sketches (figs. 125. to 127.) worthy of a place in your Magazine, pray accept them as a trifling mite from one who has been gratified for many and many an hour by the perusal of your different valuable works for us country gentlemen. I have called it the Wilton Shrub-lifter, from the name of this house; and my first reason for thinking of making it was, when superintending the removal of evergreens, &c., I observed that half the men’s time was lost in drying to get the tree out of the hole, after it was loose. Now, Sir, with the /7/ter, I can do as 496 Method of pruning ornamental Trees. much work with two men, and do it better than I could do- before with six men; and my mode of operating is this : — I cut a trench round the tree or shrub; then take the round part of the machine, fig. 126. (which is made of oak, like a very flat dinner plate, and crossed with strong iron on the under side, as represented in fig. 127.), first detaching the handles from their swivel hooks (fig. 125. ¢). Then, by inclining the tree a little on one side, I slip the machine under it, and let the tree fall into its own place, when, taking the choice of two opposite sides, where the branches are least in the way, we attach the two handles ; and two men can /f¢ the tree in a few seconds, without even putting a hand to the stem or branches. Wilton, near Enniscorthy, Nov. 2. 1836. Art. VI. An Account of a Method of pruning ornamental Trees, chiefly Beech. By J. W. B. Brina aware of your desire to give publicity to any plan which seems to promise improvement, I have here forwarded to you an account of a method of pruning ornamental trees, chiefly beech, which has been adopted by John S. Enys, Esq., and executed, under his immediate superintendence, at Enys, near Penryn. Most of these trees were planted about forty years ago; and, from favourable circumstances of soil and shelter, were in a flourishing state of growth, and were from 16 in. to 20 in. in diameter, and perhaps 60 ft. high; but, in consequence of neglect, they had run up with several competing leaders. The best of these leaders was left; the others were shortened to one of the side branches about three years since. The tops cut off varied from 4 in. to 6 in. in diameter; and a stem was left from 10 ft. to 25 ft. long to its junction with the main trunk of the tree. The outer side was partly cut first, and the remainder was sawn from the inner side; so that the weight of the upper branches, aided by the leaves, as it was never done except in summer, snapped off the top without splintering. The intended effect has been produced; viz., the selected leader has begun to assume the decided character of a main trunk; while the condemned leaders, whose growth has been checked in proportion to the amount of top taken off, have become large subordinate branches, headed by the side shoots which were left. It should be observed a sufficient quantity of branches must be left attached to the remaining stem to keep it in health, otherwise the defect of snag-pruning will not be avoided. Although I have constantly passed under these trees since December, the marks of the pruning are so little visible, that I Culture of the Pine and Fir Tribe 4.97 have never observed them until pointed out to me oy Mr. Enys; but Iam so convinced that this method of cutting back large neglected trees is not only the most effective, but the least ex- pensive, that I shall always practice it whenever I may have to direct the pruning of ornamental forest trees. Art. VII. Notice of the Mede of treating the more rare Species of the Pine and Fir Tribe. By P. Frost, Gardener, Dropmore. I wow send you an account of the system we adopt in planting the different species of Pinus; particularly such as may be termed pot plants, and which have their roots coiled up into a ball. In the first instance, I shall describe the manner in which we prepare the ground for planting them; that is, by digging a hole from 12 ft. to 15 ft. in diameter, by 3 ft. deep, and carrying off the major part of the subsoil, which consits chiefly of gravel. ‘To replace this, we bring a sixth part of bog earth, with a full half of scrapings and parings from the road sides, which are of a gritty substance; taking, at the same time, as much turf as possible; which is all incorporated together. The surface soil here is very light, rather peaty; and the whole, when mixed, is very light; and, by using a portion of the gravelly soil na- tural here, it never binds closely together, but remains open and kind. When the hole is ready, observing to keep it nearly a foot higher than the natural surface to allow for sinking, I ex- tricate the plant from the pot, carefully drawing out every root, so as to get the whole ball loose, and not minding if every par- ticle of soil drops. I then extend every root as regularly as possible; giving them a good watering before I cover them with soil, which causes the soil to adhere closely, and, I find, does much more good than watering when the roots are covered. I find all such plants as have been previously planted with the balls entire never resist wind, but are often destroyed by such careless planting. Those planted since I came here are, in general, growing much more luxuriantly than such as were pre- viouly planted ; and do not require the same care when exposed to high winds. I mostly use leaves with the surface mould, as I keep the better soil as deep as possible; and often make the soil better near the roots, by mixing up a wheelbarrow-full of leaves for planting in: I think it gives them a better start at first. The plants require to be tied up for a short time, till the eround gets settled; when there is no further care required, ex- cept occasional pruning, &c. Dropmore, Sept. 1837. Vou. XIII. — No. 92. K K 498 Advantages of hardy Annuals. Arv. VIII. List of Plants suitable for a Flower-Garden, which, it is Sound by Experience, are not liable to be eaten by Hares, By P. Frost, Gardener, Dropmore. Tue following list of plants contains those which, when bedded out at Dropmore, are seldom gnawed or bitten by hares or rab- bits, &c.; except those that are distinguished in the list by an asterisk, which are sometimes gnawed when newly planted. Newly planted things are more liable to injury than such as have been in the ground some time. Tropzolum majus flore pléno. Nierembérgra calycina. Verbéna Sabiniana. Salvia chameedrifolia. pulchella. falgens. * venosa. Grahami. * chameedrifolia. Senécio élegans. (Melindris). Kaulfassia amelloides. Bouvardia triphylla. Mahérnia pinnata. * Heliotropium sp. Petunia nyctaginiflora. Calceolaria salvitolia. rosea. thyrsiflora. pree“nitens. rugosa. pheenicea. angustifolia. blanda. Qinothera macrocarpa. Mimulus roseus. Pelargonium optabile. Isétoma axillaris. Daveyanum. Alonsoa linearis. pavonicum. acutifolia. Black Prince. Cineraria amelloides. Fairy Queen. Fachsia globosa, Scarlets in var. I IO Art. IX. On some of the Advantages attending the Culture of Hardy Annuals. By Joun Cats, Gardener to His Grace the Duke of Bedford, at Bedford Lodge, Cambden Hill. Tue regularity and neatness which constitute good keeping in the flower-garden, however desirable they may be in other re- spects, tend to do away with many of those invaluable plants called hardy annuals; because their reproduction from self- sowing cannot take effect when high keeping is adhered to. The suitableness of these annuals to the climate of this country, when sown in autumn, or permitted to sow themselves, is such as to render them truly useful; and their value was fully proved - here in the spring of the present year. During the cold weather which prevailed at that season, not a few of the plants, the seeds of which were introduced into this country from North America by the late Mr. Douglas, were here apparently in their proper ele- ment. As soon as the cold weather ceased, they came into blossom, and made a brilliant display; a circumstance which goes far to prove not only their importance for an early show of flowers, but their adaptation for ornamenting borders of plantations; especially as many of them are not likely to be eaten by hares or rabbits. As we do not consider groups of such plants, when in a state of maturity and in seed, in character with the good keeping which New or little known culinary Vegetables. 499 is necessary at an early period of the season in the flower- garden, it will be indispensably requisite to have a piece of ground set apart for the growth of such, where they will remain permanently ; and which will prove a store-garden, to which the gardener may resort when plants are wanted to produce certain effects; such, for instance, as a show of flowers, previous to the summer-flowering plants coming into blossom. But, notwith- standing their suitableness for a spring show, many of them will continue flowering pretty well during the summer months. The following list contains a few of the plants recommended : — Q@nothéra Lindleyana, purple. Collomia linearis, red. albicans, white. Nemophila insignis, blue. decimbens, purple. Collinsza grandiflora, blue and white. viminea, purple. vérna, blue and purple. Clarkia pulchélla, purple. bicolor, pinkish. élegans, pinkish purple. Leptosiphon densiflorus, lilac. Gila tricolor, whitish. androsaceus, lilac. achilleefolia, blue. Chryséis (Eschscholtzia) crocea, Madia élegans, yellow. orange. Collomia grandiflora, pink. californica, yellow. Ft SAREE IEA Art. X. Notice of some new, or little known, Sorts of culinary Ve- getables, cultivated in ihe North Riding of Yorkshire. By J. B. WHITING. A xinp of Celery is grown here, which is not noticed in the Encyclopedia of Gardening, and, probably, is unknown in the south; but its merit is so great, that it deserves general culti- vation. It is called, here, the Flat-stalked; one of its distin- guishing characters being the great breadth and flatness of its leafstalks, which are white, and perfectly solid. The leaves are large and spreading, pale green, with broader leaflets, and more obtuse serratures, than the common white. In the spring of 1836, I received an excellent Lettuce, called the®Asiatic Cabbage, from Messrs. Backhouse of York. It is not a very large lettuce; but it cabbages particularly well, and stands a long time without running to flower. ‘The leaves are pale yellowish green. We have here another very superior cabbage-lettuce, seeds of which were received, some years ago, from the London Horticultural Society, under a French name. It is larger than the preceding sort, rather darker in colour, and the leaves are slightly speckled with brown. We grow here a Broccoli, which frequently attains an enor- mous size. In 1835, I measured two heads, one of which was 1 ft. 11 in. across, and 3 ft. 1 in. in circumference; the other was 1ft. Gin. across, and 2ft. i0in. round. It is called Metcalf’s Gray; having, as I understand, been originated by a gardener named Metcalf. In flavour, it is inferior to many other sorts. SS sates 500 Pot Culture of the Grape. The best broccoli I am acquainted with, for a gentleman’s garden, is Knight’s Protecting; the heads of which are com- pact, clear white in colour, and of excellent flavour. Being closely enveloped in the heart-leaves of the plant, the young heads are protected from late spring-frests, by which other white varieties are often discoloured: it, however, is tender, the last severe winter having destroyed nearly all my plants. Seeds may be obtained from Messrs. Backhouse. At.the North Riding Horticultural Society’s meeting (July 28.), some Beans were exhibited, which were greatly superior to any I ever saw. They were of a new sort, called New Long-pod, originally obtained from a London seed shop (Field and Child, I believe, is the name of the firm). ‘The pods were straight, and well formed, each containing from seven to ten seeds. — Kiplin, Sept. 17. Art. XI. Critical Remarks on the Pot Culture of the Grape Vine. By Witi1aMm Grey, Gardener to Sir M. W. Ridley, Bart. In my correspondence, in last November, with Mr. Mearns, who was then gardener at Welbeck, he informed me that the three-years-old wood of the vine rooted more freely than wood of any other age; communicating, at the same time, several other interesting remarks on the vine, which induced me to give the pot culture of it another fair impartial trial, notwithstanding I had written against and condemned the system. I have a range of flued melon-pits here with four divisions: one of the divisions I prepared with tan, or spent bark, for the reception of thirty pots of coiled vines. In January last, I selected prunings; viz., white muscadine, Miller’s Burgundy, black cluster, and black Hamburg; and, agreeably to the hints given by Mr. Mearns, I was careful of having the three-years-old wood coiled into the pots; the latter end of February being the time that the vines I had the cuttings taken from had taken their rest, and Were coming into action. I then plunged the pots into the pit pre- viously prepared for them, in a mild, growing, bottom heat; taking the sashes off all the day, to keep the shoots above the soil as cool as possible, in order to prevent the eyes from pushing until the bottom heat had put the wood coiled in the pots in action. to push out roots and support the young shoots and branches. All went on to my wish; as I found, by the time the eyes broke forth into leaves, there were fine vigorous roots in the pots. I then kept the sashes on in the daytime, giving air the same as in forcing-houses: several of them showed fruit, with from four to eleven bunches upon one coiled shoot. ‘The plants which were not fruitful, I took out of the pot, to give more room and light to those in fruit, and to satisfy myself in the argument Pot Culture of the Grape. 501 between Mr. Mearns and Philosopher, regarding the roots pushing only from the eye joints. It will be recollected that Mr. Mearns contended that roots issued more freely between the eye joints. I turned the barren plants out of the pots, and found Mr. Mearns had been perfectly correct, as there were plenty of vi- gorous roots between the eye joints, more so than from the eyes. I brought all my young men in the gardens to witness it, as they had read with great interest (in Paxton’s Horticultural Register) the debate between Mr. Mearns and Philosopher ; but were at a loss to know which was right, not having had an opportunity of seeing any proof of it before. Philosopher must submit to Mr. Mearns on that subject, as Mr. Mearns’s observations must have been practical, and Philosopher’s only imaginative. The vines that had bunches on them I kept plunged in the tan-bed, where they set their fruit well. The berries swelled to a good size, according to the sorts; and they are now quite ripe; but I am certain not one of the bunches will be required at my master’s table, as I have abundant crops, on established vines in borders, of the muscat of Alexandria, Frontignan, Hamburg, &c.; several of the bunches two and three pounds weight, and the berries the size of small plums. I would ad- vise those who have not given the coiling system a trial, never to attempt it; as I am certain the best of success will be disap- pointment to the cultivator, and perhaps insults from the employer. The shriveling of grape berries is very important. Several methods have been pointed out for its prevention; yet I never observed the malady decrease. Over-cropping a vine, a damp bottom, and the foliage being destroyed by red spider, certainly have a tendency to bringing on shriveling. My opinion, from practical observation, is, that light crops suffer most. If the flowers, when coming into blossom, do not expand over all] the bunch in less than twenty-four hours (be the crop ever so light), that bunch will shrivel. When vines expand their blossoms in a lingering state, as a shoulder one day, the other shoulders the next day, and the extremity of the bunch the third day, such bunches are sure to shrivel, as the berries that set first begin to swell immediately, and so keep the lead. ‘They form the seed stone before the last-set berries; and, when swelling off, and colouring to maturity, the first-set berries rob the last-set ones, and cause them to shrivel and decay. ‘The best method I ever found to prevent shriveling is, to keep a high moist heat when the vines are coming into blossom, so as it may all expand at once; and, in thinning, to cut out all the small berries, leaving those on the bunch as near a size as possible. I will comment at greater length on shriveling in a future Number. Blagdon, Northumberland, Sept. 13. 1837. KK 3 in 502 Canker on Cucumbers. [ We shall be most happy to receive this promised communi- cation, as we consider the subject a very important one, and one that appears at present (notwithstanding the attention it has excited) to be very little understood. ] = Art. XII. On the Spot, or Canker, on Cucumbers. By Joun WicutTon, Gardener at Cossey Hall. Tus disease in cucumbers is occasioned by the beds being cold and damp, as the following observations will prove: — When the weather is sunny, and the beds warm, the plants will never be found thus diseased; but only when they become cold and ‘damp. I have taken diseased plants out of damp beds, and placed them in a pit warmed by fire; and the plants soon returned to a healthy condition. Many gardeners consider plants diseased in this manner to be liable to infect others: this, however, is not the case; it is the bed, and not the plant, which communicates the disease. ‘This I have proved by ex- periments ; having put healthy plants in the same bed with those which were diseased, and found them speedily infected ; whereas, when I had taken all the diseased plants out of a bed, and replaced them with healthy plants, these also quickly showed the disease. On the other hand, I have placed diseased plants beside healthy ones in a warm bed, and the latter remained unin- fected. The soil does not cause the disease; for I have taken soil in which diseased plants had grown, and placed in it other plants: some of these I have put into a warm bed, and others into a bed from which the soil came. ‘The result has been, that the plants in the cold damp bed soon showed the canker, but not the others. Many suppose light soil to be the cause of canker. ‘This is so far true, as plants in light soil require more frequent watering; and this, in time, chills the beds. Canker follows, not, however, as a consequence of the soil, but of the cold. The canker has never appeared in my pits heated by fires, except when I have given the plants much water, and when this has been followed by dull weather. It has uniformly dis- appeared after applying a little additional fire-heat. The real cause of canker is, that the dampness and coldness of the beds impede the growth of the plants, and cause them to break out in spots. If the beds were warmer and had less moisture, the tendency to ooze out and become diseased would go off with the growth of the plants. ‘The disease is commonly found in low and damp situations ; and I have seen much more of it since I have resided in Norfolk than I ever did before. With a view to ascertain its true cause, the foregoing experiments were made ; there being much difference of opinion on the subject ‘among gardeners. — Cossey, Feb. 10. 1837. Floricultural and Botanical Notices. 503: Art. XIII. Floricultural and Botanical Notices on Kinds of Plants newly introduced into our Gardens, and that have originated in them, and on Kinds of Interest previously extant in them ; supplementary to the latest Editions of the ‘* Encyclopedia of Plants,” and of the ‘* Hortus Britannicus.” Curtis’s Botanical Magazine ; in monthly numbers, each containing eight plates; 3s. 6d. coloured, 3s. plain. Edited by Sir William Jackson Hooker, LL.D., &c. Edwards’s Botanical Register ; in monthly numbers, each containing eight plates; 4s. coloured, 3s. plain. Edited by Dr. Lindley, Professor of Botany in the London University. Sweet's British Flower-Garden ; inmonthly numbers, each containing four plates; 3s. coloured, 2s. 3d. plain. Edited by David Don, Esq., Professor of Botany in King’s College, &c. Paston’s Magazine of Botany, and Register of Flowering Plants ; in monthly numbers; large 8vo; 2s. 6d. each. Bateman’s Orchidacee of Mexico, &c.; in parts ; imp. folio ; 1/. 1s. 6d. each. LEGUMINO SE. 41241. THERMO’PSIS 10,465 fabacea Dec. ; Hook. Bot. Mag., 3611. Synonymes: 'T. rhombifdlia Rich. ; Thérmia rhombifdlia Nuét.; Cytisus rhombifolius Pursh 5 Sophora fabacea Pall. “T think,” says, Sir W. J. Hooker, “there can be little doubt of the correctness of the above synonymes. Now, that I have seen the living plant, I have no hesitation in referring it to the Thermopsis rhombifolia of Dr. Richardson. Thus it appears to have a very extended range, being found in the north-eastern parts of Asia; and in north America, on both sides of the Rocky Mountains; but no where, as it appears, on the east side of that vast continent. It was introduced to this country through the Horticultural Society, having been sent by Mr. Douglas from dry channels of mountain torrents, in the valleys of the Cordil- leras, near the Columbia River. It is cultivated in the green- house of the Glasgow Botanic Garden, where it flowers in May: but Dr. Lindley speaks of it as a good herbaceous plant, readily increased by the division of its creeping roots; and it will probably prove quite a hardy plant.” ‘The stem is herba- ceous, erect, simple, or branched only upwards, somewhat an- gular, and quite glabrous below. ‘The leaves are trifoliate, petiolate; leaflets obovate, approaching to rhomboid, distinctly veined ; glabrous above, and slightly downy beneath. ‘The ra- ceme is composed of several yellow flowers, about the size of those of the laburnum. (Bot. Mag., Oct.) Rosdcee § Potentillee. 3349, HORKE‘LIA *fasca Lindl, dusky y A cu 2 jn.au W.Br. N. Amer. .«. D co Bot. reg. 1997. The plants of this genus are all erect and herbaceous, re- KK 4 504 Floricultural and Botanical Notices, sembling some potentillas in their general aspect; but with flowers collected into heads, unguiculate petals, a campanulate calyx, and 10 stamens, often with ovate petaloid filaments. They form a transition from Potentilla to the genus Sibbaldza, and thus assist in establishing a graduated series of structure between the most highly developed forms of Aosaceze, and such imperfect forms as we find in Sanguisorbeee. (Bot. Reg., Oct.) Asclepidadeee. *PHILIBE’RT/4 Kunth. Tue PaiipertTia. (in honour of M. Philibert, author of an elementary Treatise on Botany.) *grAcilis D. Don siender $ A el 6 jn Y.W. Buenos Ayres 1836 C s.1 Swt. Br. f.-gard. 403. A perennial herb, clothed with soft spreading hairs. Stems filiform, twining. Leaves opposite, stalked, cordate, acuminate, soft; green on both sides; 13 in. long; the posterior lobes rounded and spreading. ‘The plant was raised by Dr. Neill of Canon- mills from seeds collected by Mr. Tweedie between Buenos Ayres and Tucuman. The plant was kept all winter in a vinery, trained to a rafter, where it did not appear to suffer from being occasionally exposed to a little frost, very little fire having been employed. (Swi. Br. £.-Gard., Oct.) Scrophularine. _ $468: LOPHOSPE/RMUM [Swt. Br. fl.-gard. 401. *scandens D. Don (Lin. Trans.,’xv. 353.) climbing § —J or 10 jn.o P Mexico 1835 C sl A scandent perennial herb, clothed with soft, spreading, ar- ticulated, viscid hairs. Leaves alternate, stalked, cordate, acu- minate, serrated, with broad mucronulate teeth, palminerved and reticulately veined; from 2in. to3in. long, and from 13 in. to Qin. broad; dark green above, paler and less hairy beneath. Corolla funnel-shaped, 2 in. or more in length, of a dull purple, with the tube white on the under side. ‘Tt is with no little satisfaction,” says Professor Don, “ that we present to our readers a figure of the original species of this highly-ornamental genus.” ‘The plant was first introduced, in 1835, to the Liverpool Botanical Garden. In habit, it comes near to L. atrosanguineum; and in the form of its flowers it is exactly intermediate between that species and L. erubéscens. (L. scandens Bot. Mag., 3037. and 3038.; Swt. Br. F.-Gard. 68.) (Swt. Br. E7.-Gard., Oct.) Verbenacee. 1755. PEXTREA Liv. p. 199. *Staptlie Paxt. Stapelia-flowered § [7] or 20 jn L ?S. Amer. ... C rm _ Pax. mag. of bot. A twining stove shrub. Leaves oblong, rather acute ; veins on the under surface, especially the principal, very prominent, rough on both sides, and of a yellowish-green colour. “ When trained to the back wall of a stove trellis, or up a rafter, it is very ornamental, even though not in flower; but in a state of flowering, although the corolla is rather fugitive, it is, in con- sequence of the less fugacious nature of the calyx, and the pen- Te supplementary to Encyc. of Plants and Hort. Brit. 505 dent habits of the racemes from the extremities of the branches, very graceful and beautiful for a long time. It delights in free loam, mixed with a little sandy peat; and cuttings in sand, under a glass, in heat, root freely.” (Paat. Mag. of Bot., Oct.) Orchidacee. 2547 DENDRO*BIUM 28596. anceps Lindi. Bot. Reg., 1239. Synonyme : A’porum Anceps Lindl. in Wail., No. 2020.; Hook. Bot. Mag., 3608. MACROCHILUS Fryanus Knowl. & Westc.; Gard. Mag., xiii. 457. Synonyme : Miltonéa spectabilis Lindl. Bot. Reg., 1992. Named Miltonza, in honour of Lord Fitzwilliam, by Dr. Lind- ley, who observes: ‘I had promulgated the name of Miltonza spectabilis previously to hearing that Messrs. Knowles and West- cott had called the plant Macrochilus Fryanus ; and, as the former name was published a month earlier, the latter will have to give way.” (Bot. Reg., Oct.) When we previously recorded this plant, in p. 457., we inadvertently referred to the Mor. Cab. for Sept., instead of the Flor. Cab. for Aug. *CYNO’RCHIS Thouars. Tar Doc Orcuis. (From kudn, a dog, and orchids, an orchis.) *fastigiata Lindi. fastigiali *% [ZA] cu 2 ap G.R Isleof France ?1835 R sl Bot. reg. 1998. “*'This is one of the representatives, in tropical countries, of the terrestrial orchises of Europe, growing in similar situations, and having knobby roots of the same kind. It occurs in damp places in the Isle of France, and has a smell very like that of the O’rchis mascula.” (Bot. Reg., Oct.) 2540. ONC DIUM [1835 D p.r.w Batem. Orch., t. i. 226774. *leucochilum Batem. white-lipped € XI or 4 aus W. and G. spotted with R Guatemala O. ieucochilum appears to be not uncommen in Guatemala, where it was found by Mr. Skinner, and sent to Mr. Bateman in 1835, with whom it flowered in the autumn of the following year. (Batem. Orch., Part I.) Ra ; [1836 D p.r.w Batem. Orchid., t. 3. 22688a. *Cavendishidnum Batem. The Duke of Devonshire’s or 4 ja Y.andG Guatemala ‘This is a very handsome and distinct species of Oncidium; and we have, therefore, no hesitation in naming it after a noble- man whose devotion to botany and horticulture is now far too well known to render it necessary for us to enlarge upon it here. In a few years, we hope to see the beautiful family to which this plant belongs seated in all their natural majesty on those trees of which they are the proper ‘incumbents,’ and under the shelter of the great plant stove at Chatsworth. When this grand structure is completed, all the most striking vegetable forms of _ India, Africa, and America will be seen in, perhaps, more than their native Juxuriance within its ample boundaries; and thus, amidst the wildest scenery of Derbyshire, there will be found an example of tropical vegetation, richer and more varied than could be met with in any of those baleful latitudes themselves. ‘‘It will prove a very easy species to cultivate, and a very free flowerer ; in which it seems to follow the example of O. luri- dum; but it will, we fear, long continue a scarce plant, as it 506 Lindley’s Ladies’ Botany. grows very slowly, and seems indisposed to make more than one shoot in a year, or than one shoot at a time.” (Batem. Ochid., Part I.) 25380. CATASE‘TUM [D p.sr.w Batem. Ochid., t. 2. -*maculatum Kunth spotted-flowered € WA) or3 .. G.spotted with P. New Grenada 1836 Originally discovered by Humboldt, near the town of Turbaco, in New Grenada (and at that time it was the only catasetum known); but Mr. Skinner, who met with it on the eastern coast of Nicaragua, has the merit of having introduced it into this country. ‘* Nothing can be easier to cultivate than the different species of Catasetum: they flower profusely alike under damp or dry, under hot or cold, treatment; perhaps, however, they attain their greatest vigour if subjected during the summer to a powerful moist heat, with a plentiful supply of water; but in the winter they should be kept tolerably dry.” (Batem. Orchid., Part I.) 2530a. CYCNO*CHES [Batem. Orchid., t. 5. *ventricdsum Batem. ventricose-lipped € (AJ or2 .. G.W Guatemala ?1835 D p.r.w ‘The genus Cycnoches was founded by Professor Lindley, upon a remarkabie plant from Surinam (C. Loddigesii), the sepals and petals of which bore as close a resemblance to the expanded wings of a swan, as did the column to the long arching neck of the same graceful bird; and these peculiarities are well expressed in the term Cyecnoches (swan-neck). For upwards of four years, the genus had consisted of only a solitary species ; when a second made its appearance in the person of C. ven- tricosum, which was discovered in the neighbourhood of Istapa, by Mr. Skinner.” (Batem. Orchid., Part I.) REVIEWS. Art.I. Ladies’ Botany ; or, a familiar Introduction to the Study of the Natural System of Botany. Vol.11. By John Lindley, Ph.D., F.R.S., &c-, Professor of Botany in the University College, London. Arter the favourable reception which the public have given to the first volumé of Dr. Lindley’s Ladzes’ Botany, it having already gone through three editions, it seems unnecessary to say more respecting the second volume, than that it is executed on the same plan as the first. ‘The number of letters in the first volume was 25; and the volume before us extends the number to 50. ‘The plates are admirably executed, from original draw- ings; and the letterpress is so clear and perspicuous, that no person, from seeing it and referring to the plates, can have the slightest difficulty in making out the author’s meaning. This work will do more towards diffusing a general taste for botany, and of that kind of knowledge of plants which consists in know- ing something more of them than merely their names, than any other work that ever was published. It cannot be sufficiently Report of the Edinburgh Botanical Society. 507 recommended to the young gardener; or to the parent who wishes to infuse into his children a kind of taste and knowledge, calculated, perhaps, to contribute more to their happiness than any other, in whatever station of life, or part of the world, they may be placed. PR SP Art. II, Icones Plantarum ; or, Figures, with brief descriptive Cha- racters and Remarks, of new or rare Plants, selected from the Author’s Herbarium. By Sir William Jackson Hooker, K.H., LL.D., F.R., A., and L.S., &c.; and Regius Professor of Botany in the University of Glasgow. Parts I. II. and III.; 14s. each. The Work to be completed with Part IV. Tis work consists, as the title implies, of engravings of plants, with short technical characters and descriptive remarks. The engravings are lithographic, and they are very characteristic- ally executed. The three parts published contain each 50 8vo plates, and 50 corresponding leaves of letterpress. The best idea of the kind of plants figured will be obtained from the following extract from the prospectus : — “The rich collections, made in all parts of the world, which compose the author’s herbarium, will insure an ample supply of subjects; among which, preference will, of course, be given to those that are most remarkable for their novelty, their structure, or their history; particularly from the vast treasures that have been sent to this country by Dr. Wallich and Dr. Wight, from the East Indies; by Colonel and Mrs. Walker, from Ceylon; by the Messrs. Cunningham, Baxter, Gann, and Lawrence, from Australia and New Zealand ; by Messrs. Gillies, Tweedie, Cuming, Mathews, Bridges, &c., from South America; and by Messrs. Drummond, Douglas, and Tolmie, from the northern part of the New World; besides many collections of minor extent, but not of less importance, on account of the rarity of the species, from other cele- brated botanists and travellers. An ardent desire to promote the cause of his favourite science has alone induced Sir W. J. Hooker to undertake this work, certainly not the expectation of any pecuniary advantage; for, even should the publication meet with the success that his fondest wishes might anticipate, yet the price set upon it is so low as to forbid any hope of profit.” There can be no question of this being one of the cheapest botanical works ever published, and, at the same time, one of the most original; as no plant is figured in it that has been figured elsewhere. <= Arr. III. First annual Report, Laws, and Transactions of the Bo- tanical Society of Edinburgh. Instituted March 17. 1836. Pamph. 8vo, 53 pages. Edinburgh. One of the characteristics of the present age is the formation of provincial societies for the promotion of science, and the inter- change of ideas between persons of similar pursuits. The good 508 Batemans Orchidaceae. that will be effected by such associations, both to science and to society, is far greater than can be at present foreseen. That Edinburgh was ripe for something of this kind, is evident from the great number of resident members, of the greatest respect- ability, who have all enlisted themselves under its banners, since the commencement of the society, March 17. 1836. The original founders are Drs. Graham, Greville, Neill, Balfour, Barry, and Parnell; and David Falconer, Esq., of Carlowrie. Dr. Graham is President; W. H. Campbell, Esq., Secretary; and James M‘Nab, Esq., Superintendent of the Experimental Garden, Curator. The following extract will show the general views and objects of the Society : — “ Tt is intended that the Society shall turn its attention to the whole range of botanical science, and such parts of other branches of natural history as are more immediately connected with it. “It, is proposed to cultivate the knowledge of these, — “1, By holding periodical meetings for the interchange of botanical inform- ation; for the reading of original papers, or translations, abstracts, or reviews of botanical works, regarding any branch of botanical knowledge, practical, physiological, or geographical; and the application of such know~ ledge to agriculture or the arts. “2. By the formation in Edinburgh of an herbarium of foreign and British plants, and of a library and museum for general consultation and reference. “3. By distributing annually amongst the members the duplicates received, and thus contributing to the formation of authenticated herbaria wherever the Society’s correspondence extends, and affording to botanists at a distance opportunities of comparison and reference as accurate as are enjoyed by those having access to the herbarium in Edinburgh. ““4 By printing and distributing along with their collections of duplicates short annual reports, and inviting enquiries to doubtful questions. “5. By printing, from time to time, catalogues of plants, with the view of facilitating the study of their geographical distribution, and furthering the principle of exchange. “6. By making botanical excursions in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh, and to distant parts of Britain. “7, By appointing local secretaries, from whom, in their respective districts, all information regarding the Society’s objects and proceedings may be obtained.” Art. IV. The Orchidacee of Mexico and Guatemala. By James Bateman, Esq. Part I. Imp. folio. Ridgway and Sons, London, 1837. We have already (p. 224.) announced this work, and given some account of what it is intended to contain; and to this an- nouncement, in the first place, we beg to refer our readers. We have been favoured by the publisher with a view of Part L., which may be described as by far the most splendid work of the kind ever published in this or any other country. The ex- ecution of the plates is not superior to some which have appeared SAK

a Pyy 6 A \ ala \_\ a ay NY: \ } ! om | { oe : sf | | aia / | Sa \ ian a \) , i & \| S| . y | fo) | eee) feed ] PArN! i, jae } F } | a) / Pr yo Y W VW | »'| ga = lam! / : | eee fais) lala@valAly NY | .| = \ \ (es f V a cn gon x) | alr } . IARI Ala\a iA AY AAA |= ANE iA 1) A AMAA / ¥ aay aenaaly oe , a A Vi \f ap! f ry: y ARAAAAA, AAA aaa \V4 ARR caine Gene HANNA AAA ane : AAARARAA A Aan A aia\ VY AAA alalala, pelle rece aaancs AAA @) a\\a\\a AAY SARAAAR A AAAAAAAe | AA ARAAARAAAR AAAAA AAA AAAAAARA AAAAAR AA 7A CAsaARAANARAN ANN AARARAA crvensinane AA : Ansane | Ala, iA iA lam\an ANA -\A\AAAM ~VNAAVA AAAAAR miccnceaant ARAREAAAARG CC RARRAREA RA iPass ae PAA AAAS aR enh AAMAANA AANA Reh A aR nf AA WABARARRAAARARA AR Aa alama'aa\WAAAR) AAANa a: RARRAA AAA AA AAAAA | 3 j ~ a J AAN\/\ A Aah m AAalalaiaa | - EN GN (ED | | | la! me l Y\ AAA aielalala’ AlalAAlalale TION LIBRAR ES iii wun 3 9088 01527 8419